HomeMy WebLinkAbout620 E 8th St Technical - Building
TECHNICAL
~'tO ~ grh S+
::B: 06 -3?:;Y'
r\ \fC f\ \ GYVV\
?J 9 ~oJjRJS
-~
..
FEDEItlAl FllESAfEIY 11(..-
71 Ruth's Place #6 - Sequim, WA 98382
(360) 457-3308 Fax (360) 457-5612
Dr. Todd Irwin
Fire Alarm
EQUIPMENT SUBMITTALS
)
GE
Securit~
\
Overview
GE Security's QS1life safety control panel brings big-system intel-
ligent control to small applications. Designed for easy setup and
simple installation. QuickStart lives up to its name in every respect.
QS1's exclusive QuickStart auto-learn function, and the option of
configuring the ponel using convenient front panel programming or
from 0 PC, makes short work of system setup. Devices come on-line
in no time as well; thanks to QS1's built-in barcode scanner port. A
simple pass ofthe optional scanner is all it takes to store device in-
formation in the QuickStart database. The scanner can also be used
for quick and easy text entry when assembling custom messages.
QSl's setup routine is deceptively simple. considering this sys-
tem's robust features. Supporting up to 250 intelligent detectors
and modules. QS1 takes full advantage of GE Security's exclusive
Signature Series technology, which provides electronic addressing,
automatic device mapping, environmental compensation, ond true
multisensor detection.
QuickStart's innovative design makes it easy to add a dialer or extra
auxiliary relays. Quick-Lok option cords snap onto QS1's easily-ac-
cessible DIN mounting rails. QS1 also supports as many as eight
remate annunciators and up to 30 programmable front panel
switches with dual LEOs for system control and display.
QS1 is os simple to operate as it is to set up. Its large 14-line backlit
LCD display provides easy-to-understand details concerning up to
1,000 system events, while bright system status LEOs and large,
tactile control buttons present the user with a clean, crystal clear
interface. Four password levels limit control and information retrieval
to authorized personnel. A priority access keyswitch gives Level 2 ac-
cess without a password to management and emergency personnel.
Intelligent Single
Loop Life Safet~
Control Pane!
QSl
.
I ;,fo Slofe+j , S' !('+f:i"Y'~
t..,11 \.__ ,.. L\..j U:::> L';:~ 1\ I::J
;......) ....J
Control Panels
Standor-d Features
. Supports up to 250 Signature Series intelligent devices
. Combines the Signature intelligent releasing module with Signa-
ture multisensor detectors for reliable suppression
. Failsafe mode ensures uncompromised reliability
· Class A (Style 7) or Class B (Style 4) wiring options
· Capacity for eight serial annunciators
. Four built-in system relays
· Optional dual line dialer supports Contact 10 and 4/2 formats
· Three methods of programming: QuickStah "auto-learn," front
panel and personal computer (PCl
. Supports optional barcode scanner for dir~ct device data entry
· Optional bank of 30 front panel switches with dual LEOs
. Up to 20 adjustable pre-alarm settings for Signature smoke
detectors .
· Wallbaxes available in red or gray with optional trim ring for
semi-flush mounting.
· Large 14-line (224 character) backlit LCD display
. Four password levels, plus priority access ~eyswitch
Message routing by event type or by individual message
· Alarm sensitivity by time of day or manual selection
· 1,000 event history buffer. plus alarm histo'ry counter
. 6 amp Power Supply, 4.75 amps available for external use
. Envoy graphics compatible
· Compare utility identifies system changes and simplifies testing
1~~,1"
""""~">" ."".",;; '"
~! t'
~ '
I .
",9.ult~~j "
,---'. .
,." . t.~,",
@
@
<8>
I
MfA
Data Sheet 85005-0113 Issue 6
Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 1 of 8
)
Application
Thanks to its flexibility and simple setup and operation. QS1 is ideal
. for new installations in schools, apartment buildings, hospitals. of-
fice buildings. and retail facilities.
The benefits brought by OSl to retrofit applications underscores the
true potential of this powerful system. As on inteJligent panel, OSl
supports Signature Series devices, which con use existing wiring in
most retrofit applications. This makes upgrading from 0 conven-
tional system to analog control 0 simple operation with minimal
disruption to normal operations at the site.
Which Qulck,-rart Panel is right f?r.JI~._._3;~~.._,...... CSt
Signature Series devices supported 0 1 x 250
~c:~~.~~~0:~I~~~~~:~~!r.~~i~:~~pp'9.~~d... 3 x 16 0
Conventional Class A circuits support~.~..._. . S.x8....__. 0
LCD displa\lllines x characters) 4 x 20 14 x 16
9.!:~c::!.';-i~~~~~~~!i~.~!.~~~~:~~:!;?~(p?~~im 2 x 30 1 x 30
Option cord spaces 5 or 12 1
Far mare information, see'. Data Sheet.::-'SS'Oos-:oiiT's.soos":oi'i3
Q$!t
4 x 250
3 x 16
... .........,.... ... .......,~...... .
5x8
14 x 16
2 x30
5 or 12
.................-....-...-....
85005 -0114
CPU / LCD Display
The OS! front panel display provides 14 lines by 16 characters of
text detailing event. device. diagnostic. and programming infor-
mation. Its large backlit LCD screen is easy to read and always
provides at-a-glance indication of the system's state of operation.
The CPU/Display Unit houses the CPU card and mounting space for
one optional LED/Switch cord.
i:C\~
t:l ".
me',.,..
C'.I.",.
tl ,.....
Ct..
C!
I,.
"
<;';:,1."
1::.'. .:
I.
. ....,... ~
..~. ..EJ
'<. ... . "''1..'>2 ,'. +i
.,.,_,.~~ '., ,w,~, ,~~~,"J
'$,!~~\t.t
Display with two alarms shown
Specifications
..-...-.--..-....-......,........... ................................................................-.............-.................................,....
Standby Current: 199 mA
Alarm Current: 235 mA
Remote"annu'nc'iator ........Stan.d'by...('ur.rent~..is.4...mA....
(Full control versions) Alarm Current: 166 mA
SRA Series StandbyCurrent~.70-mA..--ow.__ow..__.._._--_...__.
__...__.............. ............~!9.rrT1S.~~~~.'2!:. 9~ 1l1~ m.... ..mm m.. ..m m ......... ...................
Operating Temperature: 32-120 OF 10-49 .C)
_~~~O"~.f.:.lc~.~.~......._..... ........~.~.Il1.i9.i~V:...~.~...~.~.~.~..~.~I~:C.()~cl~.~.si.~g......
Control Panel
Failsafe Mode
If the CPU loses communication with other circuit cards, the power
supply card continues to monitor the system for any olarm events.
If an alarm occurs on any device or circuit during a communica.
tions failure, the power supply activates all alarm outputs and
instructs the dialer to transmit 0 default alarm message to the
monitoring station.
Dimensions
~.BB:........J
I (12.4cm) '[
I~
o
j
o
.1
I.
I
Mounting
2.2"
(5.6 em)
r.?.&.Il.:......I.-_,
.~:~~~)r'i
r:j'.\
": l
o f:!;
:'t.''!, I ~:1" I I
"(/ I f-J ' i
rl i,
~:1 I I
fl "
!' I!
:1 I i
:1: r'
1:11
Wall -~~J
Semi-flush
Mounting
L
14';'-
(36.2 em)
~
lB'
(45.72 em)
o
I~ 4.88" .1
~. ('2'~1l
rJ G !!. '/ Optional
~:~ ( 1 .: Vandal-
f. Ii !J:I ~~~~stant
" to:! &......J
hldl
[~
! 1.68"
I (4.27 em)
'\j
r
Wall
(~)I
Surface
Mounting
Semi-flush mount.
ing requires an
optional trim ring,
which adds .W'
to :011 sides of the
panel.
Dalo She~t 85005-0113 Issue 6
Not to be used for installation purposes. Page Z of 8
1-
Remote Annunciators
QSl supports up to eight remote annunciators, which provide mirrored or customized
annunciotion of front panel messages and status indicators. Two models are available:
The QSA Series, and the SRA Series.
QS1 Annunciator
QS1 remote annunciators connect
directly to the PS6 Power Supply Card
or an external 24 Vdc filtered supply.
The~ are available with wallboxes for
flush or surface mounting. Annuncia-
tors are available with one annuncia-
tor option space for a display card with 30 dedicated switches and
LEDs. See the Ordering Table for more information.
~---
I'~
!ill
L '"
o
mI
lill
RAI
Closs A Wiring
)(485
o
c rd
T81
+ - + -
CH2 CH1
Dimensions
. . Madel....._ ....~.:.i~~t Width. ... . ...D<-pth..
._.05:';::"{:5 ..... -..-7.6" 119.46 em) 14.25" 136.20 crnl._2...9.:(7_:3~,,:,!_
QSA-1-F Ira~g.h.i;;j-----6:S6;'-116.66-~;;;i- 1325" 133.66 eml 2.1" 1533 em)
--QSA:i.:F.lfinish.~dr.7:8;iig:~_i~c~L:i~:~#';I~~~~~~I~:~~::I~:~9Cf11I_
Rough-T;;di;;;;-;;Si~ns.r~ii;-c;-ih~-siz~ofthe cabinet where it enters the woll.
Finished dimensions reflect the size of the cobinet that protrudes from the wall.
XGD Graphics Driver Cord
The XGD Graphics Driver Card is on interface device that connects
a QuickStart annunciator to an Envoy Graphic Annunciator. The
XGD provides the electronics required to support 24 LEOs and 12
switches on the Envoy display panel. Multiple XGD cards can be
chained together in one graphic onnunciotor cabinet to control
larger displays. The QuickStart SRA Series annunciators can support
a maximum of six XGD cards.
SRA Annunciator
The QuickStart SRA Remote
Annunciator is a single-loop
standalone unit that can be
powered by the control panel or
by an approved power supply.
Annunciators support Class A or
Closs 8 connection to the sys-
tem RS-485 data line, but do not
provide ground fault isolation.
. The 5RA annunciator includes an
RJ-12 modular jack to allow sys-
tem database downloads from
a laptop computer. Connection
requires a programming cable
(model number PROGCABLE-l,
ordered separately). Annun-
ciators are mounted to North
American 2-gang or 4-inch
square electrical boxes.
Closs B Wiring
r-----------,
Annunciator
MOllnting
Field wiring
Electrical box
r--Mn~;c;;t;---1
I I
: 0 CH2(-)OUT :
I 0 CH2(+)OUT I
: 0 CH2{-)IN :
: 0 CH2f+)IN :
: 0 CH1(-)OUT :
: 0 CH1(+}OUT :
CH1(-JIN :
CH1(+)IN :
I
I
I
I
J
I
I
COMMON IN I
EARTH GND :
I
_________J
24VQC+
2~ VDC-
Class A Wiring
r-----------,
] Annunciator I
I I
I I
I
I
I
o '24VOCOUT
o COMMON OUT
+2<lVDC IN
r-----------,
I Annunciator r
I I
: 0 CH2(-)OUT :
I 0 CH2{+)OUT I
I CH2(-)IN :
CH2(+)IN :
(2) CH1(-IOUT :
o CH1(+)OUT :
CH1(-}IN :
CH1(.)IN :
I
I
I
I
I
I
COMMON IN :
EARTH GND :
I
---------.1
NT.A
R5-48S CARD
CH2-
CH2 +
CH1-
CH2+
LISTED 24 voe
SUPPLY
24 VDC ...
24 VDC -
.",.
o '2'VOC OUT
o COMMON OUT
+24VDC IN
Data Sheet 85005-0113 Issue 6
Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 3 of 8
Operation
.Indicators
1. Text display and
controls: Displays
system messages.
status information,
and programming
menus. Arrow
buttons move the
display cursor.
2. Alarm LED: Indicates 0 fire or life threatening emergency.
3. Supervisory LED: Indicates on off-normal condition with the fire.
suppression system or related equipment.
4. Disable/Test LED: Indicates part of the system is disabled or be-
ing tested. Disabled components also signal a system trouble.
5. Monitor LED: Indicates the operation of an ancillary system
function (door closures. fan pressure switchesl.
6. Trouble LED: Indicates an off-normal condition or wiring fault
that compromises the integrit\j of the s\jstem.
7. Ground Fault LED: Indicates a ground fault in the system wir-
ing. Ground faults also signal a system trouble.
8. CPU Foil LED: Indicates an unexpected reboot or failure with the
microprocessor. CPU failures also signal 0 s\jstem trouble.
9. Power LED: Indicates the panel has power.
10. Help button: Provides additional information obout the device
selected on the display.
11. Status button: Displa\js the Status Menu from which \jou can
identify active or disabled points in the system.
12. ponel Silence/Acknowledge button and LED: Acknowledges
all events posted in the display queues and turns off the panel
buzzer. The panel silenced LED indicates that off normal events
have been acknowledged.
Controls
13. Reset button:
Allows devices or
zones in alarm or
trouble to restore
t~ their standb\j
condition. The LED
indicates that the
panel is resetting.
14. Alarm Silence button: Turns active notification appliances off
depending on panel programming. Pressing Alarm Silence a
second time turns them back on. The lED indicates that the
panel is in alarm and operating with notification appliances
turned off.
15. Drill button: Activates notification appliances depending on
panel programming but does not place the panel in alarm. The
lED indicates that the panel is in Drill Mode.
16. Menu button: Displo\js the operator menus.
17. Delete button: Returns to the previous menu or backspaces
the cursor.
18. Enter button: Press the Enter button to accept information or
continue to the next item.
19. Numeric keypad: Numbered buttons for entering values and
making menu selections.
20. Barcode scanner jack: Input for optional barcode scanner.
21. Priority Access keyswitch: Enables control functions reserved
for access level 2 and above without requiring a password.
Data Sheet 85005-0113 Issue 6
Not to be used for Installatian purposes. Page 4 of 8
Typical Wiring
Class A Signature Data Circuit
j_._"_oo_
j
Q).._.._.._.._u_.._.._oo_.._oo_.._.._.._oo_oo_.._.._oo_oo_.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._.._..,
!
qr..-.-@.-.._oo_..-.eJ-..-..-..-.._oo_'{q.-.(:?).-..-(?)..-..{E}-..-..-.j i
I I~ 1 .
! Class A Fire r,.-..-..-..-..-..-..-..-.._u_.._n_.._.._..-..-.,j!
. Signature. Data Damper i !
CirCUit i IS\.. "-5\ IS\. J'S\. /5\ !
! '-.J~.._.~9-"-~._.-&.._~.._..';
Class A Notification
Appliance CIrcuit with
Genesis Signals and
Signal Master for
Independenl Horn and
Strobe Control and
Synchronization over
two conductors.
2nd Floor
,~~
i
i
i ,
d>--..-.-.,_u_..-..-..-..-..-..-..-..-..-..J ~.._.._.._,._.._.._u_.._.._.._.._.._.._u_.._.._.._oo_.._.._.._.'_00_00_00_..1
q>-_..-cq.._.~O ,._.._~.._.._.._(~oo_.'-'.<f qr..-..-{fJ-..-..-(g)..-.._oo-(g)u_..-..-'.-..1
I ' . I
f I I :
2.. ~dG Critical Process ~ i I Waterfiow ~ !
i 1 t. Monitoring -~ [EJ ~SWitCh -~ i
i with Control F '-'. I
.... ............_..,~.. .!::.J CT2 Spnnkler ~ '
".. ...... ~~t~~IS0ry -~ ~
~I
Elevator i i
Caplure ! I
L-@
OS 1 Panel
Class B Signature Data Circuit
RM
2AVdc
1Pr.
I 'Pro
I
I
I
I
i !
. I
$.,-,,-~.._..",,_u_"~'._.._..-<f.._u_.._.._.._..@u_.@._..-(~}'-..ffi
. 'I!
I Slgnafure Fire i "5\ _13\
~Dala Circuit (1 pr.) Damper ~u_u_.~._..-C?F-u~_r.-'{lJ-u_~
I
I
2nd Floor
Horn and Strobe
Control (2 pr)
t'
!
i
I
!
i i
t.._..-cq"-.IM~1Ioo_.,-(~}_.._.._. dr .-. -~ ._.~_.. J ..-..{E].-..-. -(~}._,,_u@.,_u_u_u_ul
: 2: 'f.r:dI:. entleal PraceS6 _ ~ Waterflow __ ~ i
i Monitoring '" ~ SWitch ~ !
LEJ"_u_.. CT2 Sprinkler !
SUperviSOry - . < ~
Sy,1lch ~ ~
Elevator i
Capture i
~
'~,'{J(.
G
M
Notification Appliance Circuit:
Horn and Strobe SynchronizCltion with Audible Silence
051 Panel
LEGEND
g Enhanced Integrity
~ Horn-Strobe
g Genesis
~ Horn-Strobe
~ End-of-Llne
~ Resistor
[JQ] Programmable
110 Module
[[] Genesis @M] Universal
M Signal Master I/O Module
~ Smoke ~ Dual Circuit
Detector Input Module
~ 2-W1re I][J Control Relay
Smoke Detector Module
~ Smoke Detector ~ Signal
with Relay Base Module
~ Smoke Detector @ill! Signal Module
witl1lsolator Base (synchronization)
[E1 Manual IBM] Riser Monitor
Pull Station Module
Q) Junction IMiB Monitor Module
Box
i"lore wiring suggestions con be found in
the 051 Fire Alarm Control Panellnstalla-
tion. Operation. and :'1aintenance Manual.
PIN 3.100.784.
Data Sheet 85005-0113 Issue 6
Not to be used for installotion purposes. Page 5 of 8
Standard Components and Option Cords ,
QSl panels come standard with a CPU/Display Unit. an SUC Signature Loop Controller, and ~
g PSG Power Supply (see ordering information for details!. t~.........,
AvailableQSl option cards provide dialing capability or extra relays for anciliory control.
Quick-Lok option cards snap onto DIN mounting roils for fast. no-fuss installation. One op-
tion card space is available,
~
~~~;~ p,ower Supply Card
Description
The PSG provides primary dc power to all the
circuit cards installed in the cabinet. There are
four 24 Vdc power output circuits - three for
powering auxiliary applications. and one for
powering four-wire smoke detectors - and a
charging circuit for standby batteries. The PSG
also provides common alarm. supervisory.
and trouble relays. as well as a fourth relay
that is user programmable,
Wiring
"--.~M]S.U2lwt-'_NlClioro T82
..............111' Ior&~<lo._.
~I ~~ ~
I <2l <2l <2l <Il <2l <2l <Il <2l <2l <2l <2l <2l <2l <Il <2l <2l 0 01 Tal
~e~c~c~c~~+-+-Rrnn~~
AaAV1 ftEl,A'l'ZP\tLAY3REI,.AVs SMOKE AS04a3 R:SZ.u
"cc~
TBl
TB2
N.C, AUX POWliJl.
IL~(;J~{;j~1
I
~qry-",
~,,~~
Relay 1: Form C. Contacts change position when the control panel processes on alarm signal
and remain changed until all active alarm inputs restore end the control panel resets.
Relau 2: Form A. Contacts change position when tbe ponel processes c supervisory signal and
remains changed until all active supervisory inputs restore.
Relcy 3: Form A. Contacts change position when the panel loses power or processes a trouble
signal and remains changed until power ret.urns or the trouble clears.
Relay 4: Form A. Relay closes and opens according to panel programming.
\. ~.."_"", .,._, '"m,....~ ,..~;". """ " ,,~ ",,"'""'"' ,,~""'.
. S~IC Signature loop Intelligent Controller
Description
The sLle provides one Class A or Class B data
circuit (loop) for connecting Signature Series
detectors and modules. The SUC also provides
two programmable Class A or Class B notifica-
tion appliance circuits (NACs) for connecting
polarized 24 Vdc notification appliances such as
horns and strobes. QSl supports one sue.
Wiring
OUT IN lOOP
A+ ~ B+ 8-
." i.
B+ B-A+ fitroB+ B-A+ A-
NAC1 NAC2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I I CI
L_1-~_~
ClsssA
Signaling Line Circuit
and NACs are super-
vised and pawer-
limited.
Cabinet with aptian card.,
and barteries installe~:.:~?1 .
Standard Component
Specifications
Hertz
115 or 230 Voc,
24 Vdc batteries
current: 2 amps
Battery charging circuit Charge capacity: 40 amp haurs (ULI
30 amp haurs (ULCI
-.Smoke/Acces.sory.--- .-.--.voitoge~.24.-i.idc.regulated Cu'rrent: isoiTiA---
pl?~~r()~tp~~cir~~itm Wire size: 12 to 18 (~:??~l??:? mm')m_.._.
Auxiliary power output Quantity: 3
circuits Voltage: 24 vdc full wave rectified
Current 1.5 amps each
...--....-.--..-... . ...__......._._-st~yi~Form c-------..-.----
Common alarm relay Contact rating: 1 amp
Wire size: 12 to 18AWG 10.75 to 2.5 mm')
....Tro.u.bie:..s.upervisory ..... .............styie~..Form'.ATN7ol..""......_.........~._,....,....,.....
and programmable Contact rating: 1 amp
.!~9.}1._~__.__.q___.__.__._Wire_~z~?. to 18 AWG 10.75 to 2.~~l___
Operating environment Temperature: 32 - 1200 F (0 - 490 C)
Humidity: 93 %RH. nan-condensing
....~~.~~~6~..r.~g.~ir~f11~.~.~.~ .............~~?~~~:~~~r.!~_6~:~!.?:..~_~~i~!~=~yr.i.~~f~6:.rii~...::.:
Main supply circuit
Standard Component
Specifications
........................................................................................................................................-..................................."........................................-.
Configuration: Class B (Style 4) or Class A (Style 7)
Capacity: 125 Signature detectors
Signaling line . 125 Signature modules
circuit Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG 10.75 to 2.5 mm')
............ ..... ... ..................- .....~~<:~!~..r~_sl~~~~~~:._?s...l?.~f11.~.s:!:~~~~~P..c:J~.!!9.~~~.~.~:.~l!!_.......__
Configuration: Class B or Class A
Output voltage: 24 Vdc. nominal
Output current: 2.0 A at 24 Vdc for #1
and 0.8 A ot 24 Vdc for #2
Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm>)
End of line resistor: lOk ohms. Y2 W
....................-............................................- .............................-....-.......-........
Voltage: 24 Vdc, nominal
Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG 10.75 to 2.5 mm')
..,......-.............--..--......................,.........................,......,......~..._......~,..........._...._....~_..-
Temperature: 32 - 1200 F (0 - 490 C)
.. ...fiu'!1icJ!ty:~~.'l{,~fi,~C!I1:c:.C?l1cJ~.I1..?il1fLm %mm..__
Standby current: 33 mA
Alarm current: 57 mA (Both NACs on)
Requlresonecardspace:----.-
Notification
appliance
circuits #1
and #2
NAC power
.....i.~P..~.~..~i.r.~.~i.~
Operating
environment
Current:
r~g.~.~r.~f11.~.~t~m
...~Cl.r.?.~.P.Cl~.~.~m..
Data Sheet 85005-0113 Issue 6
Nat ta be used far installation purposes. Page 6 of 8
\
P~ODialer
Description
The OLD is 0 UU/ULC listed dual line Digital Alarm Communicating
Transmitter (DACT). It provides two phone line connections for send-
ing system messages to a compatible Digital Alarm Communicator
Receiver. The OLD supports 4/2 and Contact [0 formats. It occupies
one cord space on the chassis roil.
'U"G' :fF
p~o . "O"f "NJ .
<~ --
f..3'
:GR€<:Nl TO PHO'-'E UNF. ~2
1W\~I.:D s.w~.o.s
f>HONEUNf ~11
GmN W
. . RJJ1X
.. _f". . 6 PIN MCClA.AR
's',. ~t.:: CClNNt:C;Qi\FOll
"""~:/..EO~. ..~ P~'ONELmE;2
~~~'i'~t
Q) tlJ c]) 1Z:~~) (Z!2iJTB1
TIP RNG TIP RNi:; TIP RNG TIP RNQ
IN OUT IN OUT
LINE; 1 LINE 2
Wiring
fU31X kl S
~~~~
PH~eUt.lEjjj
@
NOT.TAPS
PERMlrTEO
tR~ Rel6y Cord
Description
The ZR8 provides eight dry-contact relays thot
can be independently configured as Form A or
Form B relays. It occupies one card space on the
chassis rail.
Wiring
+R5- +R6- +R7- +RB-
00fi0~
)"X4~5Class:A RS~485 Card and QS-232 Port
Description
The NT-A, which includes the X48S/
RS-485 card and QS-232/UART port,
provides one Class A serial remote an-
nunciator bus for connecting remote
annunciator panels. Control panels
require the X485 card and Q5-232
port. which also serves as a laptop or
printer port. The X485 occupies one
card space on the chassis roil. The QS-
232 port plugs into the panel CPU.
Wiring
CH2 CH1
,-,..~ ."" " " ._,
:\S~:39,SL30-1, SL20LSS, Sl30L lED/Switch Cards
Description
The SL30 and SL30-1 provide thirty circuits for
zone annunciation. Each circuit comprises two
LEOs and a push button switch. The Sl30 push
button switches are numbered from 1 to 30 and
the Sl30-1 push button switches are numbered
fram 31 to 60. The SL20L5S provides 20 cir-
cuits for point annunciation and five circuits for
custom control functions. The Sl30L provides
30 circuits for point annunciation. SL20LSS and
SL30L circuits are labeled using inserts provided with the cords.
Option Card
SpecifiCtltions
TBl
Ope rati.~g.m. ................ ........mTem.perotu;:e:32..~..i.20-.; FiO-:-49~.C)
. ~.0vir~~.r:n.ent ....~t~~d~0~:i3~!.~.~.~-':l.~.~~<?129~-n.s.i!19-
Current Alarm: 20 mA
requirements
Phane Lines mm ......f~lij~~p..si~rTi~e.so.n.s~itchedteiePho~e.~-e~O;:k..-'
_..._____._ __,____.._!:~e a!:. DT!:1!' dialin_L.......
.~~~~~~:Ct~~~s mm..~~3.1.~!~~~1.~:9~i:':.~:~}~.~><!~~~~~~g~~:_"_--
Protocol Contoct 10 (SIA OC-051. 4/2 ISlA OC-02 P31.
:::':~:~99..~9.:0.0.j:~:~9.... "'Via Qu ickStart";..Front..Panej..Q.r..pC:......__.__......... .......................................H.
CommunicatiansCommunicatlons'COnadocs=6i.FCCicFR.l;iports.
..E.~r:n.J?[.i9~~~.__._.__.1~.!:.d__68. NFPA 72, ULl864. ULC SS27-M87
Signols can be transmitted ta either-o.r both-aTtiNo--
receivers.
......._..,...,......T~o...2.4=.digjt..~uili.bers..p.e.r"receiv'e'r:" ,...,...,...".,......_~.........
.....................~~9~ii~~..?6~~9.~~.~~e~.~~~.....:::.:::::::::........... . .....:.:::::~~:~.._..__.
Receivers
Telephone #s
:..~9.r.~:~P?~~~.
Option Cord
TBl
Specifications
m. . ...... . mmSt0ie:FormA.IN)OjorFor.m8iNiCiti~.mper-c.onfig~raiiier
Output relolJs Contoct rating: 1 amp @ 30 Vdc resistive.
Wire size: 18 to 12 AWG 10.75 to 2.5 mm2)
...-............ ..... ..... ....-. ....................-............., .................... ......~...........
Operating Temperature: 32 - 120. F {O - 49. Cl
enviran 1T1~ ~t ... .....HulT1i~it~:~.~...~.~.I:!!...~.~.~.~cond.~.~sing
Current StandblJ current: 11 mA
requirements Alarm current: 18 ma per active relo\j
....~.Clr~..sP.'Cl:~~~~:~.-m~~9:!i!.~.~.9.~~..<:.t;]!.9..~P9~i;:==..:................. .........._...........__
TB2
Option Cards
Specifications
12 to 18 AWG (0.75 to 2.5 mm2) twisted pair
16. twi~ts per f??.t minim~lT1)......__.............__...m
Circuit resistance 100 Ohms
...........................-..-.-.......-...
~ir.~.~it<:.ClPCl~itCl0~.~ g:~y~.....m.........._.._._...
Operating Temperoture: 32 - 120. F (O - 49. C)
environment. Humidit\j: 93 %RH. noncondensing
. C~-;re;'t'-- m__.______ StondblJ: 60mA------.--._---------
requirements Alarm: 60 mA
:~:~9:~~:::$.:P:~:~~:~:.:...::..:::::::::::::..:::::::::~~.g~~:~~~::9.~.~~.~~~~~3~~.:!F~~:~!.~~8::~.~:::::~:::~~:~:::~:.~...._......._.... .
Wire size
Option Cards.
Specifications
........................... . ......... ................~....... ......... .....".........._....._.....__._._._._...~_................... .. .. ............................_....
Temperoture: 32 -120 . F (0 - 49 . CI
Operating environment
Humidit\j: 93% RH, nan-condensing
:Iu.!.r.~~G~~T.r~r:n.~6~~:~-~~~6~b.\r}~~~i~IT1:...QIs.~~~.~T_a_~!iy'~~.E.~=
Data Sheet 85005-0113 Issue 6
Not to be used for Installation purposes. Page 7 of B
GE
Secu rit~
u.s.
T 888-378-2329
F 866-503-3996
. Canada
T 519 376 2430
F 519 376 7258
Asia
T 852 2907 810S
F 852 2142 5063
Australia
T 61392594700
F 613 9259 4799
Europe
T 32272511 20 .
F 32 2 721 86 13
latin America
T 305 593 4301
F 305 593 4300
www.gesecurity.com
() 2006 General Electric Company
All Rights Reserved
QuickStart and Signature Series ore
Trademarks of GE Security.
Ordering options
(Apply to basic packages and
cpu/displays only)
Languages
No suffix = American English
SP = Spanish 1230v or 115vl
PG = Portuguese 1230v only}
FR = French Canadian 1120v only)
Power Supplies
1 = 115v transformer
2 = 230v transformer
Colors
G = Grey enclosure 1230v or 11svl
R = Red enclosure 1115v only)
Examples
QSl-1-G-2-SP = QS1 basic package
with one option card space, grey
enclosure. 230v transformer. Span-
ish language,
QSI-CPU-FR = QS1 CPU/disploy,
French Canadian.
Ordering Information
Part Description Ship Wt.
'~~0~~~~~~J~..~. ~nl:I.()~.~..~~,~.~is??~,:r.~.~.pe!\l.~~Q'~~~~~p'i~~.:.:.::=__-~_..!b. (kgL
QSI-I-G-l Single loop system. 1 option cord space. Gray enclosure, l1svtra'nsformer:--i7:6-{i:7JT.
9~j~1~~~i...':~i0g[e.~o.?,p:~\i~~~~~fop~i96c.~r.I~p.~~~::~~~~~~<:I?~~~~:.~~~v. transformer. 17.0 (7.711
Note: SLlC Cord includes One Signature Loop Intelligent Controller for up to 250 devices and ~~~.-Ci;;;.A.~;;::;;.ci;;;.8..NAc;:....
Enclosure !-\cces:sories
.--.............--......-..-...........-..........................-............................-"."....................
.y~n9~1::!sista_~~.9~~~.t..9.?_?~.9.~9~ ..
Vandal-resistant cabinet door, red
.. ~.__.__.. ___ _...__ __,__ ___.____..m '__'.
. ..Tril11~i~~9~?\J.... .._. .
Trim Kit - red
9.~~1:~~.. .
. QS__}~\jR~~ .
TRIM-1
TRIM-IR
3.011.36)
......".,'.H.",_.__...,,_,'....__...._~._____._.__.__.._......~_..____._
.. ___........_.__ .._. .__~_._______.._2.:QE.36)_
5.012.27)
5.0 (2.27)
........................_.._~.__.
. ()2tion Cerds................ ..... ...... ... ...
DLD ... '?~?I~i~e.'?i?I~~.?~pP.<?~~.~!Z.o.~~~()~to.~.t.I'?!.<?~I119.t.~..
ZR8...~~I?\J~o.~~.?pr()9~?l11l11o.?I~F.?r.I11~~()~~()~t~. ..... .....
1.0 (OAs)
..................................._........~.~._....._....
1.0 (OA5)
Dispic\) Options
..sL30................................Annunei~i;;rn1?~ule:.N.urnbered..i..io3(i..TWO.LE..~Son~?~.~~!~~h.:~e.Cz.~6e.:. '.-::i~QIo.;~~~~
Annunciator module. 20 circuits for point or zone annunciation. 5
circuits for custom functions. Circuits labeled with insert card.
.........-...-....,........................................"........-................................,...................................._..."...,........................._.__.._........._.........R...H..." ...~.............".....H..~.....
Annunciator module. 30 circuits. Circuits labeled with insert cord. 1.0 (0.45)
r~~~J~~~fj~~~yl~if!~~f2~t~~i~~~nyc.~~rl~~~~~~i~O{i~:~~:;;~t;~~~.::.._~.:~::j~:8i'i
switches. 4" square box mount. 4.0 (1.81)
... .....'Rs.~4Ei5...o.pt.io.n..c()'r(i...Req'u.i.red..fo.r..Eios5 A remote an.n.~nCi'o.tio.n.. Inclu'des ....."........,.............~_....~..._....H
NT-A UART cord. 1.0 (OAS)
...... ........ .............. .UA.RToptio.ncord:iilugs..lnto.C'pu.'.''R.e'q.ulredfor'pcP.mgrammingT----.-.--......---...----
QS~.2~.~........ ..............p.ri~t.e.r.p.<?~~:....I.~~.I.~.?~~.i.~...~.!~.~P9.~.k.ClQ.~..... .........____.._...=:~.:.~:~~)._.
..R~;rr,otf.t Annunciator Cabinets
lc/w In terfa ce Assem b(V;..r~~g.~!r..~.~P.l!./9i s.pl~.w..!:.:.:................._............................._......._.................__..._.....__......__.__....._
.os/i:i:S......Su.rfaceRemote Annunciator Cabinet. Space for one SL30 display card. 4.0 (1.81)
. ..os/i:i:.F...... ........Fiush..~~rn~i~.~~~~~~i~~;;;~~~i~:e.t::.s.p.?c.~:f~c.;;~~~I~~:~i~p.!~~~~~;~::.::::::.:~~:9.1L@:::.
-1- _ ...Su.rta.ce.Remote Annunciator Cabinet. vondol Resistant. Space for one 40(181)
QSA S VR sL30 display cord. . .
..............Fiu.sh...R.e.mc;te..A.n.nune;i'at.o.j:..C.o bi net. VoncialResi'sta nt ~~'S.pa~e-fo~~ne~-"-"""""'-""-"'~-""~"-"~-"-'--'
QSA.1-F-VR 5L30 cord. 4.0 (1.811
SL20LsS
1.0 (0,45)
5L30L
..9.~.1~~.~~.~.~
EST-SRA1
Prog ro mm i ng Tool s .............................. ......... ..............................._..._.......
.Qs:~~...9.~I~k~t()r.t.p..?0.~i.~.?~~9~;?tl?~Qt!iit.~;. ._..~:~(g:~?)
.OS:scon .. . .. "OLJickStort scanner and programming guide. 2.010.91)
prog co ble:i. Sea nner port'uploadl down loadcobie..-.-..-...-..-i~oiO);5r.-
--~~9.?7~--~=!.;(j:ir9.l11l11i~Q0i.)J.1~.I~_~~~.~f~9.s.I.9?~).:~:::-----~==~____..__._..____._..!:.9JO~S.L.
Acc(~ssorjes
g~~t-ll~~~~~:~~:=1~t
"API:8iz3zME." Alphanumeric Pager InterFace. . .. ...................._..._.._!.!Jl..I?:9L
BPS6A .....6.S.Ar;:;p..B.?ostej.p(j~e.;:s.uppl~:..1.}Q.'!..... ..........................................._..!~.:.O'J?:~L_
BPS10A 10 Amp Booster Pawer Supply, 110 V...........__. ... .. .._.._.....__.._.!3.0!?:~L..
CD R3 ... ...PsNi~;;~.~<~?~uie...............::.::.:......:::.................~::::::.=.:=.__._.__._..1.:~.!Q:~?l__..
.'1.' . . . r k
. .~... . ! Imagination O"L \NOr
Data 5heet 85005-0113 Issue 6
Not to be used for installation purposes. Page 8 ofa
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
,",' :',: ..::;~~:,r.~~.l~~~!.~'!B!i~i,.1t'1JjlH~~~'. qQm~*ibllity'^~:g:,;~' ~1Q~/~S'1 ,:' ~ ,-2:' J;S)':2 . " '. . EST3 IRC-3/FCC
-'
INTELLlGENTINITIATING DEVICES
~
Intelligent Photoeh~cttdc~
Smoke Detector'
Model SIGA-PS
Note: Some features described here may not be supported by a/I
control systems. Check your control panel's Installation and
Operation Guide for details.
Features
.. Integral microprocessor
.. Non-volatile memory
.. Automatic mapping device
.. Electronic addressing
.. Environmental compensation
II Intelligent detector
II Wide 0.67% to 3.77%/ft. sensitivity range
II Twenty pre-alarm sensitivity values, set in 5% increments1
II Identification of dirty or defective detectors
.. Automatic day/night sensitivity adjustment
.. Twin RED/GREEN status LEOs
II Standard, relay, fault isolator, and audible mounting bases
II Designed and manufactured to ISO 9001 standards
Description
EST's Signature Series Model SIGA-PS Intelligent Photoelectric
Smoke Detector gathers analog information from its smoke sensing
element and converts it into digital signals. The detector's on-
board microprocessor measures and analyzes these signals. It
compares the information to historical readings and time patterns
to make an alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns
that are not typical of fires. Unwanted alarms are virtually elimi-
nated.
The microprocessor in each detector provides four additional benefits
- Self-diagnosticsand History Log, Automatic Device Mapping,
Stand-alone Operation and Fast, Stable Communication.
Self-diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series detector
constantly runs self-checks to provide important maintenance
information. The results ofthe self-check are automatically updated
and permanently stored in the detector's non-volatile memory.
This information is accessible for review any time at the control
panel, PC, Or by using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service
Tool.
, EST3V.2only.
'Aetrlevablewith SICA-PRO programming tool.
rii
~
". --)
MEA
@@
~~~J
AppIJcttlon Notes -
Available
The information stored in the detector's memory includes:
- detector type, serial number, and address
- date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last maintenance date2
- current detector sensitivity and environmental compensation
values
- original detector sensitivity values upon manufacturing2
- number of recorded alarms and troubles2
- time and date of last alarm 1
- analog signal patterns just before the last alarm'
- most recent trouble code logged by the detector - 32 possible
trouble codes may be used to diagnose faults.
In the unlikely event that an unwanted alarm does take place, the
control panel's history file can be called up to help isolate the
problem and prevent it from happening again.
Automatic Device Mapping - The loop controller learns where
each device's serial number address is installed relative to other
devices on the circuit. The mapping feature provides supervision
of each device's installed location to prevent a detector from
being reinstalled (after cleaning etc.) in a different location from
where it was originally. The history log for the detector remains
relevant and intact regardless of its new location.
The Signature Series Data Entry Program also uses the mapping
feature. With interactive menus and graphic support, the wired
circuits between each device can be examined. Layout or "as-built"
drawing information showing wire branches (T-taps), device types
and their address are stored on disk for printing hard copy. This
takes the mystery out ofthe installation. The preparation of "as-built"
drawings is fast and efficient.
Device mapping allows the Signature loop controller to discover:
- unexpected additional device addresses
. missing device addresses
- changes to the wiring in the circuit.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
U.S. SALES: SARASOTA, FL 941-739-4638; FAX 941-727-1214 . CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND. ON 519-376-2430; FAX 519-376-7258
INTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-1711 ; FAX 905-270-9553 . CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT - U.S. MANUFACTURING: PllTSFIELD & NEWPORT, ME
Issue 6
literature Sheet #85001-0269
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current I1terature and updates visit WW\N.est.net.
Page 1 of 4
Stand-alone Operation: A decentralized alarm decision by the
detector is guaranteed. On-board intelligence permits the detector
to operate in stand-alone mode. If loop controller CPU communi-
cations fail for more than four seconds, all devices on that circuit
go into stand-alone mode. The circuit acts like a conventional alarm
receiving circuit. Each detector on the circuit continues to collect
and analyze information from its surroundings. The detector alarms
ifthe preset smoke obscuration level is reached. If the detector is
mounted to a relay base, the relay operates. Similarly, if it is
mounted to an audible base, the on-board horn sounds.
Fast Stable Communication: On-board intelligence means less
information needs to be sent between the detector and the loop
controller. Other than regular supervisory polling response, the
detector only needs to communicate with the loop controller when
it has something new to report. This provides very fast response
time and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for
communication on the loop. The lower baud rate offers several
advantages including:
- less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics
- less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable
- less emitted noise from the data wiring
- twisted or shi.elded wiring is not required.
Electronic Addressing: The loop controller electronically ad-
dresses each detector, saving valuable time during system
commissioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not
required. Each detector has its own unique serial number stored in
its "on.board memory". The loop controller identifies each device
on the circuit and assigns a "soft" address to that device's serial
number. If desired, detectors can be addressed using the SIGA-
PRO Signature Program/Service Tool.
Environmental Compensation: Detection sensitivity is virtually
independent of its installed environment and its physical condition.
Environmental compensation means the sensing element adapts to
long-term changes caused by dirt, humidity, aging etc. It even com-
pensates for small amounts of normal ambient smoke. Approximately
six times every hour the detector adjusts and updates the sensitivity
(% obscuration) baseline for its sensing element. Approximately
once every hour this information is written to its permanent memory.
The detector's "learned" baseline is not lost, even when the detector
is removed for cleaning. Signature Series environmental
compenstion is so reliable that it meets NFPA72 field sensitivity
testing requirements - without the need for external meters.
The detector's sensitivity setting selected by the installer floats up
or down to remain constant relative to the changing baseline. This
is called differential sensing.
Sensitivity Range: The SIGA-PS Photoelectric Detector has a
sensitivity range orwindow of 0.67% to 3.77%. The installer
selects the detector's ALARM sensitivity level from five available
settings within the range.
Pre-Alarm: The detector stores one of 20 pre-alarm sensitivity values
to alert local personnel priorto the sensor reaching a full evacuation
sensitivity. Sensitivity values can be set in 5% increments.'
Automatic Day/Night Sensitivity Selection: Signature Series
detectors may be programmed for different sensitivities during day
and night periods. This allows the detector to be more sensitive
during unoccupied periods when lower ambient background
conditions are expected.
Stability: The SIGA-PS detector's sensitivity remains stable in wind
velocities up to 5,000ftlmin (25.3 m/sec). Ambient temperature has
very little affect on the detector. The detector may be installed in
rooms with ambienttemperatures up to 1200F (490C).
Status LEDs: Twin LEDs are visible from any direction. A flashing
GREEN LED shows normal system polling from the loop
controller. A flashing RED LED means the detector is in alarm
state. Both LEOs on steady shows alarm state - stand-alone mode.
Normal GREEN LED activity is not distracting to building occupants,
but can be quickly spotted by a maintenance technician.
Quality and Reliability: EST detectors are manufactured in North
America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electronics
utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and greater
immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for humidity
and corrosion resistance. All critical contacts are gold plated.
I nsta I lation
Signature Series detectors mount to North American 1-gang
boxes, 3-1/2 inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, and to 4 inch square
electrical boxes 1-1/2 inches (38 mm) deep. They mount to
European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3 mm fixing centers.
I O.B' (20 mm)
I," '" ..,
4.4' (112 mm)
Access Slot for
Tamper-Resist Mechanism
Tamper-Resist Lever Arm ,
- Break Off to disable -
(Located on Base)
Testing & Maintenance
Each detector automatically identifies when it is dirty or defective
and causes a "dirty detector" message. The detector's sensitivity
measurement can also be transmitted to the loop controller. A
sensitivity report can be printed to satisfy NFPA sensitivity meas-
urements which must be conducted atthe end of the first year and
every two years thereafter.
The user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of
each detector and other pertinent messages. Single detectors may
be turned off temporarily from the control panel. Availability of
maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used.
Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper detector
operation should be planned to meet the requirements ofthe
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and
ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards.
Cornpatibility
The SIGA-PS detectors are compatible only with EST's Signature
Loop Controller.
1 EST3V.2only.
Page 2 of 4
Issue 8
EOWAROS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #85001-0269
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Application
Although photoelectric detectors have a wide range of fire sensing capabilities they are best suited for detecting slow, smoldering fires.
The table below shows six standard test fires used to rate the sensitivity of smoke and heat detectors. The table indicates that no single
sensing element is suited for all test fires.
EST recommends that this detector be installed according to latest recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes.
Type of Detector
SIGA.HRS and
SIGA-HFS Rate-of SIGA-PHS Photo/Heat SIGA-IPHS
Test Fire SIGA-IS Ion SIGA.PS Photo .Rise/Fixed Temp. 3D lon/Photo/Heat 40
Open Wood optimum unsuitable optimum very suitable optimum
Wood Pyrolysis suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum
Smouldering Cotton very suitable optimum unsuitable optimum optimum
Poly Urethane Foam very suitable very suitable suitable very suitable optimum
n-Heptane optimum very suitable very suitable optimum optimum
Liquid Fire without unsuitable unsuitable optimum very suitable very suitable
Smoke
Typical Wiring
The detector mounting basesaccept#18AWG (0.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2). #14AWG (1.5mm2).and #12AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes.
Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (0. 75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog
sheetfordetailed wiring requirement specifications.
Standard Detector Base, SIGA.SB, SIGA.SB4
Relay Detector Base, SIGA.RB, SIGA-RB4
Term Description
1 Not Used
2 DATA IN/OUT (+)
3 Not Used
4 DATA IN (-)
4 Remote LED (-)
5 Remote LED (+)
6 Not Used
7 DATA OUT (-)
Common
Normally- Normolly-
Closed Open
[Term Description
1 Normally Open
2 DATA IN/OUT (+)
3 Common
4 DATA IN (-)
4 Not Used
5 Normally-Closed
6 DATA OUT (-)
CONTACT RATING
1.0 Amp @ 30 VDC
(Pilot Duty)
DATA IN (+)
From SIgnature Controller
or Prevlous Device
DATA IN (+)
From Signature Controller
or Previous Device
DATA OUT (+)
To Next DevIce
Isolator Detector Base, SIGA-IB, SIGA-IB4
Term Description
1 Not Used
2 DATA IN/OUT (+)
3 DATA IN (-)
4 Not Used
5 Not Used
6 DATA OUT (-j
7 Not Used
Volume setting
Default = High volume
Cut for low volume
Tone setting
Default = Temporal pattem
Cut for steady tone
-u--
To conflgure output volume
or tone, cut lhe clraJlt board
as shown.
DATA IN (+)
From Signature Controller
or Previous Device
DATA OUT (+)
To Next Device
24 Vdc In .
From power supply or +
previous base
- 24 Vdc out
+ To next base or EOl relay
Data In
From SIgnature controller or -
prevIous device +
Data out
... To next Signature dOl,lioo
Issue e
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #86001-0269
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Page 3 of 4
Accessories.
All detector mounting bases have wiring terminals that are
accessible from the "room-side" after mounting the base to the
electrical box. The bases mount to North American 1-gang boxes
and to 3% inch or 4 inch octagon boxes, 1'12 inches (38 mm) deep.
They also mount to European BESA and 1-gang boxes with 60.3
mm fixing centers. The SIGA-SB4, SIGA-RB4, and SIGA-1B4 mount
to North A~ican 4 inch sq. electrical boxes in addition to the
above boxe They inCI..Ude the SIGA- TS4 Trim Skirt which is used
to coverthe unting ears" on the base. The SIGA-AB4G mounts
to a 4" sqar only.
,', ~,...-
SIGA-AB4G SIGA-SB
Audible Base . Standard Base
SIGA.IB
Isolator Base
SIGA.RB SIGA.LEO
Relay Base Remote LEO
Standard Base SIGA.SB, SIGA-SB4 - This is the basic mounting
base for EST Signature Series detectors. The SIGA-LED Remote
LED is supported by the Standard Base.
Relay Base SIGA.RB, SIGA-RB4 - This base includes a relay.
Normally open or closed operation is selected during installation.
The dry contact is rated for 1 amp (pilot duty) @30 Vdc. The relay's
position is supervised to avoid accidentally jarring it out of position.
The SIGA-RB can be operated as a control relay if programmed to
do so at the control panel (EST3 V.2 only). The relay base does not
supportthe SIGA-LED Remote LED.
Audible Base SIGA-AB4G - This base is designed for Lise where
localized or group alarm signaling is required. When the detector
senses an alarm condition, the audible base emits a local alarm
signal. The optional SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay can be used
for sounding to other audible bases on the same 24 Vdc circuit.
Relay and Audible Bases operate as follows:
- at system power-up or reset, the relay is de-energized
- when.a detector is installed in the base with the power
on, the relay energizes forfourseconds, then de-energizes
- when a detector is removed from a base with the power on,
the relay is de-energized
- when the detector enters the alarm state, the relay is energized.
Isolator Base SIGA.IB, SIGA.IB4 - This base includes a built-in line
fault iso/atorfor use on Class A circuits. A detector must be
installed for it to operate. The isolator base does not support the
SIGA-LED Remote LED.
The isolator operates as follows:
- a short on the line causes all isolators to open within 23 msec
- at 10 msec intervals, beginning on one side of the Class A
circuit nearest the loop controller, the isolators close to
provide the next isolator down the line with power
- when the isolatornextto the short closes, reopens within 10 msec.
The process repeats beginning on the other side of the loop
controller.
Remote LED SIGA-LED - The remote LED connects to the SIGA-SB
or SIGA-SB4 Standard Base only. It features a North American size
1-gang plastic faceplate with a white finish and red alarm LED.
SIGA.TS4 Trim Skirt - Supplied with 4 inch bases, it can also be
ordered separately to use with the other bases to help hide surface
imperfections notcovered by the smaller bases.
Warnings 5'- Cautions
This detector will not operate without electrical power. As fires
frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss further
safeguards with yourfire protection specialist.
This detector will NOT sense fires that start in areas where smoke
canno~ reach the detector. Smoke from fires in walls, roofs, oron the
opposite side of closed doors may not reach the detector to alarm it.
Specifications
Catalog Number SIGA.PS
Sensing Element Photoelectric - Light Scattering Principle
Storage & Air Velocity Range: 0 to 5,000 fIImin (0 to 25.39 m/s);
Operating Humidity: 0 to 93% RH, Non-Condensing
Environment Operating Temp: 320F to 1200F (OOC to 49OC);
Storage Temp: -4OF to 1400F (-200Cto 60oC)
Sensitivity Range ULl/ULC - 0.67% to 3.77% obscurationlfoot
User Selected Most Sensitive: 1.0%/ft.; More Sensitive: 2.0%/ft.;
Alarm Sensitivity Normal: 2.5%/ft.;
Settings Less Sensitive: 3.0%/ft.; Least Sensitive: 3.5%/ft.
Pre-alarm Sensitivity 5% increments, allowing up to 20 pre-alarm settings
Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal)
Quiescent: 45t1A @ 19 V; Alarm: 45t1A @ 19 V
Operating Current Emergency Stand-alone Alarm Mode: lamA
Pulse Current: 100 tlA (100 msec);
During Communication: 9 mA max.
Construction & Finish Hi9h Impact Engineering Polymer - White
Compatible SIGA-SB Standard Base,
Mounting Bases SIGA-RB Relay Base, SIGA-IB Isolator Base,
SIGA-AB4. SIGA.AB4G Audible Bases
On-board Green LED - Flashes when polled;
On-board Red LED - Flashes when In alarm
LED Operation Both LEDs - Glow steady when In alarm (stand-alone)
Compatible Remote Red LED (model SIGA-LED)
Flashes when in alarm
Compatibility Use With: SIGNATURE Loop Controller
Address Requirements Uses one Device Address
Agency Listings UL, ULC, MEA, CSFM
UL Listed Spacing 30 ft
Ordering Information
Catalog Ship Wt.
Number Description Ibs (kg)
SIGA-PS Intelligent Photoelectric Detector .5 (.23)
- Ul/ULC Listed
Accessories
SIGA-SB Detector Mounting Base - Standard
SIGA-SB4 4-inch Detector Mounting Base
c/w SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt
SIGA-RB Detector Mounting Base w/Relay
SIGA-RB4 4-inch Detector Mounting Base w/Relay,
c/w SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt .2 (.09)
SIGA-IB Detector Mounting Base
w/Faultlsolator
SIGA.IB4 4-inch Detector Mounting Base
wi Fault Isolator, c/w SIGA-TS4 Trim Skirt
SIGA.LED Remote Alarm LED
SIGA-AB4G Audible (Sounder) Base .3 (0.15)
SIGA.TS4 Trim Skirt (supplied with 4-lnch bases) .1 (.04)
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
C 2004 EST
.Pege 4 of 4
It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST.
Printed in U.S.A
Issue 6
Literature Sheet #86001-0269
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net..
A product of EST Marketing, Sarasota. FL
\A
Intelligent Duct Smoke Detectoi"
SIGA-SD
Features
II Less than 2" deep for easy installation and applications where
space is tight
II -20to 158 of (-29 to 70 OC) operating range with 100 ft/min. to
4,000ft/min air velocity rating assures reliability under harsh
environmental conditions
III Status LEDs remain visible through clear assembly cover
II Cover monitor switch for added security
II Standard sampling tube spacing for easy drop-in migration from
other detectors
III Sampling tube can be installed with or without the cover in place
and can be rotated in 45-degree increments to ensure proper
alignment with duct airflow
III 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc operation
III Magnet-activated testswitch
II One Form C auxiliary alarm relay for controlling ancillary
equipment (e.g., HV AC controls)
81 No special tools required for easy access to field connections
II Signature Series intelligence
II Non-volatile memory
III Automatic device mapping
fil Electronic addressing
III Self diagnostics
III Standalone operation
. Environmental compensation with differential sensing for
reliable, stable, and drift-free sensitivity
III Wide 0.79% to 2.46% obscuration/ft. smoke sensitivity
II Identification of dirty or defective detectors
Description
The EST SuperDuct Signature Series smoke detector is the most
advanced and most reliable device in its class. Designed for easy
installation and superb reliability, SuperDuct represents the perfect
balance of practical design and advanced technology.
SuperDuct detectors feature a unique design that speeds installa-
tion and simplifies maintenance. Removable dust filters,
conformally coated circuit boards, and optional water-resistant
gaskets keep contaminants away from components, ensuring years
of trouble-free service. When cleaning is required, the assemblies
come apart easily and snap back together in seconds.
A Signature Series photoelectric sensor is incorporated into the
design of each SIGA-SD duct smoke detector. This sensor inherits
the power and benefits of this exceptional line of intelligent
devices.
Signature Series sensors gather analog information from their
smoke sensing elements and convert it into digital signals. The
sensor measures and analyses these signals and compares the
information to historical readings and time patterns to make an
alarm decision. Digital filters remove signal patterns that are not
typical offires, which virtually eliminates unwanted alarms.
Like all Signature detectors, the SIGA-SD features electronic
addressing and issues a dirty sensor warning when it reaches its
preset limit. The dirty sensor warning indicates the sensor is
operating within its specified limits but is in need of servicing.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
U.S. SALES: BRADENTON, FL888-378-2329; FAX866-503-3996 . CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430: FAX 519-376-7258
INTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-1711; FAX 905-270 9553 . CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT . U.S. MANUFACTURING: PITISFIELD & NEWPORT, ME
Issue 3
literatu re Sheet #86001-0584
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Page 1 of 4
When the detector's abilityto compensate for environmental
changes has reached its limit, the duct smoke detector signals a
trouble condition.
The SIGA-SD also uses differential sensing to prevent gradual
environmental changes from triggering unwanted alarms. A rapid
change in environmental conditions, such as smoke from a fire,
causes the detectorto signal an alarm state, but dust and debris
accumulated over time does not change alarm sensitivity.
Each Signature Series SuperDuctdetector contains a microproces-
sorthat performs comprehensive self-diagnostics and stores the
results in nonvolatile memory. Stored results include details such
as hours of operation, last maintenance date, and number of
alarms and troubles. This information can be retrieved and
reviewed when desired.
The detector assembly cover provides easy access to the smoke
sensor, its wiring connections, sample and exhaust tubes, and the
smoke chamber itself.
Air enters the detector's sensing chamber through a sampling tube
(ordered separately) that extends into the duct and is directed back
into the ventilation system through an exhaust tube (included). The
difference in air pressure between the two tubes pulls the sampled
air through the sensing chamber. When a sufficient amount of
smoke is detected in the sensing chamber, the detector initiates an
alarm.
The sampling tube may be installed from either the duct side of the
assembly orfrom inside the sensor compartment, as preferred by
the installer. (The exhausttube must be installed from the duct
side.) Sampling tubes may be rotated in 45-degree increments so
that air-holes can be aligned to allow the unit to be mounted at
virtually any angle relative to the air flow.
In installations where the duct smoke detector's controls and
indicators are hidden from view, a remote test station or an LED
indicator can be connected to the detector to provide these
functions.
Remote Test Stations
Labor-saving Remote Test/Reset stations provide
alarm testing from the convenience of a remote
location. Tests can be performed quickly and
safely - without having to climb to the roof.
Magnetically-operated and key-operated one-
gang models are available. Signature SuperDuct
detectors are also compatible with SIGA-LED
remote alarm LED.
t,
~! I: I
~-:.r
~
f
-.:.....J
Application
SuperDuct detectors are ideally suited to duct smoke detection
applications where early indication of combustion is required
within the confined space of ventilation ductwork. Its primary
purpose is to provide early warning of an impending fire and to
prevent smoke from circulating throughout the building. It is
typically used to detect smoke in the supply side of the HV AC
system but can provide supervision of the return side as well.
r-------------------------------I
I Protected premises I
: Remote:
I Alarm relay test I
: output station :
I I
--l--~---' .._--~:
= I Q Return II
=1 ~ I
HVAC r.+.--..------ . __-1:
unit .l-:--.....---..--.----...~ -..------1:
i Duct smoke Q Supply I:
-_1...___........_."..___._._ d.~~.~.~or __~J:
I I
I I
: Alarm relay Remote I
I output test I
I I
I FACP station I
I I
I I
I I
I I
~------------------_____________J
SuperDuct detectors continually sample airflow in the HVAC duct and
initiate an alarm condition whenever smoke is detected. An alarm is
activated when the quantity (percent obscuration) of combustion
products in that air sample exceeds the detector's sensitivity setting .
Air velocity in the duct as low as 100 ft/min. maintains adequate air
flow into the sensor smoke chamberthrough air holes in the air
sampling tube and discharges through the exhausttube.
SuperDuct air sampling tubes must be installed with the inlet holes
facing the airstream. Sampling tubes may be rotated in 45-degree
increments so that air-holes can be aligned to allow the unit to be
mounted in virtually any angle relative to the airflow.
SuperDuct sensors are engineered to operate optimally underthe
harsh environmental conditions frequently found in HV AC
ductwork. Nonetheless, before installing the detector, testthe duct
air velocity, temperature, and humidity to verify that it is within the
operating range of the SuperDuct detector. Consultthe SuperDuct
installation sheet for details.
WARNING: Duct detectors have specific limitations. Ductdetectors are not a
substitute for an open area smoke detector. Duct detectors are not a substitute
for early warning detection or a replacementfor a building's regular fire
detection system. Smoke detectors are not designed to detect toxic gases
which can build upto hazardous levels in some fires. These devices will not
operate without electrical power. As fires frequently cause power interruptions,
EST suggests you discuss further safeguards with your local fire protection
specialist.
Page 2 of 4
Issue 3
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #85001-0684
Not to be used for' installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Assembly
Mounting
Exhaust tube
socket
Airflow
- HVAC duct
Sampling tube
socket
Q&
"
"
Detector
+
EXh2?9,",t tub. /~
~ Thin
gasket
Thick
gasket
'- Sampling tube
(ordered separately)
Wiring
1------------,
1 -'/' I
I + I
I I
I I
1
~------______I
SIGA-LED [1]
Auxiliary
equipment
r
or
1
Test
SD-TRK
or
SD-TRM [11
I 4 I
L____________I
Data In (+)
Data In H
Data Out (-)
Data Out (+)
14 13 12 11 10 9 8 7
L:
Power indicator
Notes
[1] No more than one remote test station or LED
indicator can be connected to the detector at the
same time. Wiring is unsupervised. Maximum
wire resistance is 10 ohms per wire.
o 0 0 0
Alarm indicator
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Issue 3Literature Sheet #85001 -0584 Page 3 of 4
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Specifications, detector
Dimensions 8,70 x 5,45 x 1.90 inches
(221 x 138 x 48 mm)
Wire size 14 to 22 AWG
Smoke detection method Photoelectric (light scattering principle)
Air velocity rating 100 to 4,000 ft/min
Air pressure differential 0,005 to 1,00 inches of water
Sensitivity 0,79 to 2,46 %/ft obscuration
Alarm test response time 5 seconds
LED indicators Alarm (red), Power (green)
Unsupervised and power-limited
Common alarm relay Ouantity: 1
Type: Form C
Ratings: 2.0 A at 30 Vdc (resistive)
Operating voltage 15.2 to 19,95 Vdc
Standby: 45 J.lA
Operating current Alarm: 45 J.lA
Inrush: 1 mA
Standalone alarm: 18 mA
Temperature: -20 to 158 of
Operating environment (-29 to 70 oc)
Humidity 93% RH, noncondensing
Agency listings UL, ULC, CSFM
Dimensions
228in
\5.78(;111)
. -(-mmu0
I~-. 0 II
o 000
545in
(13JWrm)
540in
(13.T2cmi
Specifications, test stations
Remote Test/Reset Stations provide alarm test, trouble indication,
and reset capability from a remote location, They include a one-
gang plate, momentary SPST switch, red alarm LED, and terminal
block, Magnetically-operated models (TRM) or key-operated
models (TRK) are available,
Compatible electrical North American l-gang box
boxes Standard 4-in square box,
1-1/2 inches deep. with 1-gang cover
LED indicators Alarm (red)
LED type Clear lens
Wire size 14 to 22 AWG
Resistance per wire 10 Ohms. max,
Current requirements See controller specifications
LED circuit ratings Voltage: 3 Vdc, max,
Current: 30 mA. max.
Switch ratings Voltage: 125 Vdc, max,
(SO-TRK) Current: 4 A, max,
Switch ratings Voltage: 200 Vdc. max.
(SD-TRM) Current: 0.5 A. max,
Compatible detectors SuperDuct conventional two-wire
and Signature duct smoke detectors
Operating environment Temperature: 32 to 131 of (0 to 55 OC)
Humidity: 93% RH. noncondensing
Storage temperature -4 to 140 of (-20 to 60 oc)
Agency listings UL. ULC. CSFM
Ordering Information
Catalog Ship Wt.
Number Description lb. (kg)
SIGA-SD Intelligent SuperDuet Detector 2.4 (1,1)
Accessories
SD-T8 8-inch sampling tube 0.5 (0,2)
SD-T18 18-inch sampling tube 1.5 (0.7)
SD-T24 24-inch sampling tube 2.7 (1,2)
SD-T36 36-inch sampling tube 3.0 (1.4)
SO-T42 42-inch sampling tube 3,5 (1.6)
SO-T60 60-inch sampling tube 5.8 (2.6)
SD-T78 78-inch sampling tube 7,5 (3.4)
SO-T120 120-inch sampling tube 11,5 (5.2)
SIGA-LED Remote alarm LED 1.0 (0.5)
SD-TRM Remote test station, magnetic 1.0 (0.5)
SD-TRK Remote test station, keyed 1.0 (0,5)
SD-VTK Air velocity test kit (stoppers only. ete) 1.0 (0,5)
SD-GSK Cover gasket kit 0.5 (0.2)
SD-MAG Test magnet kit 0.5 (0.2)
SIGA-SDPCB Replacement PCB/Signature sensor kit 1.0 (0,5)
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate, We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements.
All specifications are subject to change without notice, For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet. contact EST,
~ 2005 EST
Page 4 of 4
Printed in U.S.A. (origin)
Issue 3
Literature Sheet #85001-0584
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
A product of EST Marketing, Bradenton, FL
Input Modules
Models SIGA-CT1, SIGA-CT2 & SIGA-MCT2
Features
. MUltiple applications
Including Alarm, Alarm with delayed latching (retard) for
waterllow applications, Supervisory, and Monitor. The installer
selects one offour "personality codes" to be downloaded to the
module through the loop controller.
II Plug-in (UIO) or standard 1-gang mount
UIO versions allow quick installation where multiple modules are
required. The 1-gang mount version is ideal for remote locations
that require a single module.
. Automatic device mapping
Signature modules transmit information to the loop controller
regarding their circuit locations with respect to otherSignature
devices on the wire loop.
a Electronic addressing
Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop
controller, a PC, orthe SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service
Tool. There are no switches or dials to set.
. Intelligent device with microprocessor
All decisions are made at the module to allow lower communi-
cation speed with substantially improved control panel response
time and less sensitivity to line noise and loop wiring properties;
twisted or shielded wire is not required.
II Non-volatile memory
Permanently stores serial number, type of device, and job
number. Automatically updates historic information including
hours of operation, last maintenance date, number of alarms and
troubles, and time and date of last alarm.
. Stand-alone operation
The module makes decisions and inputs an alarm from initiating
devices connected to it even if the loop controller's polling
interrogation stops. (Function availability dependent upon .
control panel.)
II Ground fault detection by address
Detects ground faults right down to the device level.
. Diagnostic LEOs
Flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows
alarm/active state.
. High ambient temperature operation
Install in ambient temperatures upto 1200F (490C).
. Designed to ISO 9001 standards
All Signature products an" manllfflctllred tn strict intermltiomll
quality standards to ensure highest reliability.
W',~r:0.:,",,' ..'i:":'."'~.,,">l':> ;"~::'.
.-
It
~:.
....."""'~F'" "".
'''''.IIi1i1' ....,;
~ .",. i: ',-. .':1
~ '....., ""11
,:' .." - .~,
i~l~~i~~" m. i
:90\""',~.~ . l
:~J.~",~ L,!___~"~,,J,
"~,
SIGA.CT1/2
SIGA.MCT2'
@@~ MEA I(Ee~1
~~ APPI=~ote'
Description
The SIGA-CT1 Single Input Module and SIGA-CT2/SIGA-MCT2
DuallnputModules are intelligent analog addressable devices
used to connect one or two Class 8 normally-open Alarm, Supervi-
sory, or Monitor type dry contact Initiating Device Circuits (lDC).
,
The actual function ofthese modules is determined by the "person-
ality code" selected by the installer. This code is downloaded to
the module from the Signature loop controller during system
configuration.
The input modules gather analog information from the initiating
devices connected to them and convert it into digital signals. The
module's on-board microprocessor analyzes the signal and
decides whether or not to input an alarm.
The 5IGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2 mount to standard North American
1-gang electrical boxes, making them ideal for locations where
only one module is required. Separate I/O and data loop connec-
tions are made to each module.
The 5IGA-MCT2 is part of the UIO family of plug-in Signature
Series modules. It functions identically to the SIGA-CT2, but takes
advantage of the modularflexibility and easy installation that
characterizes all UIO modules. Two- and six-module UIO
motherboards are available. All wiring connections are made to
terminal blocks on the motherboard. UfO assemblies may be
mounted in EST enclosures.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
US. SALES: SARASOTA. FL941-739-4638; FAX941-727-1214 . CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND. ON 519-376-2430; FAX 519-376-7258
INTERNATIONAL SALES: 905-270-171 1; FAX905-27G-9553 . CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT . U.S. MANUFACTURING: PITISFIELD & NEWPORT. ME
Issue 6
Literature Sheet #86001-0241
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Page 1 of 4
I nsta lIation
SIGA.CT1 and SIGA.CT2: modules mount to North American 2'12
inch(64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1 Y2 inch (38 mm) deep 4 inch
square boxes with 1-gang covers and SIGA-MP mounting plates.
The terminals aresuitedfor#12to #18AWG (2.5 mm2to 0.75
mm2) wire size.
Compatible electrical box
Walt plate, white
(1-90n9)
a.
ea.
,,""",
,~.... '~'"
"l.............
t!
SIGA.MCT2: mountthe UIO motherboard inside a suitable EST
enclosure with screws and washers provided. Plug the SIGA-MCT2
into any available position on the motherboard and secure the
module to the motherboard with the captive screws. Wiring
connections are made to the terminals on the motherboard (see
wiring diagram). UIO motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to
#18 AWG (2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size.
UIO Motherboard
I
6.32
Self.tapping
screws
--roo
-~---a
Captive
screws
- CabInet or electrical enclosure
Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically ad-
dresses each module, saving valuable time during system com-
missioning. Setting complicated switches or dials is not required.
Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its on-
board memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the
loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired,
the modules canbe addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature
Program/Service TooL .
EST recommends thatthis module be installed according to latest
recognized edition of national and local fire alarm codes.
Compatibility
The Sig.nature Series modules are compatible only with EST's
Signature Loop Controller.
Application
The duty performed by the SIGA-CT1 and SIGA-CT2/MCT2 is
determined by their sub-type code or "Personality Code". The
code is selected by the installer depending upon the desired applica-
tion and is downloaded from the loop controller.
One personality code can be assigned to the SIGA-CT1. Two
personality codes can be assigned to the SIGA-CT2/MCT2. Codes
1,2,3 and.4 can be mixed on SIGA-CT2/MCT2 modules only. For
example, personality code 1 can be assigned to the first address
(circuit A) and code 4 can be assigned to the second address
(circuit B).
NORMALL V-OPEN ALARM - LATCHING (Personality Code 1) _
Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or
both for Class B normally open dry contact initiating devices such
as Pull Stations, Heat Detectors, etc. An ALARM signal is sent to
the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The alarm
condition is latched at the module.
NORMALL V-OPEN ALARM - DELA VED LATCHING
(Personality Code 2) . Assign to one or both circuits. Configures
either circuit A or B or both for Class B normally-open dry contact
initiating devices such as Waterflow Alarm Switches. An ALARM
signal is sent to the loop controller when the input contact is
closed for approximately 16 seconds. The alarm condition is
latched atthe module.
NORMALL V-OPEN ACTIVE. NON-LATCHING (Personality Code
3)- Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B
or both for Class B normally-open dry contact monitoring input
such as from Fans, Dampers, Doors, etc. An ACTIVE signal is sent
to the loop controller when the input contact is closed. The active
condition is not latched at the module.
NORMALL V-OPEN ACTIVE - LATCHING (Personality Code 4) .
Assign to one or both circuits. Configures either circuit A or B or
both for Class B normally open dry contact monitoring input such
as from Supervisory and Tamper Switches. An ACTIVE signal is
sentto the loop controller-when the input contact is closed. The
active condition is latched at the module.
Ordering information
Catalog Ship Wt.
Number Description Ibs (kg)
SIGA-CTl Single Input Module - UL/ULC Listed 0.4 (0.15)
SIGA-CT2 Dual Input Module - Ul/ULC Listed 0.4 (0.15)
SIGA-MCT2 Dual Input Plug-in (UIO) Module 0.1 (0.05)
- UL, ULC Listed
Related Equipment
27193-11 Surface Mount Box - Red, HlanQ 1.0 (0.6)
27193-16 Surface Mount Box - White, 1-gana 1.0 (0.6)
SIGA-UI02R Universal Input-Output Module Board w/Riser 0.32 (0.15)
Inouts Two Module Positions
SIGA-UI06R Universal Input-Output Module Board w/Riser 0.62 (0.28)
Inouts Six Module Positions
SIGA.UI06 Universal Input-Output Module Board 0.56 (0.25)
- Six Module Positions
MFC.A Multifunction Fire Cabinet - Red, supports 7.0 (3.1)
Signature Module Mounting Plates
SIGA-MPl Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1 footprint 1.5 (0.70)
SIGA.MP2 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 112 footprint 0.5 (0.23)
SIGA-MP2L Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 e><tandad 1.02 (0.46)
footprint
Page 2 of 4
Issue 6
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGV
Literature Sheet #85001-0241
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Typical Wiring
Moduleswillaccept#18AWG (O.75mm'), #16 (1.0mm'),and #14AWG (1.50mm'), and #12AWG (2.50mm') wire sizes.
Note: Sizes #16AWG (1.0mm') and #18 AWG (O.75mm'l are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog
sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications.
Initiating (Slave) Device Circuit Wire Specifications
Maximum Allowable Wire Resistance 50 ohms (25 ohms per wire) per Circuit
Maximum Allowable Wire Capacitance 0.1pF per Circuit
For Design Reference: Wire Size Maximum Distance to EOLR
#18 AWG (0.75 mm')
#16 AWG (1.00 mm')
#14AWG (1.50 mm2) 4,000ft (1,219 m)
#12 AWG (1.50 mm2)
& &&style B (Closs B)
Green LED
(Normal)
~
Ul/Ul.C Usted
47Kn EOL
Red LED
(Alorm/Actlve)
{ DATAIN(+)
DATA IN (.)
DATA OUf (+)}
DATA OUT (-)
From SIgnature Controller
or Previous DevIce
To Next Device
.&
SIGA-CT1
NOTES
&. Maximum 250hm resistance per wire.
& Maximum#12AWG(2.5mm')wire; Minimum #18AWG (O.75mm2).
.& Referto Signature controller installation sheet for wiring specifications.
..4. Maximum 10Vdc@350j1A
.& The SIGA.UI06R and the SIGA-UI02R do not come with TB 14.
6 Allwiringissupervisedandpower-Iimited.
7 Th.ese modules will not support 2-wire smoke detectors.
Warnings & Cautions
This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires
frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you ~is~uss
further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
Typlcol N.D. Inltlollng Device
oc1
r
Ul/UlC listed
47Kn EOl
INPUT 1
INPUT 2
l1
Ul/UlC Usted
47Kn EOl
Red LED
(Alarm/Active)
Green LED
(Normal)
{DATA IN (+)
DAfA IN (-)
DATA OUT (+)}
DATA OUT(-)
To Next DevIce
From Signature Controller
or PrevIous Device
.&
SIGA-CT2
UllUlCll~ecl
47KUEOl
&.
O"""+~
Signature ;
g~t ~
+
O..!sOut
SIGA-MCT2
Issue 6
PagB 3 of 4
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #86001-0241
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Specifications
Catalog Number SIGA-CT1 SIGA-CT2 I SIGA-MCT2
Description Single Input Module Dual Input Module
Type Code 48 (factory set) 49 (factory set)
Four sub-types (personality codes) are available Four sub-types (personality codes) are available
Address Requirements Uses One Module Address Uses Two Module Addresses
Operating Current Standby = 250JiA; Activated = 400JiA Standby = 396J.1A; Activated - 680JiA
Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal)
Co.nstruction High Impact Engineering Polymer
North American 2V2 inch (64 mm) deep one-gang boxes and 1 % inch I UI02R/6R/6
Mounting (38 mm) deep 4 inch square boxes with one-gang covers and
SIGA-MP mounting plates Motherboard
Storage and Operating Environment Operating Temperature: 320F to 1200F (OoC to 49OC)
Storage Temperature: _40F to 1400F (-200C to 600C); Humidity: 0 to 93% RH
LED Operation On-board Green LED - Flashes when polled; On-board Red LED - Flashes when in alarm/active
Both LEOs - Glow steady when in alarm (stand-alone)
Compatibility Use with Signature Loop Controller
Agency Listings UL, ULC, MEA, CSFM
Description (Signature Overview)
The Signature Series intelligent analog-addressable system from
Edwards Systems Technology is an entire family of multi-sensor
detectors and mounting bases, multiple-function input and output
modules, network and non-network control panels, and user-
friendly maintenance and service tools. Analog information from
equipment connected to Signature devices is gathered and
converted into digital signals. An onboard microprocessor in each
Signature device measures and analyzes the signal and decides
whether or not to input an alarm. The microprocessor in each
Signature device provides four additional benefits - Self-diagnos-
tics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone
Operation and Fast, Stable Communication.
Self-diagnostics. and History Log - Each Signature Series device
cons~antly. runs self-checks to provide important maintenance
information. The results of the self-check are automatically updated
. and: permanently stored in its non-volatile memory. This
information is accessible for review any time at the control panel,
PC, or using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The
information stored In device memory includes:
. Device serial number, address, and type
. Date of manUfactUre, hours of operation, and last maintenance date2
. Number of recorded alarms and troubles2
. Time and date of last alarm'
. lVIost recent trouble code logged by the detector - 32 possible
trouble codes may be used to diagnose faults.
Automatic Device Mapping -The Signature Data Controller (SDC)
learns where each device's serial number address Is installed
relative to other devices on the circuit. The SDC keeps a map of all
Sign.ature Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data
. Entry Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive
menus~ and graphic. support, the wired circuits between each device
can be examined. Layout or "as-built" drawing information showing
branch wiring (T-taps), device types and their address are stored
on disk for printing hard copy. This takes the mystery out of the
installation. The preparation of as-built drawings is fast and efficient.
Device mapping allows the Signature Data Controller to discover:
. Unexpected additional device addresses.
. Missing device addresses.
. Changes to the wiring in the circuit.
Most Signature modules use a "personality code" selected by the
. installer to de~ermine their actual function. Personality codes are
. downloaded from the SDC during system configuration and are
indicated during device mapping.
Standalone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the
device is guaranteed. Onboard intelligence permits the device to
operate in standalone (degrade) mode. If Signature loop controller
CPU communications fail for more than four seconds, all devices
on that circuit go into standalone mode. The circuit acts like a
conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each Signature device on the
circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its slave
devices. When connected to a panel utilizing standalone
operation, modules with their "personality" set as alarm devices
(lDC) will alarm should their slave alarm-initiating device activate.
Fast Stable Communication - Built-in intelligence means less informa-
tion needs to be sent between the device and the Signature Data
Controller (SDC). Other than regular supervisory polling response,
Signature devices only need to communicate with the SDC when
they have something new to report. This provides very fast control
panel response and allows a lower baud rate (speed) to be used for
communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate offers several
advantages including:
. Less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics.
. Less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable.
. Less emitted noise from the data wiring.
. Twisted or shielded wiring is not required.
Diagnostic LEOs - Twin LEOs on most Signature devices provide
visual indication of normal and alarm-active conditions. A flashing
green LED shows normal system polling. A flashing red LED
means the module is in alarm-active state. Both LEOs on steady
indicates alarm-active state - standalone mode.
Testing & Maintenance - Automatic self-diagnosis identifies when
a Signature device is defective and causes a trouble message. The
user-friendly maintenance program shows the current state of each
device and other pertinent information. Single devices may be
turned off temporarily, from the control panel. Scheduled mainte-
nance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should
be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having
Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC 536
standards.
Quality and Reliability - EST Signature devices are manufactured in
North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electron-
ics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size. and
greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for
humidity and corrosion resistance.
1 EST3V.2only.
2 Retrievablewith SIGA-PRO programming tool.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
It is our intention to keep the product information current and accu.rate. We.can not coY.er specifj~ applic~tions ~r ant!cipate all requirements.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to thiS SpeCification Sheet, contact EST. .
!'Tinted In U.S.A. (origin I
Issue 8
Ill> 2003 EST
Page 4 of 4
Literature Sheet #86001-0241
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
A product of EST Marketing, Sarasota, FL
EDWARDSSYSTEMSTECliNOLOGY INTELLIGENT INPUT/OUTPUT DEVICES
_"I'l'll1;nr;~-,II:!:{"~!Il..l::i"__.:!::"1II'. _._~"1I1!c .-J~{!!!ic1t;(o,(~
Control Relay Modu&es
Model SfGA-CR, SIGA-MCR, SIGA-CRR, SIGA-MCRR
Features'
. Provides one no/nc contact (SIGA-CR/MCR)
Form "C" dry relay contact can be used to control external
appliances such as door closers, fans, dampers etc.
. Allows group operation of sounder bases
The SIGA-CRR/MCRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc output,
thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop.
a Plug-in (UfOl or standard 1-gang mount
UIO versions allow quick installation where multiple modules are
required. The 1-gang mount version is ideal for remote locations
. that require a single module.
. Automatic device mapping
Signature modules transmit information to the loop controller
regarding their circuit locations with respectto other Signature
devices on the wire loop.
. ElectronicAddressing
Programmable addresses are downloaded from the loop
controller, a PC, orthe SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service
Tool. There are no switches or dials to set.
. Intelligent device with microprocessor
All decisions are made at the module to allow lower communi-
cation speed with substantially improved control panel response
time and less sensitivity to line noise and loop wiring properties:
twisted or shielded wire is not required.
. Ground fault detection by address
Detects ground faults right down to the device level.
. Non-volatile memory
Permanently stores serial number, type of device, and job
number. Automatically updates historic information including
hours ofop.eration, last maintenance date, number of alarms and
troubles, and time and date of last alarm.
. Diagnostic LEOs
Flashing GREEN shows normal polling; flashing RED shows
alarm/active state.
D High ambientteinperature operation
Install in ambienttemperatures up to 1200F (490C).
. Designed to ISO 9001 standards
All Signature products are manufactured to strict international
qualitystandards to ensure highest reliability.
~';:#<<"}J1.~1~"':.'~~:;.t"~t'L~(,..:.""
"
.
; -)
SIGA-cRx MEA
@~
Description
The Control Relay Module and the Polarity Reversal Relay Module
are part of EST's Signature Series system. They are intelligent
analog addressable devices available in either plug-in (UIO)
versions, or standard 1-gang mount versions.
The SIGA-CR/MCR Control Relay Module provides a Form "C" dry
relay contact to control external appliances such as door closers,
fans, dampers etc. This device does not provide supervision ofthe
state of the relay contact. Instead, the on-board microprocessor
ensures thatthe relay is in the proper ON/OFF state. Upon
command from the loop controller, the SIGA-CR/MCR relay
activates the normally open or normally-closed contact.
The SIGA-CRR/MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module provides a
Form "C" dry relay contact to power and activate a series of SIGA-
AB4G Audible Sounder Bases: Upon command from the Signature
loop controller, the SIGA-CRR reverses the polarity of its 24 Vdc
output, thus activating all Sounder Bases on the data loop.
Standard-mount versions (SIGA-CR and SIGA-CRR) are installed to
standard North American 1-gang electrical boxes, making them
ideal for locations where only one module is required. Separate I/O
and data loop connections are made to each module.
Plug-in UIO versions (SIGA-MCR and SIGA-MCRR) are part ofthe
UIO family of plug-in Signature Series modules. Theyfunction
identically to the standard mount versions, buttake advantage of
the modularflexibility and easy installation that characterizes all
UIO modules. Two- and six-module UIO motherboards are
available. All wiring connections are made to terminal blocks on
the motherboard. UIO assemblies may be mounted in EST
enclosures.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
U.S. SALES: SARASOTA, FL941-739-4638: FAX 941-727-1214 . CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-37&2430; FAX 519-37&7258
INTCRNAll0NALSALES: 905-270-1711; FAX905-270-9553 . CORPORATE HEADOUARTERS: CHESHIRE, CT . u.s. MANUFACTURING: PITTSFIELD & NEWPORT. ME
,Issue 7
Literature Sheet #85001-0239
Not to be used for Installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Page 1 of 6
Installation
SIGA-CR and SIGA.CRR: modules mount to North American
~* inch (64 mm) deep 1-gang boxes and 1Y2 inch (38 mm)
deep 4 inch square boxes with l-gang covers and SIGA-MP
mounting plates. The terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG
(2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size. .
. ;.1......
SIGA-MCR and SIGA.MCRR: mount the UfO motherboard
.il)sid.e a suitable EST enclosure with screws and washers
provided. Plug the module into any available position on the
motherboard and secure the module to the motherboard with
the Captive screws: Wiring connections are made to the
terminals on the motherboard (see wiring diagram). UfO
motherboard terminals are suited for #12 to #18 AWG
(2.5 mm2 to 0.75 mm2) wire size.
UIO MOlherboera
!
6-32
Self-tapping
screws
------t-
-nuGJ
CapHve
screws
~---oojJ
t------
fiG Frat washers
-Cabinet or electrical enclosure
Electronic Addressing - The loop controller electronically ad-
dresses each module, saving valuable time during system com-
missioning; Setting complicated switches or dials is not required.
Each module has its own unique serial number stored in its on-
board memory. The loop controller identifies each device on the
loop and assigns a "soft" address to each serial number. If desired,
the modules can be addressed using the SIGA-PRO Signature
Program/Service Tool.
EST recommends that this module be installed according to latest
reco.gnized edition of national and local fire alarm codes.
Application
The operation of Signature Series control relays is determined by
their sub-type code or "Personality Code."
Personality Code 8: CONTROL RELAY (SIGA.CR/MCR)
. Dry Contact Output. This setting configures the module to provide
one Form "C" DRY RELAY CONTACT to control Door Closers
Fans, Dampers, etc. Contact rating is 2.0 amp @ 24 Vdc; 0.5 ~mp
@ 120 Vac (or 220 Vac fornon-UL applications). Personality Code
8 is assigned at the factory. No user configuration is required.
Personality Code 8: POLARITY REVERSAL RELAY MODULE
(SIGA.CRR/MCRR). This setting configures the module to reverse
the polarity of its 24 Vdc output. Contact rating is 2.0 amp @ 24
Vdc (pilot duty). Personality Code 8 is assigned atthe factory. No
user configuration is required.
Compatibility
The Signature Series modules are compatible only with EST's
Signature Loop Controller.
Warnings & Cautions
This module will not operate without electrical power. As fires
frequently cause power interruption, we suggest you discuss
further safeguards with your local fire protection specialist.
Testing & Maintenance
The module's automatic self-diagnosis identifies when it is
defective and causes a trouble message. The user-friendly
maintenance program shows the current state of each module and
other pertinent messages. Single modules may be turned off
(deactivated) temporarily, from the control panel. Availability of
maintenance features is dependent on the fire alarm system used.
Scheduled maintenance (Regular or Selected) for proper system
operation should be planned to meetthe requirements ofthe
Authority Having Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and
ULC CAN/ULC 536 standards.
Page 2 of 8
Issue 7
EOWAROS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
literature Sheet 11'86001-0239
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updBtes visit W\Nw.est.net.
Typical Wiring
Moduleswillaccept#18AWG (O.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), #14AWG (1.50mm2) and #12AWG (2.5mm2) wire sizes.
Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (O.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller catalog sheet
for detailed wiring requirement specifications.
Normally- Normally-
Open Common Closed
No connections required for
SIGA-MCR. Other modules
may require connections.
Red LED
(Alarm/Active)
To Next Device
Green LED
(Normal)
l"-
{DATA IN (+)
DATA IN (-)
From Signature Controller
or Previous Device
DATA OUT (+) }
DATA OUT (-)
&
SIGA-CR Control Relay
Normally Open Common Normally Closed
Data In +
&
+
Data Out_
14
. 3
.: ,. 2
.' .1
TB14
&
Green LED (Normal)
Red LED (Active)
No connections required for
SIGA-MCR. Other moduies
may require connections.
SIGA-MCR Control Relay
Notes
& Refer to Signature Loop Controller Installation Sheet
for wiring specifications.
~ NFPA 72 requires that the SIGA-CRISIGA-MCR be
installed in the same room as the device It is
controlling. This requirement may not apply in all
markets. Check with your local AHJ for details.
.&. The SIGA-UI06R and the SIGA-UI02R do not
come with TB14.
.& The SIGA-UI06 does not come with TB8 through
TB13.
~ Supervised and power-limited.
Ah If the source is non power-limited, malnt,ain a space
of 1/4 Inch from power-limited .wiring or use FPL,
FPLP, FPLR, or an equivalent in accordance with
the National Electrical Code.
7) Maximum #12 AWG (2.5mm2) wire.
Min. #18 (O.75mm2).
Issue 7
Page 3 of 6
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #86001-0239
Not to be used for Installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
-lVPical Wiring
. ModiJles will accept #18 AWG (D.75mm2), #16 (1.0mm2), #14 AWG (1.5Dmm2) and #12 AWG (2.50mm2) wire sizes.
Note: Sizes #16 AWG (1.0mm2) and #18 AWG (D.75mm2) are preferred for ease of installation. See Signature Loop Controller
catalog sheet for detailed wiring requirement specifications.
.; . ,. L1stEld 24 VDC
'~'Nominal Power
- Supply
.&
.&.
Signature
Controller
&
&
.&
&.
&.
.L ;:~iin~,~1t1
. . .
&.
SIGA-CRR
SIGA-CT1
C 0
&.
Optional SIGA-CR
for disabling/disconnecting
sounder base
SIGA-MCRR
SIGA-CRR Schematic
_h_O\JI
Power In Power Out
SIGA-MCRR Schematic
PtJlarllyrevefses
whel'il:clivaled.
Notes
&. RefertotheSignature controller installation sheet for
wiring.
. ~ One Pair of Wires {24Vdc power).
~ One Pair of Wires (Signature Data).
.&. singleWire(24Vdcpower).
~ The SIGA-UI06R and the SIGA-UI02R do not come
withTB14.
.& TheSIGA-UI06 does not come with TB8through
TB13.
.&. Supervised and power-limited.
& If the source is nonpower-Iimited, maintain a space of
1/4 inch from power-limited wiring or use FPL, FPLP,
FPLR, or an equivalent in accordance with the
National Electrical Code.
.. !:f. Maximum #12AWG {2.5 mm2)wire; Minimum #18
AWG (0.76 mm2).
10 End-of.Line Relay must monitor and report power
supplytroubleto control panel.
11 Class B Dataw/ring may be "T-tapped."
Audib!e
Bases
....
5 ~
..l,..+
+ ~ ~ ~
~ ~ ~ c5 ~
Signature
g~~~JiI Data Out +.
:&.
~8 -
UL/ULC Listed +
24 Vdc power _
supply or
-:>>-- -, ;--,
1n4 ,'234
Data Out +,&.&.
SiQnrlture ~
Data 2
Circuit 1
+
Data In _
No connections required for
SIGA-MCRR. Other modules
may require connections.
Green LED (Normat)
Red LED (Active)
No connections required for
SIGA-MCRR. Other modules
may require connections.
Green LED (Normal)
Red LED (Acttve)
Optional SIGA_MCRR
or SIGA~MCR for
disabling/disconnecting
an audible base.
Page 4 of 6
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #86001-0239
Not to b~ used for Installation purposos.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Issue 7
Specifications
"'"
Catalog Number SIGA-CR I SIGA-MCR SIGA.CRR SIGA.MCRR
Description Control Relay Polarity Reversal Relay
Type Code Personality Code 8 (Factory Set)
Address Requirements Uses 1 Module Address
Operating Current Standby = 100JiA
Activated = 1 DOpA
Operating Voltage 15.2 to 19.95 Vdc (19 Vdc nominal)
Form "C"
Relay Type and Rating 24 VDC = 2 amps (pilot duty)
120 Vac = 0.5 amps
220 Vac (non~Ul) = 0.5 amps
North American 2'12 inch North American 2'12 inch
(64 mm) deep l-gang boxes (64 mm) deep l-gang boxes
and 1'12 inch (38 mm) deep Plugs into and 1'12 inch (38 mm) deep Plugs into
Mounting 4 inch square boxes UI02R, UI06R or UI06 4 inch square boxes UI02R, UI06R or UI06
with 1-gang covers Motherboards with 1-gang covers Motherboards
and SIGA-MP mounting and SIGA-MP mounting
plates plates
Construction & Finish High Impact Engineering Polymer
Storage and Operating Operating Temperature: 320F to 1200F (OOC to 49DC)
Environment Storage Temperature: _40F to 1400F (-200C to 60DC)
Humidity: 0 to 93% RH
lED Operation On-board Green lED - Flashes when polled
On-board Red lED - Flashes when in alarm/active
Compatibility Use With: Signature loop Controller
Agency listings Ul, UlC, CSFM, MEA
. "."
...~, ." t ..
;'. ......:.;:-:1.:.~.5 i
. .'..'~ ,
Ordering Information
Catalog Number Description Ship Weight - Ibs (kg)
SIGA;CR Control Relay Module (Standard Mount) c UL/UlC listed 0.4 (0.15)
SIGA.MCR Control Relay Module (UIO Mount) - UL listed 0.18 (0.08)
SIGA-CRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (Standard Mount) - Ul/ULC listed 0.4 (0.15)
SIGA-MCRR Polarity Reversal Relay Module (UIO Mount) - UL listed 0.18 (0.08)
;
Related Equipment
27193-11. Surface Mount Box - Red, 1-gang 1 (0.6)
27193-16 Surface Mount Box - White, 1 -gang 1 (0.6)
SIGA-UI02R Universal Input-Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs - Two Module Positions 0.32 (0.15)
SIGA-UI06R Universal Input-Output Module Board w/Riser Inputs - Six Module Positions 0.62 (0.28)
SIGA-UI06 Universal Input-Output Module Board - Six Module Positions 0.56 (0.25)
. SIGA-AB4G Audible (Sounder) Detector Base 0.3 (0.15)
Accessories
MFC-A Multifunction Fire Cabinet - Red, supports Signature Module Mounting Plates 7.0 (3.1)
SIGA-MP1 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1 footprint 1.5 (0.70)
SIGA-MP2 Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 footprint 0.5 (0.23)
SIGA-MP2L Signature Module Mounting Plate, 1/2 extended footprint 1.02 (0.46)
~ ,~.,-:
. ,.
Issue 7
EOWAROS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #85001-0239
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Page 6 of 6
.Description (Signature Overview)
The Signature Series intelligent analog-addressable system from
Edwards Systems Technology is an entire family of multi-sensor
detectors and mounting bases, multiple-function input and output
modules, network and non-network control panels, and user-
frl'eildiY maintenance and service tools. Analog information from
.~quipll1entconnected to Signature devices is gathered and
. converted into digital signals. An onboard microprocessor in each
Signature device measures and analyzes the signal and decides
whether or notto input an alarm. The microprocessor in each
Signature device provides four additional benefits - Self-diagnos-
tics and History Log, Automatic Device Mapping, Stand-alone
Operation and Fast, Stable Communication.
Self.diagnostics and History Log - Each Signature Series device
constantly runs self'checks to provide important maintenance
information. The results ofthe self-check are automatically updated
'ahdperrnanentlystored in its non-volatile memory. This
.'iriformatlon is accessible for review any time at the control panel,
. PC, or using the SIGA-PRO Signature Program/Service Tool. The
information stored in device memory includes:
· Device serial number, address, and type
· Date of manufacture, hours of operation, and last
maintenance datal!
· Number of recorded alarms and troubles2
· Time and date of last alarm1
· Most recent trouble code logged by the detector - 32
possible trouble codes may be used to diagnose faults.
." : Al;tomaticDeviceMapping- The Signature Data Controller (SOC).
. learns where each device's serial number address is installed relative
. to other devices on the circuit. The SDC keeps a map of all Signature
. Series devices connected to it. The Signature Series Data Entry
Program also uses the mapping feature. With interactive menus and
graphic siJpport, the wireddrcuits between each device can be
examined. Layoutor."as-built" drawing information showing branch
wiring (T-taps), device types and their address are stored on disk for
printing hard copy. This takes the mystery outofthe installation. The
preparation of as-built drawings is fast and efficient.
. Devite mapping allows the Signature Data Controller to discover:
.. '. Unexpected additional device addresses
· Missing device addresses
· Changes to the wiring in the circuit.
Most Signature modules use a personality code selected by the
installerto determine their actual function. Personality codes are
downloaded from the SDC during system configuration and are
indicated during device mapping.
I EST3 V.2 only.
2 Retrievable with SIGA-PRO programming tool.
Standalone Operation - A decentralized alarm decision by the
device is guaranteed. Onboard intelligence permits the device to
operate in standalone (degrade) mode. If Signature loop controller
CPU communications fail for more than four seconds, all devices
on that circuit go into standalone mode. The circuit acts like a
conventional alarm receiving circuit. Each Signature device on the
circuit continues to collect and analyze information from its slave
devices. When connected to a panel utilizing standalone operation,
modules with their "personality" set as alarm devices (I DC) will
alarm should their slave alarm-initiating device activate.
Fast Stable Communication- Built-in intelligence means less
information needs to be sent between the device and the Signature
Data Controller (SDC). Other than regular supervisory polling
response, Signature devices only need to communicate with the
SDCwhen they have something newtoreport. This provides very
fast control panel response and allows a lower baud rate (speed)
to be used for communication on the circuit. The lower baud rate
offers several advantages including:
. Less sensitivity to circuit wire characteristics
· Less sensitivity to noise glitches on the cable
· Less emitted noise from the data wiring
. Twisted or shielded wiring is not required.
Diagnostic LEDs- Twin LEDs on most Signature devices provide
visual indication of normal and alarm-active conditions. A flashing
green LED shows normal 'system polling. A flashing red LED
means the module is in alarm-active state. Both LEOs on steady
indicates alarm-active state -standalone mode.
Testing & Maintenance-Automatic self-diagnosis identifies when
a Signature device is defective and causes a trouble message. The
user-friendly maintenance program shows the currentstate of each
device and other pertinent information. Single devices may be
turned off temporarily, from the control panel. Scheduled mainte-
nance (Regular or Selected) for proper system operation should
be planned to meet the requirements of the Authority Having
Jurisdiction (AHJ). Refer to current NFPA 72 and ULC CAN/ULC
536 standards.
Quality and Reliability- EST Signature devices are manufactured in
North America to strict international ISO 9001 standards. All electron-
ics utilize surface mount technology (SMT) for smaller size and
greater immunity to RF noise. A conformal coating is used for
humidity and corrosion resistance.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGV
It' our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can riot cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements.
~I specifications are subject to change without. notice. For more information or questions relative to 1his Specification Sheet, contact EST. .. . .
Prmted ,n U.S.A. longln)
Issue 7
C 2004 EST
Page e of e.
Literature Sheet #86001 -0239
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net:
A product of EST Marketing, Sarasota, Fl
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
IIISlS,"
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
;., 'TY: J0"iP::~~~{~~f.iir.i""";::~1l;~ :;Qulel<.Sta,'t<: ;\Fir~S!1idld'f':' ''''~''EST2\F :':,:),iST3 LSS4 I RC-3/FCC
\
Field Configur-abSe
Horns and Strobes
G 1 Series
Features
II Unique low-profile design
- The most compact UL-1971/ULC-S526 listed strobe available
- Ultra-slim - protrudes less than one inch from the wall
- Attractiveappearance
- No visible mounting screws
. Fourfield.configurable options in one device
- Select 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd strobe output
- Select high (default) or low dB horn output
- Select temporal (default) or steady horn output
- Select public mode flash rate (default) or private mode
temporal flash
II Easy to install
- Fits standard 1-gang electrical boxes - no trim plate needed
- Optional trim plate accommodates oversized openings
- Pre-assembled with captive hardware
- #12 AWG terminals - ideal for long runs or existing wiring
II Unparalleled performance
- Industry's most even light distribution
- Meets tough synchronizing standards for strobes
- Single microprocessor controls both horn and strobe
- Low current draw minimizes system overhead
- Independent horn control over a single pair of wires
- Hlghlyregulated in-rush current
- Multiple frequency tone improves wall penetration
- Industry'sfirsttemporal strobe output
Description
The Genesis line of signals are among the smallest, most compact
audible-visible emergency signaling devices in the world. About
the size of a deck of playing cards, these devices are designed to
blend with any decor.
Thanks to patented breakthrough technology, EST Genesis strobes
do not require bulky specular reflectors and lenses. Instead, an
exclusive cavity design conditions light to produce a highly
controlled distribution pattern. Significant development efforts
employing this new technology have given rise to a new bench-
mark in strobe performance - FullLight technology.
FullLight strobetechnology produces a smooth light distribution
pattern withoutthe spikes and voids characteristic of specular
reflectors. This ensures the entire coverage area receives consis-
tent illumination from the strobe flash. As a result. Genesis strobes
Seledable 15, 30, 15,
01' "0 cd strobe!.. !\;,.""",,;,
i$~,~,,;;,,"'l?';:;";~~"'!t~~.
~,
...llI;.";,,~'\','" .:'':..
, --:-....~~~"-:.,.~~...~.", ~
\~.::,~~\..~~\\~.~ '
, -:,':.~~~t~~-"~$'
."" ~ : ,...~
\~!(E@~~i
with FullLighttechnology go well beyond the minimum UL-
required "T" pattern, significantly exceeding UL-1971 and ULC-
S5261ight distribution requirements.
Although all Genesis strobes are self-synchronizing, when installed
with an optional synchronization module, strobe flashes from
devices on the same circuit synchronize to within 10 milliseconds
of each other indefinitely. This exceeds the two-hour minimum
specified in the UL standards. Only one synchronization module is
required per circuit.
Genesis strobes and horn-strobes offer 15 to 110 candela output,
which is selectable with a conveniently-located switch on the side
of the device. The candela output setting remains clearly visible
even after final installation, yet it stays locked in place to prevent
unauthorized tampering.
Genesis horn output reaches as high as 99 dB and features a unique
multiple frequency tone that results in excellent wall penetration
and an unmistakable warning of danger. Horns may be configured
for either coded or non-coded signal circuits. They can also be set
for low dB output with ajumper cut that reduces horn output by
about 5 dB.
Genesis signals feature textured housings in architecturally neutral
white or traditional fire red. An ingenious iconographic symbol
indicates the purpose of the device. This universal symbol is code-
compliant and is easily recognized by all building occupants
regardless of what language they speak. Models with "FIRE"
markinss are also available.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGV
U.S, SALES: BRADENTON, Fl888-378-2329; FAX866-503-3996 .. CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-378-2430; FAX 519-378-7258
lNTERNAll0NALSALES: 905-270-1711; FAX905-270-9553 . CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS; CHESHIRE, CT . U.S. MANUFACTURING: PITTSFIELD & NEWPORT. ME
Issue 3
Litereture Sheet #85001.0573
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Page 1 of 6
Application
Genesis strobes are UL 1971-listed for use indoors as wall-
mounted public-mode notification appliances for the hearing
impaired. Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where
ambient noise conditions exceed 105 dBA (87dBA in Canada),
where occupants use hearing protection, and in areas of public
accommodation as defined in the Americans with Disabilities Act
(see application notes - USA) .
Combination horn-strobe signals must be installed in accordance
with guidelines established forstrobe devices.
Strobes
The following guidelines are based on ANSI/NFPA 72 National
Fire Alarm Code (1999). When applied and installed in accor-
dance with that code, EST strobes meet or exceed the illumina-
tion produced by the ADA-specified 75 candela (cd) strobe at 50
feet. *
Non-Sleeping Rooms EST wall mounted strobes*
Up to 20' x 20' (6.1 m x 6.1 m) One 15 cd strobe
Up to 30' x 30' (9.1 m x 9.1 m) One 30 cd or two 15 cd strobes
Up to 40' x 40' (12.2 m x 12.2 m) One 75 cd or two 30 cd strobes
Up to 50' x 50' (15.2 m x 15.2 m) One 110 cd or two 75 cd strobes
Corridors
15 cd strobes spaced at 100'
Any length. (30.5 m) max. Strobes must be
Maximum width: 20' (6.1m). placed within 15' (4.5m) of each
end of the corridor.
. ADA suggests using is cd strobes throughout an area, with spacing that never
exceeds SO ft from the strobe to any point in the protected space.
Non-Sleeping Rooms and Corridors: EST strobes rated at less
than 110 cd per UL 1971 are intended for use in non-sleeping
areas only. Install with the bottom of the device at least 80 inches
(2.0 m) and no more than 96 inches (2.4 m) above the finished floor.
No point in any space (including corridors) required to have
strobes should be more than 50 feet (15.2 m) from the signal (in
the horizontal plane).
For detailed spacing requirements, consult The Handbook of
Visible Notification Appliances for Fire Alarm Applications
pUblished by EST Press, or contact your local EST representative.
Sle~ping rooms: EST 110 cd strobes are intended for use in
sleeping rooms and should be installed along with a smoke
detector. It must be wall mounted at least 80" (2.03 m) above floor
level, but no clo"ser than 24" (610 mm) to the ceiling. The distance
from the strobe to the pillow must not exceed 16' (4.8 mI.
Sleeping Rooms
Any size
EST wall mounted strobe
110 cd within 16 feet of pillow
Horns
The suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with
alert or alarm signals is at least 15 dB above the average ambient
sound level, or 5 dB above the maximum sound level having a
duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5 feet
(1.5 m) above the floor. The average ambient sound level Is, A-
weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period.
Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically
result in a 6 dB reduction of the received sound pressure level. The
actual effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the
space. A 3 dBA difference represents a barely noticeable change
in volume.
Application Notes - USA
Audible signals in the public mode should never have a sound
level less than 75 dBA at 10' (3 m) per NFPA 72. Signals cannot
exceed 120 dBA per ADA and NFPA 72 atthe minimum hearing
distance to audible appliance.
Strobe and combination hornlstrobe devices should be installed
with the bottom of the device at least 80 inches (2.0 m) and no more
than 96 inches (2.4 m) above the finished floor. Horns should be
installed with their tops not less than 6 inches (152 mm) below the
ceiling and not less than 90 inches (2.3 m) above thef/nished floor.
Strobes must be used to supplement audible signals wherever the
average ambient sound level exceeds 105 dBA. Combination
audible/visual signals must be installed in accordance with NFPA
guidelines established for strobes.
ADA requires visible signals in the following areas:
. rest rooms, meeting rooms, and other common use areas.
. Sleeping rooms intended for use by persons with hearing
impairment (in accordance with Title 1 of ADA).
. work areas used by a person with a hearing impairment (per
Title 1 of ADA).
Application Notes - Canada
(Based in part on 1995 Canada National Building Code)
The fire alarm signal sound pressure level shall not exceed
110 dBA in any normally occupied area. The sound pressure
level from an audible signal in a floor area used for occupancies
other than residential occupancies shall not be less than 10 dBA
above ambient levels, and never less than 65 dBA. In sleeping
rooms the sound pressure level from an audible signal shall not
be less than 75 dBA when any intervening doors between the
device and the sleeping room are closed. Audible signal devices
shall be installed not less than 1.8 m to the center of the device
above the floor (per CAN/ULC 5524).
The fire alarm audible signal shall be supplemented by fire alarm
strobes in any floor area where the ambient noise level exceeds 87
dBA, or where the occupants of the floor area use ear protective
devices, are located within an audiometric booth, or are located
within sound insulating enclosures. This also applies to assembly
occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with
performances could exceed 100 dBA
Strobes shall be installed in a building so that the flash from one
device is visible throughout the floor area or portion thereof in
which they are installed. For maximum safety, EST recommends
that strobes be installed as per the guidelines shown here under
StrobeSpacing.
Pege 2 ate
Issue 3
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #85001-0573
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit vvww.est.net.
Installation
Genesis horns and strobes mount to any standard one-gang
surface or flush electrical box. Matching optional trim plates are
used to cover oversized openings and can accommodate one-
gang, two-gang, four-inch square, or octagonal boxes, and
European 100 mm square.
All Genesis signals come pre-as-
sembled with captive mounting screws
for easy installation. Two tabs atthe
top of the signal unlock the cover to
reveal the mounting hardware. The
shallow depth of Genesis devices
leaves ample room behind the signal
for extra wiring. Once installed with the
cover in place, no mounting screws
are visible.
Genesis Horn/Strobe
with optional
trim plate
Field Configuration
Temporal horn and horn-strobe
models are factory set to sound in a
Wiring
Field wiring terminals accommodate #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm2
to 2.5 mm2) wiring. Horns, strobes, and combination horn-strobes
are interconnected with a single pair of wires as shown below.
e
Polarity shown In
alarm eonditlon
e
To next device
or end of line
device
Note: Strobes must have continuous voltage,
three-pulse temporal pattern. Units may be configured for use
with coded systems by cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This
results in a steady output that can be turned on and off (coded) as
the system applies and removes power to the signal circuit. A
Genesis Signal Master is required when horn-strobe models are
configured for coded systems. Non-temporal, horn-only models
sound a steady tone.
Genesis strobes and horn-strobes are shipped from the factory
ready for use as UL 1971 compliant signals for public mode
operation. These signals may be configured for temporal flash by
cutting a jumper on the circuit board. This battery-saving feature is
intended for private mode signaling only.
Genesis strobes and horn-strobes may be set for 15. 30. 75. or 110
candela output. The output setting is changed by simply opening
the device and sliding the switch to the desired setting. The device
does not have to be removed to change the output setting. The
setting remains visible through a small window on the side of the
device after the cover is closed.
Horns and horn-strobes are factory set for high dB output.
Low dB output may be selected by cutting a jumper on the circuit
board. This reduces the output by about 5 dB.
Issue 3
Page 3 of 6
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TeCHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #85001-0573
Not to be usod for installation purposes.
most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
For the
Specifications
Housing Red or white textured UV stabilized, color impregnated engineered plastic. Exceeds 94V-0 UL flammability rating.
Lens Optical grade polycarbonate (clear)
Mounting Flush mount: 2'h inch (64 mm) deep one-gang box
(indoor wall mount only) Surface mount: EST model 27193 surface mount box, wiremold box, or equivalent surface-mount box
With optional trim plate: One-gang, two-gang, four-inch square, octagonal, or European single-gang box
Wire connections Screw terminals: single input for both horn and strobe. #18 to #12 AWG (0.75 mm' to 2.5 mm') wire size
Operating envirohment Indoor only: 32-120oF (0-490C) ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity
Agency UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S525, ULC S526, CSFM, CE, FCC, (MEA, FM pending).
listings/approvals (All models comply with ADA Code of Federal Regulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule.)
Dimensions (HxWxD) Signal: 4-1/2" x 2-3/4" x 13/16" (113 mm x 68 mm x 21 mm)
Trimplate: 5" (127 mm); Height- 5-7/8" (149 mm); Depth - W (13 mm)
G1-HD series temporal-tone horns: non-coded, filtered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR (or coded when
horn set to steady tone)
Operating voltage Gl-HDVM series temporal-tone horn-strobes: non-coded, filtered 16-33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR
(or coded (audible NAC only) when used with optional G1M Genesis Signal Master)
Gl-VM series strobes: non-coded, filtered 16 - 33 Vdc or unfiltered 16-33 Vdc FWR
Gl-P series steady-tone horns: coded or non-coded, filtered 20-31 Vdc or unfiltered 20-27 Vfwr
Strobe output rating UL 1971, UL 1638, ULC S526: selectable 15 cd, 30 cd, 75 cd, or 110 cd output
Gl-VM strobes and G1-HDVM series temporal-tone horn-strobes: one flash per second synchronized with
Strobe flash. rate optional G 1 M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds (or self-synchronized within
200 milliseconds over thirty minutes on a common circuit without Gl M Genesis Signal Master)
Temporal setting (private mode only): synchronized to temporal output of horns on same circuit
Compatible synchronization G1M, G1M-RM, SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MCC1S
modules*
G1-HD temporal-tone horns and Gl-HDVM series temporal-tone horn-strobes: temporal rate synchronized
Horn pulse rate with optional G1 M Genesis Signal Master indefinitely within 10 milliseconds (or self-synchronized within
200 milliseconds over thirty minutes on a common circuit without G1M Genesis Signal Master)
G1-P steady-tone horns: continuous, steady tone only
Temporal audible pattern Y, sec ON, Y2 sec OFF, Y, sec ON, Y2 sec OFF, 'h sec ON, 1'h sec OFF, then repeat cycle
* Notcompatible with G 1-P Senes horns.
dBA output
Temporal Horns. Horn-strobes IG1-HD. G1-HDVM series}- High dB Setting
UL464 Average Peak
Temporal Steady Temporal/Steady Temporal/Steady
16 Vdc . 81.4 85.5 91.4 94.2
2A Vdc 84.4 88.6 94.5 97.6
33 Vdc 86.3 90.4 96.9 99.5
Temporal Horns, Horn-strobes (G1-HD, G1-HDVM series) - Low dB Setting
UL464 Average Peak
Temporal Steady Temporal/Steady Temporal/Steady
16Vdc 76.0 80.1 86.3 89.2
24 Vdc 79.4 83.5 89.8 92.5
33 Vdc 82.1 86.5 92.5 95.3
Steady Tone Horns (G1-P series)
UL464 Average Peak
16 Vdc 77 90 91
24 Vdc 77 90 91
33 Vdc 77 90 91 I
Notes
1. All values shown are dBAmeasured at 1 Ofeet (3.01 mI.
2. UL464 values measured in reverberation room.
3. Averageand Peakvaluesare measured in anechoic chamber.
Average Sound Output (dBA)
(High dB setting, anechol~, 24V, measured at 10ft)
.&0' IMlIO'OOSlO /I:l 70 liO!ill"O JO 20 10 (I 10 2Q 3Q '0 ao 6Q 10 If) tClllXlHOI20 ~.
Light output - (effective cd)
Percent of UL rating versus angle
1lO'
Paga 40f 6
Issue 3
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGV
Literature Sheet #85001-0573
Not to be used for Installation purposos.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Cu rrent Dravv
Strobes, Horn-Strobes
Multi-cd Wall Strobes (G1.VM)
UL Nameplate Rating (ULl971, Effective May 2004)
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
RMS RMS RMS RMS
I 16 Vdc 103 141 255 311
I 16 Vfwr 125 179 346 392
Typical Current (Measured by EST)
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
RMS Mean RMS Mean RMS Mean RMS Mean
16 Vdc 85 79 127 124 245 243 285 283
20 Vdc 71 66 98 96 188 186 240 238
24 Vdc 59 55 82 80 152 150 191 190
33 Vdc 46 44 64 63 112 111 137 136
16 Vfwr 119 64 169 97 332 203 376 240
20 Vtwr 103 51 143 76 253 150 331 198
24 Vfwr 94 44 129 65 218 121 262 152
33 Vfwr 87 37 112 52 179 89 205 106
. Multi-cd Wall Temporal Horn-strobes (Gl-HDVM)- High dB Setting
UL Nameplate Rating (UL 1971, Effective May 2004)
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
RMS RMS RMS RMS
I 16 Vdc 129 167 281 337
I 16 Vfwr 176 230 397 443
Typical Current (Maasured by EST)
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
RMS Mean RMS Mean RMS Mean RMS Mean
16 Vdc 102 89 135 129 246 242 309 305
20 Vdc 88 77 109 104 193 190 248 243
24 Vdc 81 71 94 90 161 158 203 200
33 Vdc 74 64 72 74 124 121 154 151
16 Vfwr 144 77 182 106 352 212 393 249
20 Vfwr 141 68 162 87 274 158 362 210
24 Vfwr 136 65 152 76 235 133 282 165
33 Vfwr 125 54 144 65 201 101 232 123
IY!ulti-cd Wall Temporal Horn-strobes (Gl-HDVM) - Low dB Setting
UL Nameplate Rating (ULl971, Effective May 2004)
15 cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
RMS RMS RMS RMS
I 16 Vdc 122 160 274 330
I 16 Vfwr 162 216 383 429
Typical Current (Measured by EST)
15cd 30 cd 75 cd 110 cd
RMS Mean RMS Mean RMS Mean RMS Mean
16 Vdc 96 84 130 124 243 240 302 297
20 Vdc 79 70 104 99 189 186 241 237
24 Vdc 68 61 88 84 156 154 197 193
33 Vdc 56 52 71 68 118 116 146 143
16 Vfwr 128 69 180 104 344 204 389 244
20 Vfwr 118 60 157 84 266 156 343 200
24 Vfwr 113 54 144 74 230 128 279 161
33 Vfwr 112 48 137 64 197 99 226 117
Horns
Wall Temporal Horns (G1.HD\
UL Nameplate Rating (UL464 Effective May 2004)
High dB Low dB
RMS RMS
16 Vdc 26 19
24 Vdc 36 27
33 Vdc 41 33
16 Vfwr 51 37
24 Vfwr 69 52
33 Vfwr 76 70
Typical Current (Measured by EST)
High dB Low dB
RMS Mean RMS Mean
16 Vdc 22 17 17 14
20 Vdc 24 19 19 16
24 Vdc 27 21 22 18
33 Vdc 32 25 26 22
16 Vfwr 34 15 30 14
20 Vfwr 40 19 34 16
24 Vfwr 45 21 38 18
33 Vfwr 52 24 47 22
Wall Horns (Gl-P)
UL Nameplate Rating
Measured by EST
RMS Mean
16 Vdc 9 7
24 Vdc 11 9
33 Vdc 13 11
16 Vfwr 9 5
24 Vfwr 10 7
33 Vfwr 11 9
RMS Mean
24 Vdc 10 10
24 Vdc 11 11
31 Vdc 12 12
20 Vfwr 9 8
24 Vfwr 10 9
NotesandComments
1. Current values are shown in mA.
2. ULNameplate Rating can va ry from Typical Current due to measure-
ment methods and instruments used.
3. EST recommends using the Typical Current for system design including
NAC and Power Supply loading and voltage drop calculations.
4. Use the Vdc RMS current ratings forfi/tered power supply and battery
AH calculations. Use the Vfwr RMS current ratings for unfiltered power
supplycalculations.
5. Fuses, circuit breakers and other overcurrentprotection devices are
typically rated for current in RMS values. Mostofthese devices operate
based upon the heating affect of the currentflowing through the device.
The RMS current (notthe mean current) determines the heating affect
and therefore, the trip and hold threshold forthose devices.
6. Our industry has used 'mean' currentsovertheyears. However, ULwill
direcllhe industry to use the 2004 RMSvalues inthefuture.
Issue 3
Page 5 of 6
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
LIterature Sheet #85001-0573
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
~rdering Information
Catalog Number Description Ship wt.
White Finish Red Finish Ibs (kg)
G1.HDVM G1R.HDVM Genesis Horn-Strobe (selectable 15, 30, 75, or 110 cd output, selectable high/low dB output)
G1-VM G1R-VM Genesis Strobe (selectable 15,30,75, or 110 cd output)
G1-HD G1R.HD Genesis Temporal Horn (selectable high/low dB output)
G1-P G1R-P Genesis Steady Horn (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master)
Genesis Horn-Strobe (selectable 15, 3D, 75, or 110 cd output, selectable high/low dB output) 0.25
G1F-HDVM G1RF.HDVM - with "FIRE" marking (0.11)
G1F-VM G1RF-VM Genesis Strobe (selectable 15,30, 75, or 110 cd output) - with "FIRE" marking
G1F.HD G1RF-HD Genesis Temporal Horn (selectable high/low dB output) - with "FIRE" marking
G'1F~P . G1RF-P Genesis Steady Horn with "FIRE" marking (not compatible with Genesis Signal Master)
Mounting Accessories
G1T G1RT Genesis Trim Plate (for two-gang or 4" square boxes) 0.15(0.7)
G1T-FIRE G1RT-FIRE Genesis Trim Plate (for two-gang or 4" square boxes) with "FIRE" markings 0.15 (0.7)
27193-16 27193-11 One-gang surface mount box 1 (0.4)
Synchronization Modules
G1M Genesis Signal Master - Snap-on Mount
G1M.RM Genesis Signal Master - Remote Mount (1-gang) 0.2(0.1)
SIGA-CC1S Intelligent Synchronization Output Module (2-gang) 0.5 (0.23)
SIGA-MCC1S Intelligent Synchronization Output Module (Plug-in UIO) 0.18 (0.08)
Genesis Horn-Strobes may
be ordered in red or
white, with or without
'FIRE'marking.
WARNING: These devices will not operate without electrical power. As fires frequenlly cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss turther safeguards with your local
fire protection specialist.
These visible slgn'al appliances' flash intensity may not be adequate to alert or awaken occupants In the protected area. Research indicates that the intensity of strobe needed
to awaken 90% of sleeping persons is approximately 100 cd. EST recommends that strobes in sleeping rooms be 110 cd minimum.
Genesis and FullLight Strobe Technology are trademarks of Edwards Systems Technology, Inc.
co zoos EST
Paga 6 of 6
EDWARDS. SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
It is our intention to keep the product information current and accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements.
All specifications are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST.
Printed in U.S.A. (origin)
Issue 3
Literature Sheet #65001-0573
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
A product of EST Marketing, B,adenton, FL
~ , ~~.
EDWARDS SVSTEMSTECHNOLOGY' NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
\_~1<~~~~Ji....."''''''___ .';{~J'.4.;[.ooDW
. emporal Horn 'mm. , ...
and Horn-strobe
757 Series Patented
Features
. UL 1971.listed synchronizing strobe
Integrity strobes synchronize to the latest UL 1971 requirements
when used with an external control module (G1 M or5IGA-CC1 5).
. Adjustable Audible Output
Selecttemporal or continuous tones, and High setting for 98 dBA
output or Low setting for 94 dBA sound output.
. Genesis-compatible
Can be mixed with Genesis signals. All Genesis and Integrity
strobes on the same circuit meet UL 1971 synchronization
requirementswhen used with an external control module.
. Approved for public and private mode applications
UL 1971-listed as signaling devices for the hearing impaired and
UL 1638-listed as protective visual signaling appliances.
. SatisfiesADAcoderequirements
Integrity strobes provide the "Equivalent Facilitation" allowed
. under ADA Accessibility Guidelines. A single strobe in rooms up
to 50 ft x 50 ft satisfy both ADA and NFPA codes.
. Low pitched "growl" tone
Demands attention and provides superior wall penetration.
. Durable red or white Noryl front plate
Ideal for outdoor, industrial or harsh environments.
. Field changeable field markings
Lens language or standard "FIRE" marking is easily changed with
optional LKW and LKC series lens kits.
. Screwterminal wire connection
Large terminals speed installation and accept up to #12 AWG
(2.5mm2) wire.
. Easy Installation
Flush mountto standard North American 4" square or two-gang
box. Integrity's universal mounting plate allows it to be wired
and then left hanging free for easy inspection and testing before it
is fastened to the electrical box.
Description
Integrity temporal horns and temporal horn-strobes are specially
designed for use with compatible life safety communication and
control equipment to alert occupants of a life safety event. The
horn emits a piercing low frequency sound that is easily heard
above moderate ambient noise levels. The flash from its strobe can
be noticed from almost any position in the room, corridor, or
large open space.
. MEA CE @ l@ <8>
Integrity's rugged plastic housing is made from durable and fire
retardant, high impact plastic with a slightly textured surface. Its
ingenious mounting plate firmly holds the device in place with a
single screw. A separate trim plate is not required. Terminals
accept up to #12 A WG (2.5mm2) wire for polarized connections.
HORN: During installation, the horn is configured for steady or
temporal tone signal and either low (94 dBAI or high (98 dBAI
output. When temporal output is selected all horns on a common
two-wire circuit are self-synchronized (see specifications). External
control modules are not required for audible synchronization.
STROBE: As part of the Enhanced Integrity line of products, 757
Series strobes exceed UL synchronization requirements (within 10
milliseconds other over a two-hour period) when used with a
separately-installed G 1 M Signal Master or SIGA-CC1 5 Synchroni-
zation Module. They are fUlly compatible with Genesis signals.
Synchronization is important because a small portion ofthe
population have a condition which may cause them to become
disoriented from multiple random flashes of light. Integrity strobes
minimize this risk.
Strobes are shipped with standard wall mount style "FIRE" lens
markings. Where ceiling orientation, other languages. or different
lens markings are required, EST offers optional LKW and LKC
series Lens Marking Kits. These optional lens markings simply snap
on to the strobe. Consult EST for availability of special lens
markings.
Integrity horns and horn-strobes are designed for 20 to 31 Vdc
operation and must be connected to signal circuits that output a
constant (not pulsed) voltage. A diode is used to allow full signal
circuit supervision.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
',' . u.s. SALES: SARASOTA, FL 941-739-4638; FAX941-727-1214 . CANADA SALES: OWEN SOUND, ON 519-376-2430; FAX 519-376-7258
INTERNATlONALSALES: 905-27(}-1711; FAX905-27(}-9553 . CORPORATE HEADQUARTERS: CHESHIRE. CT u.s. MANUFACTURING: PIITSFIElD & NEWPORT. ME
Issue 5
Literature Sheet #86001-0341
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updstes visit vvwvv.est.net.
Page 1 of 4
~
Horn Application
Suggested sound pressure level for each signaling zone used with
alert or alarm signals is at least 15dB above the average ambient
sound level, or 5dB above the maximum sound level having a
duration of at least 60 seconds, whichever is greater, measured 5'
. (1.5m) above the floor. The average ambient sound level is the RMS,
A-weighted sound pressure measured over a 24-hour period.
Doubling the distance from the signal to the ear will theoretically result
in a 6 dB reduction ofthe received sound pressure level. The actual
effect depends on the acoustic properties of materials in the space. A 3
dBAdifference represents a barely noticeable change in volume.
Typical Sound Output
Distribution
.dBA measured at 10 ft
in anechoic chamber
757 Series Temporal
Horn ('HIGH' output)
output Angle - Degrees
.1. 0 15
-30 30
-45
-90 90
105958575 dBA 758595105
- Temporal Horn (dBA)
Strobe Application
EST strobes are UL 1971-listed for use indoors as wall-mounted
public-mode notitication appliances for the hearing impaired.
Prevailing codes require strobes to be used where ambient noise
conditions exceed 105 dBA (87dBA in Canada), where occupants use
.. hearing protection, and in areas of public accommodation as defined
in tpeAmericans with.Disabilities Act (see application notes - USA).
Combination horn-strobe signals must be installed in accordance
with guidelines established for strobe devices.
Strobes
The following guidelines are based on ANSIIN FP A 72 National
FireAlarm Code (1999). When applied and installed in accordance
with that code, EST strobes meet or exceed the illumination
produced by the ADA-specified 75 candela (cd) strobe at 50 feet. *
Non~SleeDlna Rooms EST wall mounted strobes"
Un to 20/x 20' 16.1 m x 6.1 m) One 15 cd strobe
Up to 3D' x 30' (9.1 m x 9.1 m) One 30 cd or two 15 cd strobes
Up to 40' x 40' (12.2 m x 12.2 m) One 75 cd or two 30 cd strobes
Upto 50' x 50' (15.2 m x 15.2 m) One 110 cd or two 75 cd strobes
Corridors
15 cd strobes spaced at 100'
Any length. (30.5 m) max, Strobes must be
Maximum width: 20' (6.1 m). placed within 15' (4.5m) of each
end of the corridor.
. ADA suggests using 75 cd strobes throughout an area, with spacing that never
exceeds 50 It from the strobe to any point in the protected space.
Non-Sleeping Rooms and Corridors: EST strobes rated at less than
110 cd per UL 1971 are intended for use in non-sleeping areas only.
Install with the bottom ofthe device at least 80 inches (2.0 m) and no
more than 96 inches (2.4 m) above the finished floor. No point in any
space (including corridors} required to have strobes should be
more than SO feet (15.2 m) from the signal (in the horizontal plane).
For detailed spacing requirements, consu It The Handbook of
Visible Notification Appliances far Fire Alarm Applications
published by EST Press, or contact your local EST representative.
Sleeping rooms: EST 110 cd strobes are intended for use in
sleeping rooms and should be installed along with a smoke
detector. It must be wall mounted at least 80" (2.03 m) above floor
level, but no closer than 24" (610 mm) to the ceiling. The distance
from the strobe to the pillow must not exceed 16' (4.8 mI.
Sleeping Rooms
Any size
EST wall mounted strobe
110 cd within 16 feet of pillow
Application Notes - USA
Audible signals should never have a sound level less than 75 dBA at
10' (3m) per NFPA 72. Signals cannot exceed 120 dBA per ADA
(130 dBA per NFPA 72) at the minimum hearing distance to audible
appliance. Audible signals shall be installed with the top of the device
above the floor not less than 90" (2.3m) and below the finished ceiling
at least6" (150 mm) (per NFPA 72).
Strobes must be used to supplement audible signals wherever the
average ambient sound level exceeds 105 dBA. Combination
AudibleNisible signals must be installed per NFPA guidelines
established for strobes.
ADA suggests that the following areas may require Visual Alarm
Signals:
. rest rooms, meeting rooms, and other general usage areas.
. lobbies, hallways, and other common use areas.
. sleeping rooms intended for use by persons with hearing
impairment (per Title 1 of ADA).
. work areas used by a person with a hearing impairment (per
Title 1 of ADA).
Appl ication Notes - CANADA
Based in part on 1995 Canada National Building Code - The fire
alarm signal sound pressure level shall not exceed 110 dBA in any
normally occupied area. The sound pressure level from an audible
signal in a floor area used for occupancies other than residential
occupancies shall be not less than 10 dBA above the ambient
noise, and never less than 65 dBA. The sound pressure level in
sleeping rooms from an audible signal shall not be less than
75 dBA when any intervening doors between the device and the
sleeping room are closed. Audible signal devices shall be
installed not less than 1.8 m to the center ofthe device above the
floor (per CAN/ULC S524).
The fire alarm audible sianal shall be supplemented bv fire alarm
strobes in anv floor area where the ambient noise level exceeds
~ or where the occupants of the floor area use ear protective
devices, are located within an audiometric booth, or are located
within sound insulating enclosures. This also applies to assembly
occupancies in which music and other sounds associated with
performances could exceed 100 dBA.
Strobes shall be installed in a building so that the flash from not
less than one device is visible throughout the floor area or portion
thereof in which they are installed. For maximum safety, EST
recommends that strobes be installed as perthe guidelines shown
here under Strobe Application.
Fordetailed spacing requirements, consult The Handbook of
Visible Notification Appliances for Fire Alarm Applications
published by EST Press, or contact your local EST representative.
Page 2 of 4
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #86001-0341
Not to be used for Installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit www.est.net.
Issue 6
,
J
Specifications
Standalone Synchronization Strobe flash at 1 per second within 200 milliseconds on common circuit..
Characteristics (note 2) Horn oulses at temporal rate within 200 milliseconds on common circuit
OoeratinQ Volts Strobe: 20-24 Vdc Continuous; Horn: 20-31 Vdc Continuous
Rated Strobe Output - candela (cd) 757-1A-T 757-7A-T 757-8A-T
UL 1971 15 cd wall 110cdwall
N/A 15 cd ceiling 60 cd ceiling
(horn only)
UL 1638 & ULC 5526 75 cd 110 cd
Anechoic: High Setting - 104 dBA (peak)/98 dBA (avg); Low Setting - 99 dBA (peak)/94 dBA (avg)
Horn Output (note 1) Reverberent: High Setting - 85 dBA (continuous)/82 dBA (temporal);
Low Settino - 82 dBA (continuous)n5 dBA (temooral)
Horn Current High Output: 40 mA @ 24 Vdc; 55mA @ 24 Vrms FWR; Low Output: 20 mA @ 24 Vdc;
28 mA @ 24 Vrms FWR
Strobe Flash Synchronization Synchronized at one flash per second. External control module necessary to meet
UL 1971 synchronization requirements of 10 milliseconds over a two-hour oeriod.
Compatible Synchronization G1M, G1M-RM, SIGA-CC1S, SIGA-MCC1S
Modules
Strobe Marking Supplied with LKW-1 "FIRE" red letters, vertical both sides (Wall Mount)
- see LKW and LKC series for ceilina stvle and ootional markinos.
Flash Tube Enclosure Clear LEXAN with white markino sleeve
Housina Textured, color imoreonated enaineered clastics - exceeds 94V-0 UL flammabilitv ratina
Wire Connections Terminals - seearate, eolarized incuts for Horn & Strobe, #12 AWG (2.5mm2) maximum
INDOOR Oberatino Environment 32-1200 F (0-4go C) ambient temperature. 93% relative humidity @ 400 C
OUTDOOR Operating Environment 98% relative humidity @ 400 C; -35-1500 F (-31-660 C) ambient temperature
(757-7 A: rated at 17.7 cd @ -350 C per UL/@ .400 C per ULC)
(must use weatherproof box) (757-8A: rated at 70.7 cd @ _350 Coer UL/@ _400 C per ULC)
Flush: North-American 2-gang box, 3" hiIJh x 4" wide x 2%' (69 mm) minimum
Mounting - INDOOR Surface: 757A-SB Back box
Bi-directional: 757A-BDF Mountina Frame
Mountina - OUTDOOR Surface: 757A-WB Weatheroroof Box
Agency Listings UL 1971, UL 1638, UL 464, ULC S526, ULC S525. MEA, CSFM, FM. CE
(All models comelv with ADA Code of Federal Reoulation Chapter 28 Part 36 Final Rule)
Note 1. Measured at 10ft(3m)@24Vdc.Subtract3dBAformodelswithstrobes. Note2- Temporal audible pattern IS defined as: v'sec ON, V,secOFF, V2secON, v'sec OFF, %
sec ON, 1 'f.. sec OFF, thenrepeat cycle.
'7A' Series Strobe 'SA' Series Strobe
Vertical Output Vertical Output
~7^^V':'II~Q::d .90~75 t:::::I&AAVD',1~'al
[2JJ ,5t~ UL ml~ 150". / -6~45 EIIJ 1100:1 I.U".,
I
100 /1/ -30
50 ,/' .15
Light Output Patterns
Vartlal
....
...
HCl~taI
0-
m
o ~
m
'"
"
'7 A' Series Strobe
Horizontal Output
degrees
-15 0
-30
-45
-60
.7
-90
100 50 cd 50 100
E:::::J7AA\IIIIllQ/lc:d l~.l1Ul mlnG.:Ll
cd
50 .
'SA' Series Strobe
Horizontal Output
degrees
-15 0
-30
-45
-60
-75" ~ .
-90
200 100 cd 100 200
~QJ\AlI('r"90::d 11lkl1UI.rrJ~G3
Current Draw
NotesandComments Typical Current (measured bV EST)
1. Current values are
shown in mA.
2. UL Nameplate Rating
can vary from Typical
Current due to
measurement methods
and instruments used.
3. EST recommends using
the Typical Current for UL Rating
system design including
NACand PowerSupply
loadin9 and voltage
drop calculations.
4. UsetheVdcRMS
current ratings for
filtered powersupply
and battery AH
calculations. Use the
Vfwr RM5 current ratings for unfiltered powersupply calculations.
5. Fuses, circuit breakers and otherovercurrent protection devices are typically
rated for current in RM5 values. Most of these devices operate based upon the
heating affect of the currentflowing through the device. The RM5 current (not
the mean current) determines the heeting affect and therefore, the trip and hold
threshold forthose devices.
6. Our industry has used 'mean' currents overtheyears. However, UL will direct
the industry to use the 2004 RMS values in the future.
15175 .d nOed
RMS Mean Peak RMS Maan Peak
20 Yd. 121 115 277 248 241 402
24 Vd. 101 96 204 203 197 338
31 Wc 81 76 173 155 151 280
20 Vfwr 168 97 452 342 202 868
24 Vfwr 146 79 446 286 159 788
15175 .d no cd
RMS Mean Peak RMS Meen Peek
20 Vd. 113 107 248 228 222 420
24 Vd. 90 85 214 180 175 360
31 Vd. 65 62 174 125 122 280
20 Vfwr 153 81 540 327 177 952
24 Vfwr 128 64 412 260 134 808
Issue 5
Page 3 of 4
EOWAROS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
Literature Sheet #85001-0341
Not to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visit WWW..est.net.
.
hlstallation and Mounting
All models fitto a standard flush mounted, North-
American two-gang electrical box, 2% inch (69 mm)
minimum. Optional flush trims are not required. For
surface mount, use EST's custom indoor and
outdoor surface boxes painted in color-matched
red orwhite epoxy. EST recommends that fire
alarm horn/strobes always be installed in accord-
ance with the latest recognized edition of national
and local fire alarm codes.
North American 2-gang
electric box, 2W (69mm) minimum
(Alternative: 4' square box
2-1/S' (54mm) deep)
Typical Wiring
The strobe must be connected to signal circuits
which output a constant (not pulsed) voltage. The
horn can be connected to continuous voltage circuits.
Housing
/ 5.1/2" (140mm) x 5-1/2" (140mm) x 5/8" (16mm)
<t9~Single Mounting Screw (provided)
HORN and STROBE
ON SAME CIRCUIT
+
To UlAJLC Ust2d
Fire Alarm Control
Panel Signal Clrtult
FIRST DEVICE
HornlStrobe
Horn/Slrobe
To UlAJLC Usted +
Are AJann Control .
Panel Signal Clrcu~
To Next Strobe Device
or EOL Resister
;,-
J>+
To Ne:<t Device
or EOl Resistor
+
HORN and STROBE
ON SEPARATE CIRCUIT
To UlJUlC Usted +
Fire Alarm Control
Panel Signal Clreu~-
+
To Next Device
or EOl Resister
dBAoutput
Horn-atrobes
High dB UL464 Average Peak
Output Temporal Steady TempoyaiT Steady Temporal I Steady
20Vdc: 79.0 82.0 93.5 100.0
24 Vdc 79.0 85.0 97.0 102.0
. Low dB UL464 Average Peak
.Output Temporal Steady Temporal I Steady Temporal] Steady
20 Vdc 75.0 79.0 89.2 95.4
24 Vdc 75.0 79.0 93.0 98.0
Homs
High dB UL464 Average Peak
Output Temporal Steady Temporal I Steady Temporal I Steady
20Vdc: 79.0 82.0 97.0 102.5
24Vdc: 82.0 85.0 98.0 104.0
Low dB UL464 Average Peak
Output Temporal Steady Temporal/Steady Temporal/Steady
20 Vdc 75.0 79.0 92.3 98.4
24Vdc: 75.0 82.0 94.0 gg.O
. All values shown aredBA measured at 1 o feet (3.01 mI.
. UL 1480valuesmeasured in reverberation room.
. Average values are measured in anechoic chamber.
Ordering Information
Catalog Ship Wt.
Number Description lb. (kg)
Temporal Horns
757-1A-T* ITemnoral Horn, Red 1 1.7 (0.8\
Temporal Horn-Strobes
757-7A-T* Temooral Horn-Strobe, 15n5cd, Red T 2.0 (0.9\
757-8A-T* Temnoral Horn-Strobe, 110cd, Red l
Synchronization Modules
G1M-RM Genesis Signal Master 0.2 (0.1)
Remote Mount (1-oano)
SIGA-CC1 S Synchronization Output Module 0.5 (0.23)
(Standard Mount)
SIGA-MCC1S Synchronization Output Module 0.18 (0.08)
UIO Mount\
Mounting Accessories
757A-SB* Surface Box, Red, Indoor 1.51.7)
757A-WB* Weatheroroof Box, Red, Surface 1.5(.71
757A-BDF* Bi-directional Frame, Red 4(1.8)
Lens Marking Kits (see note 1)
LKW-1 "FIRE", Wall Orientation (suDolied)
LKW-1 R "FIRE", Wall Orientation, RED
LKW-2 "FEU" Wall Orientation
LKW-3 "FIRE/FEU". Wall Orientation
LKW-4 "SMOKE", Wall Orientation 0.1
LKW-S "HALON", Wall Orientation (.05)
LKW-6 "C02", Wall Orientation
LKW-7 "EMERGENCY", Wall Orientation
LKW-8 "ALARM", Wall Orientation
LKW-9 "FUEGO", Wall Orientation
. Add Suffix "W" to catalog no. for WHITE. le.g. 757-7A-TW)
Note 1 - Channe "W" to "C" for CEILING mount. (e.g. LKC-1)
WARNING: These devices will notoperate without electrical power. Asfires
frequently cause power interruptions, we suggest you discuss furthersafeguards
with your local fire protection specialist. Thesevisual signal appliances'f1ash
intensity may not be adequate to alert orwaken occupants in the protected area.
Research indicates thatthe intensity of strobe needed to awaken 90% of sleeping
persons is approximately 100 cd. EST recommends that s.trobes in sleeping rooms
be 110 cd minimum.
EDWARDS SYSTEMS TECHNOLOGY
It is our intenlion to keep the fJruduct information current al'ld accurate. We can not cover specific applications or anticipate all requirements.
All specificatiol'ls are subject to change without notice. For more information or questions relative to this Specification Sheet, contact EST.
C 2003 EST
Page 4 of 4
Printed in U.S.A. (origin)
Issue Ii
Literature Sheet #86001-0341
No't to be used for installation purposes.
For the most current literature and updates visIt www.est.net.
A product of eST Marketing. Sarasota, FL
~
~~Wl,*lfin~li.I~:.€i~~~~g~ffiii*(@l'!::::...'.:.::::.
Standby(C)
Hours=
Description
PS6 POWER SUPPLY
SLlC LOOP CONTROLLER
ZB16-4 16 ZONE CLASS B
ZA8-2 8 ZONE CLASS A
OLD DIALER CARD
SL30 LED/SWITCH CARD
ZR8 RELAY CARD
RS485 CLASS A UART
QS4 FRONT PANEL DISPLAY
QS4 REMOTE ANNUNCIATOR
AA-30 70VOl T
AA-50 25 VOLT
AA-50 70 VOLT
2-AAC W/ MIC
3-ZA30
2- TEL
ENERGIZED RELAY
3-24X
4 WIRE SMOKES
NOTIFICATION APPL
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
NOTIFICATION APPLIANCES
signature devices
o
o
o
Alarm(D)
24lMinutes= I
..p. ...R.. ...C). ...J..................
.. . . --. ... .....
. .. . .' - . . . . . .
;.: -. . ",' -:,' :.:.:.;-:.:.:.;.
::;::::.:::.:i:~::}: Dr. Todd
1
MONITORING PANEL
MAIN POWER
51
Total Alarm
(mA)
96
57
123
73
26
4
144
75
135
123
1500
2700
1900
90
10
20
20
38
50
59
81
158
94
96
o
o
6.125
o
0.075
0.1
o 0.02
164.557 Total(B)=
Qty
Standby Total Standby Alarm
(mA) (mA)
1 72
1 33
o 123
o 73
1 13
o 1
o 7
o 75
1 117
o 105
o 1
o 1
o 1
o 80
o 10
o 20
o 20
o 2
o 45
2
5
6
2
1
o
o
SHEET 2
o
o
o
1.557
o
0.075
0.001
0.001
Total(A)=
Battery Capacity=
1.2x (AxC)+((.0167xD)xB)
divided by 1000
(mA)
72
33
o
o
13
o
o
o
117
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
I 4.93~
8.0 A H PROVIDED
96
57
o
o
26
o
o
o
135
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
o
405
948
188
96
o
o
6.125
o
o
o
o
1861.125
TECHNICAL
,
VI A S-hL-k E (l~J Code Gryllctfk:e
1f- Ob-33'i
~2--() G gr+h s+
9 feLj e5
Washington State
Energy Code
Compliance
FILE
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
620 East 8th Street
Port Angeles, W A
January 8, 2007
PREPARED BY:
.
TRES WEST
ENGINEERS. INC.
2702 South 42nd Street, Suite #301
Tacoma, Washington 98409-7315
(253) 472-3300
n j
2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms
Revised May 2005
Proj ect Info Project Address IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC Date 1/9/2007
620 East 8th Street For Building Department Use
Port Angeles, WA 98362
Applicant Name: Mill Creek Construction, Inc.
Applicant Address: 4619 Old Mill Road, Port Angeles, WA 98362
Applicant Phone: 360-452-8281
Project Description
iI New Building D Addition
D Alteration
D Change of Use
Compliance Option
iI Prescriptive D Component Performance
(See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications)
D Systems Analysis
Space Heat Type o Electric resistance . All other (see over for definitions)
Total Glazing Area Electronic version: these values are automatically taken from ENV-UA-1
Glazing Area Calculation (rough opening) Gross Exterior
Note: Below grade walls may be included in (vertical & overhd) divided by Wall Area times 100 equals % Glazing
the Gross Exterior Wall Area if they are 844.8 . 4754.6 X 100 = 17.8%
insulated to the level required for opaque
0 yes Check here if using this option and if project meets all requirements for the Concrete/Masonry
ConcretefMasonry Option . Option. See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Enter requirements for each
no qualifying assembly below.
Envelope Requirements (enter values as applicable)
Fully heatedlcooled space
Minimum Insulation R-values
Roofs Over Attic 30.0
All Other Roofs 21.0
Opaque Walls1 19.0
Below Grade Walls 10.0
Floors Over Unconditioned Space 19.0
Slabs-on-Grade 10.0
Radiant Floors 10.0
Maximum V-factors
Opaque Doors 0.600
Vertical Glazing 0.550
Overhead Glazing 0.700
Maximum SHGC (or SC)
Vertical/Overhead Glazing 0.450
Semi-heated space2
Opaque Concrete/Masonry Wall Requirements
Wall Maximum U-factor is 0.15 (R5.7 continuous ins)
CMU block walls with insulated cores comply
If project qualifies for Concrete/Masonry Option, list walls
with HC<,: 9.0 Btu/ft2.oF below (other walls must meet
Opaque Wall requirements). Use descriptions and values
from Table 10-9 in the Code.
Wall Description U -factor
(including insulation R-value & position
Minimum /nsulation R-va/ues
Roofs Over Semi-Heated Space~ I
1. Assemblies with metal framing must comply with overall U-factors
2. Refer to Section 1310 for qualifications and requirements
Notes:
Project Address
Date
1/9/2007
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
For Building Department Use
. All other
Space Heat Type
Glazing Area as % gross exterior wall area
ConcretejMasonry Option
o Electric resistance
17.8% Prop. I 45.0% Max.Target
OYes . No
Notes: If glazing area exceeds maximum allowed in Table, then calculate adjusted areas on back (over).
Building Component
List components by assembly ID & page #
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Plan ID:
Proposed UA
x Area (A)
836.8
Target UA
x Area (A)
836.8
Electric Resist.
0.40
see note above
= UA (U x A)
460.2
= UA (U x A)
460.2
Other Heating
0.55
0.45
U-factor
0.550
U-factor
0.550
Glazing %
0-30%
>30-45%
U= 0.550
U=
U=
U=
U=
U=
U=
t'l U= 0.700
E
g> <l: U=
.~ ~ U=
t5 0 U=
-c
Sl J!1 U=
~ g U=
> ~
o .<= U=
o
U=
U= 0.600
U=
U=
R= 30.0
R=
R=
R=
R=
R=
R=19.0
R=
R=
R=
R=
R=
R=
- Cl
ro c
u ._
t N
Ol~
>(9
5.6
0.700
Glazing %
0-30%
>30-45%
8.0
Electric Resist.
0.6
see note above
5.6
Other Heating
0.7
0.6
0.700
8.0
0.700
0.600
88.2
147.0
Electric Resist.
0.60
6020.0
Electric Resist.
0.031
88.2
Other Heating
0.60
216.7
Other Heating
0.036
0.600
147.0
~ ~
0"0
ro 0
8"0
J!1 ~
o Ol
&<3
192.6
0.036
0.032
6020.0
0.046
~ 1Il
Ol-
,s 0
0&
Electric Resist.
0.034
0.062 3770.8
Other Heating
0.046
233.8
211. 2
0.056
3770.8
**
,
.!!!
Cii
3::
Ol
'"
0"
ro
a.
o
**
Electric Resist.
Frame-Wd 0.062
Frame-MtI 0.062
Mass Wall++ 0.15
++ see mass wall Criteria
Other Heating
0.062
0.109
0.15
UNote: sum of Target Areas here should equal Target Opaque Wall Area (see back)
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
Note: if insulated to levels required for opaque walls, list above with opaque walls
R-30.0 Plan ID: 0.035 5696.8 199.4
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
R= Plan ID:
.!!!
;;:Cii
03::
Q)~
[IJ ro
<9
Electric Resist.
0.062
0.07
5696.8
Electric Resist.
0.029
Other Heating
0.062
0.07
319.0
Other Heating
0.056
Int Ins
Ext Ins
0.056
~ a.
~C/)
o .
-c
~ c
o 0
o u
_ C
ll..::J
0.540
c Ol
?-c
.0 ro
ro ~
Ui Cl
Electric Resist. Other Heating
F=0.54 F=O.54
(see Table 13-1 for radiant floor values)
Totalsl 16479.41 1323.6
Totalsl
16479.41
'For eMU walls, indicate core insulation material.
1157.2
To comply:
1) Proposed Total UA shall not exceed Target Total UA.
2) Proposed Total Area shall equal Target Total Area.
2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised May 2005
Glazing Proposed SHGC Target SHGC
List com SHGC* x Area A = SHGC x A SHGC x Area A = SHGC x A
10: 0.450 844.8 380.2 0.450 844.8 380.2
Cl 10: Glazing % Electric Resist. Other Heating
c: 10: 0-30% 0.4 0.45
.N
<tl 10: >30-45% not allowed 0.4
<:5
10:
10:
*Note: Manufacturer's SC may be used in lieu of SHG(
Totals 844.8 380.2 Totals 844.8 380.2
For compliance: Proposed total SHGC x A shall not exceed Target total SHGC x A
NOTE: Since 1997 SHGC compliance for vertical and overhead glazing is allowed to be calculated together.
Target Area Adjustment Calculations
If the total amount of glazing area as a % of gross exterior wall area (calculated on ENV-SUM1) exceeds the ma><imum allcmed in Table 13-1.
then this calculation must be submitted Use the resulting areas in the Target UA and SHGC calculaions abo.....
Proposed Areas: Numbered "",lues are used in calculations belcm.
Roofs aver Attics
Glazirg AreaIOG= 8 . 0
Opaque Area 6020.0
Other Roofs
IVG=
Walls
836.8
3770.8
10G=
Note:
OG = o....rhead glazing
VG = ....rtical glazing
4754.6
x
Max Glazing Area
(Table 1~1)
45.0%
Ma><imum Target
Glazing Area
Gross Exterior Wall
Area
100
=
2139.6
Target OG Area in Roofs aver Attics
Target OG Area in Other Roofs
2139.6
I~
8.0
~ lesser
2139.6
=
Max OG Remaininq
I 2131. 6 I
~
~ lesser
2131.6
Taruet OG Area~
8.0 I
=
TarQet VG Area
836.8
For Target OG's, the
lesser "",lues are used
both here and belcm.
,
Prooosed OG Area ~
: I 8.0 I - I
=
Tar et 0 ue Area
6020.0
Roofs aver Attics
Other Roofs
Pr osed 0 a ue Area
6020.0
=
Prooosed Qoaaue Area Prooosed VG Area Tarnal VG Area Taraet Ooaaue Area
Wallsl I 3770.8 I + 836.8 I - I 836.8 I = I 3770. 8 I
Note: If there is more than one type of wall, the Target VG Area may be distributed among them, and separate Target Opaque Areas found.
If the Target Areas for Opaque Walls listed on the front must equal the total calculated here.
Target Areas OK I
Target values in shaded boxes are used in the applicable Target UA calculations on the front.
Target VG Area and Total Target OG Area are also used in the applicable Target SHGC calculations abave.
200
.....11.- . r.-J . .
2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised May 2005
Project Address IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC Date 1/9/2007
The following information is necessary to check a building permit application for compliance with the building envelope requirements in the
Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code.
Applicability Code Location Building Department
(yes, no, n.a.) Section Component Information Requirec on Plans Notes
GENERAL REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1301-1314)
1301 Scope Unconditioned soaces identified on plans if allowed
yes 1302 Space heat type:
Other If'Other',
indicate on plans that electric resistance heat is not allowed
n.a. 1310.2 Semi-heated soaces Semi-heated soaces identified on plans if allowed
1311 Insulation
yes 1311.1 Insul. installation Indicate densities and clearances A2.0
yes 1311.2 Roof /ceiling insul. Indicate R-value on roof sections for allies and other roofs;
Indicate clearances for allic insulation;
Indicate baffles if eave vents installed; A2.0
Indicate face staolino of faced balls
yes 1311.3 Wall insulation Indicate R-value on wall sections;
Indicate face stapling of faced balls;
Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected;
Indicate loose-fill core insulation for masonry walls as necess; A2.0
Indicate heat capacity of masonry walls
if masonrY ootion is used F73;
yes 1311.4 Floor insulation Indicate R-value on floor sections;
Indicate substantial contact with surface;
Indicate supports not more than 24' o.c.; A2.0
Indicate that insulation does not block
airflow throuqh foundation vents
n.a. 1311.5 Slab-on-grade floor Indicate R-value on wall section or foundation detail;
Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 24' from top;
Indicate above orade exterior insulation is protected
n.a. 1311.6 Radiant floor Indicate R-value on wall section or foundation detail;
Indicate slab insulation extends down vertically 36' from the top;
Indicate above grade exterior insulation is protected;
Indicate insulation also under entire slab where req'd. bv Official
yes 1312 Glazing and doors Provide calculation of glazing area (including both vertical
vertical and overhead) as percent of oross wall area A1.l
yes 1312.1 U-factors Indicate glazing and door U-factors on glazing and door
schedule (provide area-weighted calculations as necessary); Al.l
Indicate if values are NFRC or default, if values are default
then specify frame type, glazing layers, gapwidth, low-e
coatinqs, qas fillinqs
yes 1312.2 SHGC & SC Indicate glazing solar heat gain coefficient or shading
coefficient on glazing schedule (provide area-weighted Al.l
calculations as necessarY)
1313 Moisture control
yes 1313.1 Vapor retarders Indicate vapor retarders on warm side A2.0
yes 1313.2 Roof/ceiling vap.ret. Indicate vapor retarder on roof section; A2.0
Indicate vao. retard. with sealed seams for non-wood struc.
yes 1313.3 Wall vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on wall section A2.0
yes 1313.4 Floor vapor retarder Indicate vapor retarder on floor section A2.0
yes 1313.5 Crawl space vap. ret. Indicate six mil black polyethylene overlapped 12' on ground A2.0
1314 Air leakaqe
yes 1314.1 Bldg. envel. sealing Indicate sealing, caulking, gasketing, and weatherstripping A2.0
yes 1314.2 Glazing/door sealing Indicate weatherstripping A2.0
yes 1314.3 Assemb. as ducts Indicate sealing, caulking and gasketing A2.0
PRESCRIPTIVE/COMPONENT PERFORMANCE (Sections 1320-23 or 1330-34)
yes Envelope Sum. Form Completed and allached.
Provide component performance worksheet if necessary
s
N
c
F
If "no" is shown for any question, provide explanation:
I
Proj ect Info Project Address IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC - HVAC ONLY Date 1/9/2007
620 East 8th Street For Building Dept. Use
Port Angeles, WA 98362
Applicant Name: ~ll Creek Construction, Inc.
Applicant Address: 4619 Old Mill Road, Port Angeles, WA 98362
Applicant Phone: 360-452-8281
Project Description
Briefly describe mechanical
system type and features.
Split system heat pumps/air handlers with economizer modules.
IiZI Includes Plans
Drawings must contain notes requireing compliance with commissioning requirements - Section 1416
Compliance Option
. Simple System 0 Complex System 0 Systems Analysis I
(See Decision Flowchart (over) for qualifications. Use separate MECH-SUM for simple & complex systems.)1
Equipment Schedules The following information is required to be incorporated with the mechanical equipment schedules on the
I plans. For projects without plans, fill in the required information below.
Cooling Equipment Schedule
Equip. Capacitl OSA CFM SEER
10 Brand Namel Model No.1 Btu/h Total CFM or Econo? or EER IPL0 Location
SEE SCHEDULES ON
SHEET H2.l
Heating Equipment Schedule
Equip. Capacitl OSA cfm
10 Brand Name' Model No.1 Btu/h Total CFM or Econo? Input Btuh Output Btuh Efficiencv4
SEE SCHEDULES ON
SHEET H2.l
Fan Equipment Schedule
Equip. Flow ControP
10 Brand Namel Model No.1 CFM SP1 HP/BHP Location of Service
SEE SCHEDULES ON
SHEET H2.l
llf available. 2 As tested according to Table 14-1A through 14-1G. 31f required. 4 COP, HSPF, Combustion Efficiency, or AFUE, as
applicable. 5 Flow control types: variable air volume(VAV), constant volume (CV), or variable speed (VS).
System Description If Heating/Cooling Ii! Constant vol? Ii! Air cooled? o Packaged sys? 0 <20,000 Btuh?
See Section 1421 for full description or Cooling Only: Ii! Split system? Ii! Economizer included?
of Simple System qualifications. If Heating Only: o <5000 cfm? 0<70% outside air?
Decision Flowchart
Use this flowchart to determine if project qualifies for Simple System Option. If not, either the
Complex System or Systems Analysis Options must be used.
Heating Only
~Yes
y
No
Ye
No
Heating/Cooling
or Cooling Only
N
No
Ya
N
Simple System
Allowed
(section 1420)
Yes
Use Complex
Systems
(section 1430)
Complex Systems
Refer to MECH-COMP Mechanical Complex Systems for assistance in determining which
Complex Systems requirements are applicable to this project.
Mechanical Permit Plans Checklist MECH-CHK
2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Forms Revised May 2005
Project Address IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC - IIVAC ONLY Date 1/9/2007
The following information is necessary to check a mechanical permit application for compliance with the mechanical requirements in the
Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code.
Applicability Code Location Building Department
(yes, no, n.a.) Section Component Information Required on Plans Notes
HVAC REQUIREMENTS (Sections 1401-1424)
1411 Equipment performance
yes 1411.4 Pkg. elec. htg.& c1g. List heat pumps on schedule H2.1
yes 1411.1 Minimum efficiency Equipment schedule with type. capacity, efficiency H2.1
n.a. 1411.1 Combustion htg. Indicate intermittent ignition, flue/draft damper & jacket loss
1412 HVAC controls
yes 1412.1 Temperature zones Indicate locations on plans H2 .1/2
yes 1412.2 Deadband control Indicate 5 degree deadband minimum H2.1
r.a. 1412.3 Humidity control Indicate humidistat
yes 1412.4 Automatic setback Indicate thermostat with night setback and 7 diff. day types H2.1
yes 1412.4.1 Dampers Indicate damper location and auto. controls & max. leakage H2.1
r.a. 1412.4.2 Optimum Start Indicate optimum start controls
yes 1412.5 Heat pump control Indicate microprocessor on thermostat schedule H2.1
r.a. 1412.6 Combustion htg. Indicate modulating or staged control
yes 1412.7 Balancing Indicate balancing features on plans H2 .1/2
yes 1422 Thermostat interlock Indicate thermostat interlock on plans H2 .1/2
yes 1423 Economizers Equipment schedule H2.1
1413 Air economizers
yes 1413.1 Air Econo Operation Indicate 100% capability on schedule H2.1
r.a. 1413.1 Wtr Econo Operation Indicate 100% capacity at 45 degF db & 40 deg F wb
r.a. 1413.2 Water Econo Doc Indicate clg load & water econoe & c1g tower performance
p.a. 1413.3 Integrated operation Indicate capability for partial cooling
r.a. 1413.4 Humidification Indicate direct evap or fog atomization w/ air economizer
1414 Ducting systems
yes 1414.1 Duct sealing Indicate sealing necessary 15810
yes 1414.2 Duct insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on duct 15082
r.a. 1415.1 Piping insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping 15690
1416 Completion Requirements
yes 1416.1&2 Drawings & Manuals Indicate requirement for record drawings and operation docs. 15010
yes 1416.3.2 Air Balancing Indicate air system balance requirements H2 .1/2
r.a. 1416.3.3 Hydronic Balancing Indicate hydronic system balance requirements
yes 1416.4 Commissioning Indicate requirements for commissioning and prelim. Report H2.1
p.a. 1424 Separate air sys. Indicate separate systems on plans
yes Mechanical Completed and attached. Equipment schedule with types,
Summary Form inpuVoutput, efficiency. cfm, hp, economizer
Il'IuANU (::leCtIOns 144U-14:>4]
1440 Service water htg.
.a. 1441 Elec. water heater Indicate R-10 insulation under tank
.a. 1442 Shut-off controls Indicate automatic shut-off
.a. 1443 Pipe Insulation Indicate R-value of insulation on piping
.a. 1452 Heat Pump COP Indicate minimum COP of 4.0
.a. 1452 Heater Efficiency Indicate pool heater efficiency
.a. 1453 Pool heater controls Indicate switch and 65 degree control
.a. 1454 Pool covers Indicate vapor retardant cover
.a. 1454 Pools 90+ degrees Indicate R-12 pool cover
It no IS ClrClea tor any question, provlae explanation:
2004 Washington State Nonresidential Energy Code Compliance Form
TECHNICAL
S -true, tu ~ ~ Cedes
A:J \5)20Cl~
~. .
RfVW No\! Ii) 2-00 6 ~O--\
~Cl'{f\~ "
11- NevJ ~0l ,~W\
':t-\- do - 5 3 Y
~VJ ~ ~t'h sf-
11(0 P
.
VI SSE R
. ENCINEERINC
FILE
REVISED
STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
Project:
lIWin Dentistry Clinic
614 East 8th Street
Pon Angeles, W A 98 362
Project No.: 06-113
Client:
Hays Architects
PO Box 322
Sequim, W A 98382
By:
Craig Schaper, P.E.
Mike Visser, P.E.
Date:
November 14, 2006
I
wo/1 5 2Oll6
'I ENGINEERING
Carpon Gravity &: Seismic Loads
Roof Load:
D
E
A
Item:
Roo! Sheathing - 5/8" ply",ood:
Tile Rooting:
Rool Framing:
5/8" Gypsum \\lall Board:
Insulation
Walls:
Mise.:
D
L
o
Item:
A
D
Roo Loa :
L
Sno", Load:
I
Roof Slope:
Roof Slope =
v
Unit Wei t:
1.8 ps
12.0 psi
3.0 psi
2.8 psi
1.0 psi
0.0 psi
2.0 sl
s
25.0 psf
6 in 12"
26.57 degrees
E
Rs = (5/40) - 1/2 = 0.125 psf;deg
Desi Snow Load: 24.18 sf
L
o
A
D
Client: Hays
Date: 11-10-06
Page:
Seismic Roof Load:
Item:
Roo! Sheathing - 5/8" ply",ood:
Tile Roofing:
Roof Framing:
5/8" Gypsum Wall Board:
I nsularion:
\\lalls:
Mise.:
t:
Floor Load:
Item: Unit Weight:
0.0 psf
0.0 psf
0.0 psf
0.0 psf
0.0 psf
o . 0 psf
0.0 psf
Unit ei t:
1.8 ps
12.0 psi
3.0 psi
2.8 psi
1.0 psi
-t.0 psi
2.0 sl
s
Unit ei t:
0.0 ps
0.0 psi
0.0 psi
o 0 psi
0.0 psi
0.0 psi
0.0 sl
s
VI SSE R
iI ~.!::..c:~~_!~-!!.~~
Project: !twin Dental (06-113)
Client: Hays
Date: 11-10-06
Page:
Calculation Sheet
Title : Transverse Wind loads
Load Criteria:
V:
I,',' mph wind speed
a . MlN (0.10 l ",0.10 6) '" 0.<111
a ! MlN (004 l or 004 6 J '" 3ft
Wmd Analysis
Design Criteria: ASCE 7-02 Section 6.5: Analytical Procedure. Method II
Exposure:
Building Geometry: L: I',. ) reet (paraIlelto wind direcrion)
B: " feel (perpendicular to wind direcrion)
hf1: " reet from grade to firsl floor
hf2: " feet from grade to second floor
hr: 1,1 feel from grade to roof eave
thera: 26.5651 degrees, roof pitch = " in 12
h: 11.6875 feet mean roof heighl from grade
Design Procedure: Kd:
I:
Kz@ z=o:
Kh:
Kzt:
GCpf:
O.~5
Wind Direcrionality Factor, ASCE 7 -02 Table 6-4, (p. 76)
lmponance Factor, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-1. (p. 73)
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3. (p. 75)
VelOCity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3, (p. 75)
Topographical Factor
External Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-10. (p. 56)
Surface
I
0.85
0.84888
I
1
0.55
GCpi: "
qz@z=O:
qh:
p:
1
10.17
Building Forces:
Pressure Surface
Location Area Pressure Width Forcelft
Windward 1 Sl Floor 1 10.15 0 0
0 Kz = 0.85 IE 13.44 0 0
indward 2nd Floor 1 10.15 0 0
0 Kz = 0.85 IE 13.44 0 0
Windward Eave 1 10.15 0 0
10 Kz = 0.85 2 -1.83 3.77336 -6.91049
IE 13.44 0 0
2E -3.51 3.77336 -13.2628
Ridge 2 -1.83 3.77336 -6.91049
3 -8.26 3.77336 -31.1683
2E .3.51 3.77336 -13.2628
3E -10.81 3.77336 -40.772
leeward Eave 3 -8.26 3.77336 -31.1683
4 -7.22 0 0
3E -10.81 3.77336 -40.772
4E -9.88 0 0
leeward 2nd Floor 4 -7.22 0 0
4E -9.88 0 0
Leeward 1 st Floor 4 -7.22 0 0
4E -9.88 0 0
4E
-0.53
4E
-9.88
Force Summary (plO
angle Horizontal Vertical
0 0.0 0.0 VwCl. HwU
0 0.0 0.0 Vwfe_l, Hwfe_l
0 0.0 0.0 Vwf_2, Hwf_2
0 0.0 0.0 Vwfe_2. Hwfe_2
0 0.0 0.0
63.4349 -3.1 -6.2 General Horizontal Loads
Totals: -3.1 -6.2 Vwe, Hwe Per ASCE 7-02 Minimum \-I1nd Load per IEC 1609.1.2
0 0.0 0.0 Roof Shear: 21.7 plf 33.8 plf
63.4349 -5.9 -11.9 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Totals: -5.9 -11.9 Vwee, Hwee I St Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
63.4349 -3.1 -6.2
116.565 13.9 -27.9
Totals: 10.8 -34.1 Vr, Hr Incremental End Horizontal Loads
63.4349 -5.9 -11.9 Roof Shear: 2.9 plf
116.565 18.2 -36.5 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf
Totals: 12.3 -48.3 Vre, Hre 1st Floor: 0.0 plf
116.565 13.9 -27.9
180 0.0 0.0
Totals: 13.9 -27.9 VIe, Hie
116.565 18.2 -36.5
180 0.0 0.0
Totals: 18.2 -36.5 Vlee, Hlee
180 0.0 0.0 Vlf_2, HIU
180 0.0 0.0 Vlfe_2, Hlfe_2
180 0.0 0.0 VlU, HIU
180 0.0 0.0 Vlfe_l, Hlfe_l
VI SSE R
. ~~.~.~~~-!':~
Calculation Sheet
Title: Longitudinal Wind Loads
Project: It win Dental (06-113)
Client: Hays
Date: 11-10-06
Page:
Wmd Analysis
Design Ctitetia: ASCE 7-02 Section 6.5: Analytical Procedure - Method II
Load Ctitetia: V:
Exposure:
100 mph wind speed
C
Building Geometry:
L: 35 feet (parallel to wind direction)
B: 13.5 feet (perpendicular to wind direction)
hfl : 0 feet from grade to first floor
hf2: 0 feet from grade to second floor
hr: 10 feet from grade to roof eave
theta: 0 degrees
h: 11.6875 feet mean roof height from grade
Design Procedure: Kd:
1:
Kz@z=O:
Kh:
Kzt:
GCpf:
o I MIN (0.10 L or 0.10 e ) or O.4n
o I MIN (0.04 L or- 0.04 e) or- 3Ft
0.85
I
0.85
0.84888
I
Wind Directionality Factor. ASCE 7-0
Imponance Factor, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-1. (p. 73)
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients. ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3, (p. 75)
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3, (p. 75)
Topographical Factor
External Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-10, (p. 56)
Surface
GCpi:
qz @ z=O:
qh:
p:
I IE
0.40 0.61 -0.53 -0.29
o Internal Pressure Coefficients. ASCE 7-02 Table 6-5, (p. 49)
18.50 psf =0.OO256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*Velocity ^ 2*lw
18.47 psf =0.00256*Kh*Kzt*Kd*Velocity ^ 2*Jw
Design Wind Pressures = q (GCpf - Gcpi)
Surface
4E
-0.43
I
7.40
4E
-7.94
Building Forces:
Pressure Surface Force Summary (plO
Location Area Pressure Width Force/ft angle Horizontal Vertical
Windward 1st Floor I 7.39 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 VwCI. HwU
0 Kz = 0.85 IE 11.27 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 Vwfe_l. Hwfe_l
mdward 2nd Floor I 7.39 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 Vwf_2. Hwf_2
0 Kz = 0.85 IE 11.27 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 Vwfe_2, Hwfe_2
Windward Eave I 7.39 1.6875 12.4684 0 12.5 0.0
10 Kz = 0.85 2 -12.75 17.5 -223.046 90 0.0 -223.0 General Horizontal Loads
Totals: 12.5 -223.0 Vwe. Hwe Per ASCE 7-02 MInimum Wind Load per IBC 1609.1.2
IE 11.27 1.6875 19.0\43 0 19.0 0.0 Roof Shear: 21.5 plf 16.9 pU
2E -19.76 17.5 -345.883 90 0.0 -345.9 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Totals: 19.0 -345.9 Vwee, Hwee 1st Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 pU
Ridge 2 -12.75 17.5 -223.046 90 0.0 -223.0
3 -6.83 17.5 -119.604 90 0.0 -119.6
Totals: 0.0 -342.7 Vr. Hr Incremental End Horizontal Loads
2E -19.76 17.5 -345.883 90 0.0 -345.9 Roof Shear: 10.9 pU
3E -9.79 17.5 -171.325 90 0.0 -171.3 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf
Totals: 0.0 -517.2 Vre. Hre 1st Floor: 0.0 plf
Leeward Eave 3 -6.83 17.5 -119.604 90 0.0 -119.6
4 -5.36 1.6875 -9.0396 180 9.0 0.0
Totals: 9.0 -119.6 VIe. Hie
3E -9.79 17.5 -171.325 90 0.0 -171.3
4E -7.94 1.6875 -\3.4035 180 13.4 0.0
Totals: 13.4 -171.3 Vlee. Hlee
Leeward 2nd Floor 4 -5.36 0 0 180 0.0 0.0 Vlf_2. HIC2
4E -7.94 0 0 180 0.0 0.0 Vlfe_2. Hlfe_2
Leeward 1st Floor 4 -5.36 0 0 180 0.0 0.0 VlU. HlU
4E -7.94 0 0 180 0.0 0.0 Vlfe_I, Hlfe_1
VIS 5 E R
Project: [twin Dental (06-113)
Client: Hays
Date: 11-10-06
mt ~~~.~.~
Calculation Sheet
Title: Carpon Seismic Loads
Page:
Seismic Loads
(Ren003 IBC and ASCE 7-O2)
Site Infonnation
Site Location: 1l&36~. Plln .\Il~I..'k~
Maximum Considered Earthquake. 5% Damped. at shon periods. Ss: I c 4
Maximum Considered Earthquake. 5% Damped. at period of 1 second. SI: ,1., I
Site Class: I'
lmportance Factor! It:
Fa:
1.02
1.50
Sms:
1.26
0.77
Fv:
Sml:
Sds:
Sdl:
Seismic Desi Cat.:
0.84 g
0.51 g
D
BuUdinglnfonnation
Design
Seismic Force Resisting System: Category 'D'
Category Classification R 0., Cd Height umit Ct x
"- Bearing Walls ught-framed walls with plywood sheathing 6.5 3 4 65 0.02 0.75
I-- ught-framed walls with steel sheets 6 3 4 65 0.02 0.75
I-- ught.framed walls with wallboard 2 2.5 2 35 0.02 0.75
I-- uglll-framed walls wi th flat strap bracing 4 2 3.5 65 0.02 0.75
I-- Special reinforced concrete shear walls 5 2.5 5 160 0.02 0.75
Soccial reinforced masonry shear walls 5 2.5 3.5 160 0.02 0.75
- Building Frame Special steel concentrically braced frames 6 2 5 160 0.02 0.75
- Special reinforced concrete shear walls 6 2.5 5 160 0.02 0.75
Soccial reinforced masontv shear walls 5.5 2.5 4 160 0.02 0.75
~ Invened Pendulum System Cantilevered column systems 2.5 2 2.5 35 0.02 0.75
Soccial steel moment frames 2.5 2 2.5 No limit 0.028 0.8
Building Classification: Omtilevered column sysrems
0= Sd.sIR = 0.337
hn: 10 feet
Approximate Fundamental Period. T a: 0.1125 seconds
k: I
Level
Roof
Floor
Floor
26.6 psf
,I psf
II sf
Area Wx S[O Hei t. hx Wh^k Cvx Fx
S,'" sf 21.28 kips Il' feet 212.8 1 7. 1 77 kips
,'.1 sf o kips () feet 0 0 o kips
,1.1 sf o ki s II feel 0 0 Oki
w.. 21.28 kips 212.8
v.. 7.J77ki
Redundan
Level r-max Ax
Roof l\~ 800 sf
Floor t' ~ 0.1 sf
Floor l),2 0.1 sf
rho-x
rho:
ASD Desi Combination Summ - IBC Section 1605.3.1
Level Fx
/WoE 5.02 kips
Floor 0.00 kips
Floor 0.00 ki
5.02 kips
0.00 kips
0.00 ki is
VI SSE R
~ ENGINEERING
.
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 36
Project: Irwin Dental (06-113)
Client: Hays
Date: 11-10-06
Page:
Beam Length:
30.8 feet
L
Dead Load; Unit Weight Beg. nib width End trib width
Roof: n.n pst ]] feet 11 feet
Floor: 0 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o feet o teet
Ext. wall; 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Floor; 0 psf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions; Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.2 psf
Beg. trib width
11 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
11 feet
Reaction
o poun
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 3822 pounds o pounds 4089.34 pounds /912 2.37 in.
End 3822 pounds o pounds 4089.34 pounds 7912 2.37 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from suppon, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
293 3 t.- s.
3356 lbs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.565
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF - 0.90394 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,169 psi 2,494 psi CR= I DSL = 0.605 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = I DSL+LL = 0.605 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99977 DTL - 1.1 7 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 37.75 in. 2 Area, A - 115.31 in. ., 2
Sect. Mod., S = 292.61 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 432.42 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 3,703.03 in. ^ 4 1= 4864.75 in. ^ 4
II
22.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
II
Provide:
5.125
x
VI SSE R
Project: Irwin Dental (06-113)
Client: Hays
a ENGINEERING
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 37
Date: 11-10-06
Page:
Beam Length:
13.3 feet
l
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: n.() psf 6 feet 6 feet
Floor: 0 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf Oleet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 0 pst o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
G
Snow load:
Roof:
Beam Reactions:
End trib width
6 feet
Reaction
o pounds
o pounds
o pounds
Snow Load
961.13 poun
961.13 pounds
unit weight
2-+.2 psf
Beg. trib width
6 feet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
Dead Load
898 poun
898 pounds
Live Load
o poun
o pounds
Require
Bearing
Length
O. in.
0.56 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear:*
*Taken distance 'd' from suppon, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
2976 t.- s.
797 lbs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.166
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF = I DLL = 0
Bending, Fb 2,400 psi 2,760 psi CR = I DSL = 0.178 limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = I IDSL+LL = 0.178 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99991 DTL = 0.344 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 8.96 in.' 2 Area, A = 46.13 in.' 2
Sect. Mod., S = 26.78 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 69.19 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., 1= 161.60 in. ^ 4 1= 311.34 in. ^ 4
II
Provide:
x
9
Glu-lam,24F-V4
II
5.125
VI SSE R
Project: Irwin Dental (06-113)
Client: Hays
B ENGINEERING
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:Hcadcr 2
Date: 11-10-06
Page:
Beam Length: 6.25 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End trib width
Roof: 22.0 psf 13.07 feet 13.07 feet
Floor: 0 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
In t. wall: 40 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 OTeet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End nib width
Floor: 0 pst o feet o teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit wei ht
24.2 psf
Beg. trib width
13.67 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
13.67 feet
Reaction
o pounds
Beam # 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 965 pounds o pounds 1032.91 pounds 1998 038 in.
End 965 pounds o pounds 1032.91 pounds 1998 0.58 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead+ Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 1509 ft.-Ibs. 3122.43 tt.-Ibs.
Maximum Shear: * 772 lbs. 1599 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from suppon, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.042
Bear'g, perp to grain 625 psi CF - I DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 750 psi 862 psi CR= I DSL = 0.045 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu = ] DSL+LL = 0.045 U 300
Elasticity, E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL = 0.99996 DTL = 0.086 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 12.27 in. ~ 2 Area, A - 41.25 in. ~ 2
Sect. Mod., S = 43.44 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 51.56 in. ^ 3
Mom. oflner., I = 53.50 in. ^ 4 1= 193.36 in. ^ 4
II
8
Doug. Fir #2
II
Provide:
6
x
VISS E R
a ~t'lCINE[RINC
Shear Wall Desirn: x-x Direction
Wall # 11 Locanon: L3rporr ~hC3r \\"alls
Total Length of Shear Panels: 13.l113 feet
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: 11,'8 feet
Plate Height: I''.l'l' teet
Lateral Loads:
Roof: ~OI lbs. + l' lbs. - 591 lbs.
"t:l Floor: II Ibs. + l' lbs. = 0 lbs.
c
~ Floor: ,1 lbs. + l' lbs. = 0 lbs.
Floor: ,1 lbs. + l' lbs. = 0 lbs.
591 lbs.
Upper Roof: 2~12 lbs. + \1 lbs. = 2512 lbs.
u
6 Floor: ,1 lbs. + " lbs. = 0 lbs.
.l!l Floor: \' lbs. + II lbs. = 0 lbs.
"
'"
Floor: " lbs. + " lbs. = 0 lbs.
2512 lbs.
Wall Desilffi:
Wind Shear - 1.3 Vwind!L: 59 plf. Reauires Tvve: 1
Seismic Shear = VeIL: 192 plf. Reauires Tvve: 1
Shear Wall Aspect Ratio - H;W: 0.76435 Shear capacitv reduction: 1
Holdown Desilffi:
Wind Uplift from Above: l) pounds
Wind Uplift = (1.3 Vwind!L) . Plate Height: 587 pounds
Total Wind Holdown Force: 587 DOunds
Seismic Uplift from Above: II pounds
Seismic Uplift = (VeIL) . Plate Height: 1920 pounds
Total Seismic Holdown Force: 192 0 DOunds
Holdown Selection: MST37 {32al or PHD2/HD2A {32k}
ri = 0.3822
Wall # 2 Location:
Total Length of Shear Panels: I.lll' feet
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: I.lll' feet
Plate Hei~ht: IL).l'l) leet
Lateral Loads:
Roof: l' Ibs. + l' Ibs. - 0 lbs.
"t:l Floor: l' Ibs. + " Ibs = 0 lbs.
c
~ Floor: l' lbs. + " lbs. = 0 lbs.
Floor: ,1 lbs. + " lbs. = 0 Ibs.
0 lbs.
u Roof: l' lbs. + l' lbs. - 0 lbs.
.6 Floor: " Ibs. + 0 Ibs. = 0 lbs.
.l!l Floor: \' lbs. + l' Ibs. = 0 lbs.
.x
Floor: ,1 lbs. + L' lbs. = 0 lbs.
0 Ibs.
Wall Desim:
Wind Shear - 1.3 VwindIL: o plf. Reouires Tvve: 1
Seismic Shear = VeIL: o plf. Reauires Tvve: 1
Shear Wall Aspect Ratio - H;W: 10 Shear capacitv reduction: 0.2
Holdown Design:
Wind Uplift from Above: \' pounds
Wind Uplift = (1.3 Vwind!L) . Plate Height: o pounds
Total Wind Holdown Force: o oounds
Seismic Uplift from Above: l' pounds
Seismic Uplift = (VeIL) · Plate Height: o pounds
Total Seismic Holdown Force: o oounds
Holdou71 Selection: MST37 {32aJ or PHD2/HD2A {32kJ
Project: Irwin Dental (06-11::
Client: Hays
Date: 9/25/2006
Page:
Wall # 31 Location:
Total Length of Shear Panels: 1.\10 feet
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: I.l'l' feet
Plate Height: Il'.l'l' leet
Lateral Loads:
Roof: l' lbs. + l' Ibs. - 0 lbs.
"t:l Floor: l' lbs. + l' lbs. = 0 lbs.
c
~ Floor: " Ibs. + l' lbs. = 0 lbs.
Floor: ,1 Ibs. + l' Ibs. = 0 Ibs.
0 Ibs.
Upper Roof: l' lbs. + l' lbs. - 0 Ibs.
u
.~ Floor: l' Ibs. + l' lbs. = 0 Ibs.
.OJ Floor: l' lbs. + ,1 lbs. = 0 lbs.
'" Floor: lbs. lbs. = Ibs.
" + " 0
0 lbs.
Wall Design:
Wind Shear - 1.3 VwindIL: o plf. Reauires Tvve: 1
Seismic Shear = VeIL: o plf. Reauires Tvve: 1
Shear Wall Aspect Ratio = H;W: 10 Shear caoacitv reduction: 0.2
Holdown Design:
Wind Uplift from Above: l' pounds
Wind Uplift = (1.3 VwindIL) · Plate Height: o pounds
Total Wind Holdown Force: o oounds
Seismic Uplift from Above: l' pounds
Seismic Uplift = (VeIL) . Plate Height: o pounds
Total Seismic Holdown Force: o oounds
Holdown Selection: MST37 {32al or PHD2/HD2A {32k}
ri=
o
Wall # 41 ocation:
Total Length of Shear Panels: !.l'l' feet
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: I.l\' feet
Plate Hei~ht: il'."l' teet
Lateral Loads:
Roof: l' lbs. + l' lbs. - 0 Ibs.
"t:l Floor: \' lbs. + " lbs. = 0 lbs.
c
~ Floor: " lbs. + II lbs. = 0 lbs.
Floor: l' lbs. + " lbs. = 0 lbs.
0 Ibs.
Roof: l' Ibs. + l' Ibs. = 0 lbs.
u Floor: lbs. Ibs. lbs.
.~ " + l' = 0
.OJ Floor: l' lbs. + II Ibs. = 0 lbs.
'" Floor: lbs. lbs. lbs.
L) + l' = 0
0 lbs.
Wall Design:
Wind Shear = 1.3 Vwind!L: o plf. Reauires Tvve: 1
Seismic Shear = VeIL: o plf. Reauires Tvve: 1
Shear Wall Aspect Ratio = H;W: 10 Shear canacitv reduction: 0.2
Holdown Design:
Wind Uplift from Above: o pounds
Wind Uplift = (1.3 VwindJL) . Plate Height: o pounds
Total Wind Holdown Force: o oounds
Seismic Uplift from Above: " pounds
Seismic Uplift = (VeIL) . Plate Height: o pounds
Total Seismic Holdown Force: o DOunds
Holdown Selection: MST37 {32aJ or PHD2/HD2A {32kj
VI SSE R
iD ~NCINEER~~~
Calculation Sheet
Title: Carport Column
Project: Irwin Dental (06-113)
Client: Hays
Date: 11-10-06
Page:
Column Desil!n (Total Lateral Load)
Total Shear:
Number of Poles in Structure:
Shear per Pole:
Height of Pole:
Moment per Pole:
Material:
Size:
lb:
Deflection:
2510
I
2510
10
25100
HSS Steel Column
HSS 8x8x5/16
14075
0.58
pounds
each
pounds
feet
foot-pounds
psi - ok-
inches
< 40480 psi
L/ 206.042
Sx: 21.4 inches^3
Ix: 85.6 inches^4
E: 29000000 psi
Use:
HSS 8x8x5/16
VISS E R
;iii '~NL'N"_~~
Design of Shallow Anchors
Criteria:
Steel Grade \ ~I 'i fu. "'~ k..--i
fv, \p k.c:;i
Concrete Srrenglh. fc': '"i"ll psi
Thickness of concrete foundation or slab' 12 inch~
Is concrete cracked? 11 15 supplemen~nr provided? n
Is bi.-<;e plate grouted? '-
SneciallnsDecdon: "
Project: Irwin Dental (06-113)
Cliene Ha~'s
Date: 1111 4/06
Page:
Embedment
(h,0
Anchor Specification
Type of Anchor:
Ca.<:;[.in:
Post-installed:
Headed Srud:
Headed Bolt.
Hooked Bolt:
Lenpth of hook. eh:
2 inch~
Anchor Tension SrrenR:th per ACI noS
ACI O.~I ACI0.5.2 ACI 0.~.3 AD 0.~.4
Sted stren"rh Concrete breakoUl suen th Pullom srren{'Jrh Side-face blowout srrenpth
fll1max: 58 ksi ''\0''': 576 10- '/;. I.' ^"", 1.28 in"
,.
n' 2 each A,,' 864 10. , Abrg: 1.28 in! c, 31 in
......' O.441786H in......2 if,' I d,.' 0,75 in N.t>: 350.28 k
N,: ill':' kips em...: 31 inches Np: il I', kips N~: ~ i( \ 2 t" \<
y,. I Npn: 71 -;ll kips
if,' 1.25
k, 24
Nb= 27.1~ kips
N"" ill.ul kips
Seismic
Axial..:
Shear:
. Eccencric loads (moment resistance) are nO[ considered
"Positive axial loads are compre5Sive
_1{),i'1l2u()
2,il
Factored Reactions per ACI 9.2
Anchor Anchor
Equation Combinatk"">O Axial (1<) Shear (k) Tension (k)
(9-l) U ~ 1.4(0) 6.61 0.00 0.00
(9-2) U : 1.2{D) + 1.6(L) + O.5(Lr or 5 or R) 8.20 0.00 0.00
(9-3) U = 1.2(0) + I 6(5) + 1.0(L) 13.78 0.01.1 0.00
(9-3) U : 1.2(0) . 1.6(5) . 08(W2) 13 78 0.00 llOO
(9-3) U = 1.2(0) + 1.0(5) + 08(W\J 13.78 0.00 1.1.00
(9~4) U ~ 12(0) . 1.6(W\J + 1.0(L) + 0.5(5) 8,20 0.00 0.00
(9-4) U : 12(0) + 1.6(W2) + 1.0(l) + 0 5(5) 8.2l) 0.00 0.00
(9~5) U ~ I 2(D) + 1.(l(E) . 1.0(L) + 0.2(5) -30,11 2.51 30.11
(9-5) U ~ 1.2(0) . I Ore) + I O(Ll + 0 2(5) 43.47 ~2.51 O.OI.J
(9~6) U : 09(0) + 1.6(W\J .25 0.00 0.00
(9-6) U = 0.9(0) + I 6(W2) . 25 0.00 0.01.1
(9~7) U ~ 0.9(0) + 1.0(E) ~32.54 2.51 32.54
(9-7) U - 0.9(0) - 1.0(E) "1.lH -2.51 0.00
Shear Sten~th
ACI0.5.1 ACI0.6.2 ACI 0.6.3
Steel screnoth Concrete Breakou[ . PntOU[
rU1max: '58 ksi A.,' 43145 in k..' 2
n, 2 each 1\,(~~IlCh...'l"l; 930 inl Vep: Illl ~1 kips
A..' 0.44l8 in. ^ 2 Avl....,o.nch,-..s): 1074 in ,
v..,: j(1 7i kips ''\.(l..'ur.nch..-..s): 1074 in~
A..".....nclt......J: 1074 in ,
.'\.1I,-.u1): 1074 in
~' . I
,.
if,' 0.9
Y, \.4
,.
Vb: 83 99 kip'
Vo.' 2(\.2t-' kips
Interaction or Tensile and Shear Forces Der ACI D.7
Anchor capachy is controlled by: concrete
Tension 4> : 0.7
Shear tp : 1.1.7
Vu/<PVn Nu(<PNn Interaction
0.00 000 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 000
000 0.00 0.00
O.lXl 0.00 0.00
000 0.00 0.00
014 0.85 0.8~
014 0.00 0.14
000 0.00 0.00
0.00 0.00 0.00
0.1' ll91 091
0.14 0.00 0.14
I Govemin~ Tension Strength. Nn:
50.91 kips I
Governing Shear Strength. Vo:
26.28 kips I
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
. ENGINEERING
Project: XK\.. j it'') LE:.t-..l7fll- C ~ \0 - 113}
Client: HA 'I ~
Date:
Page:
~+(6Ch_ c.eY--?::)~L._CC)L~-J{nN f?R U-.;,!Y1B(r'-!~D. f\'&iI\\...E "Ei,;,J,jDilolhq
cnqcr '1) : 3;KD tf72.cJi
p:. YQ''O'' CS:. ~O 5"010:lt
1.5 I c>o 11- f.I
{V\~ 2~O ~. FT ( . tt: ':,
fo\(
LL
1.20 + I.DE
.l... (' ('
, .,-z. ~
(-fZ"" IC)
?\J :. ~L~_ ) (}]Z'?_J _ -tn.CZ)( .~070,-,,) -::. r;;.(p~' K
i D <:;C)
(Y\\..j -:.
( "u \ ~15 I DO J .'lJ
~-J-'-'.h._n_..q -. ! . .__.
/o~)
_ ,5,8~ /,,f'r -:: .'130.30 t'/N
fc\2- ~jSS S'xf (., S//faX /0' TIK..L
/"/"D 310 L
'Pc... -I,J ~ .
-=-)
"FJ
t/J d' N
.1<-
.~.~~
::.. --.--
3/0
~
I az.2-
I ?
...... I I....
> tv + (\11-.) .s !. C)
-......--. --""'----
g)(.t\~ ~ b (n "'\
0tfV1 ~ ... ~ l; f,,/ -2 ::: (. 9 '/4(')( 2S. \) ::; !c1;;9 hI If-\
,Dz.2. -+
Lf30
1C)3i
-::. 0, 'i3 &; (, lit)
=) ~
~l)~)~__~~~_ '"~ ^ ~!.~~!f,,~.:==c-
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
II ENGINEERING
Project:
Client:
Date:
Page:
L
BfARIN~ PRESS~~:
I " ",
^ ~ ,:>u t't'f... 4 -CQ X (p - (q ~Il ~E. Foorlrv ,.,
~ ~ l{ql-z..,~~ (\l~/;t770 '>
M =-
""iLl(,
o"f'
7J. -.{-I
-z.5100
~ ~tllt -- ~A "f. IVX; ~ -: Y4;. ('S)(~S)1. - 'IS./7 ft J
-
,I
I tQ\,-% ~ 1- ~5(OO r+X
-::. 45.-17 fi J
. lP.5 -
~%:2. P~f + 5"V~ ~p ~~O P;F \ < 150Cl( o/~) ~ 2ta:J /SF
~ -:
- llatt j?H~
. MF!--:' ().V;(I(ot;~~)((o'V2-) - 1.1t;(f?S1t,-r-l < Mo;
Nh/
1\ SSvY"E.
,I
/l.e ,ijlLI'.. FoOT IlVh
M =
J'
o.(P C '-I77,o~ + 'SO(I(PIr'1-)("C;)~) ".~ -
2~(p &-1 -II.-fI > Mtrr
() 1<" V
- -
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
iii ENGINEERING
Project:
Client:
Date:
Page:
J
'Df:Tt.~MI10e UL-"T/t11IlTE i3fAI<..INh A:2..e.SSVi-f ~
'.7- D t I.DE i.O,'2 s
PI.\,: 1.'2. ('-177.0'1. -f- @'iSO") -t 1.0 (O.1,.oktf. 41'LO~) t 0.7..(5070")
- 't;~tJY"'" -t 7CZS~ 1 1014' ~ /I(pIO ~
MR :. 1.'1.( 1~llo--')(&,.'o/"Z---) - I,O(7q~~)("Y,-,) .,. O,1.(S07r7)("Y;j
\.\..
""" 51~ <..R3 ~ - {-{
5"20% { '1" . f1
- "Z t:;; 77 'lI --r-l
i 329(p ~ f-l
-:::
MDT;;' I. 0 ( 1.5100 it--f7 . o/~) - '"5 S 4f.o(P +- 11
n -=.. M~ - MOT /p -::
v... /1 (.06;
W /.. ' > W(_ (
e -:. /1- - Q :: Z.I q I~ -:. I.o~
"2 Pl4.1
tu.,., ~ 1'3ct-:; II D1 S- ~f~ '
("S
(170'1 P<,f / Fr )
I-~I'l-, ~ (V"/tt.. ') '- ~ 3./ g- I
., .
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
. ENCINEERINC
Project:
Client:
Date:
Page:
if
ct
DE SI~N Fo (/flrJ'" '.
PIA.
~.'Z.~.
"3.t.$'
A,>~vMt C-FtI'TlL--AL <;'Cc../IO"-' ,~ e f~L.f OF g t& CoLU/1I\N
DUE. - WAy SHeAi'
\Iv... -:. Y-z.. enoL( P}f) ( 2. q I' ')
/1./
~
:: 1'-1 'i5 ~
~ Yr, -:. O'L~(7-)J'7.50o-'(I1...)(I(p'_?/') ::: //700.4
'./ v... <. tR 1./ c- oIL /'
tWO "'Wft~ <;"J~A~
P1A ~ nUl ID! (P.s' ~ '//7 PSF
. 7..
Ae ~ (;.f;2. - (2.Yl"2-) .,. 59,I~s-r
\!Vv -=- t../ 17 f7<:>F (- 40 s ~ ') ~ I Co. ~ y; K
b() ~ 2. ( 2.~t.- ') '2. ::: CP11"2. ~
~ Vc -=- 0.7:;. if J z. SI!)) -1 (~.Il~:, 7.- ) ,..~" ;: ,q ~ f(. > V VI.
of'. /
~;;
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
II ENGINEERING
Project:
Client:
Date:
Page:
s-
gEND/V'-Jh :
l"1,^- -:. y \Iv ( '1.1 V3) -
'2tt~r;-4l ($1/~/5 ') ':.
'2 ~ 3 '-f 1- fi/
IF7
I I _'I /I
d -:. Iw --~
::: ,>"
s::': IJ"l/ 1"2(I'S)Y.:: (j.If..pCf
r ';. Q I r7..OI.:>O ~ ( rzoGe> (
K - t-'\lAJ _? , V~ / ~ /5. c.-
IA.. - If - I (),/v9 Q
~ f) ~ /J -:. o.cct~
f f ~I'\J
1\-; ~ e~c': O,?- % o/rf
> # t.f e g (~L
1f~e Is ~l
UD
) A~ ~ 0,7..-1
-::-
_01 '2..1 ((poO!J<})
o. ~ s( 'Z-SOO)l" z ")
"
Gt-:::
A~ fj
6,&s-f~ h
- 0, (p~
~ M"'\
~ A~ {y (d - Yv) -- 0\9 (Ot,,?) ~o( n - O,CRo/~):: /9f6 f::.-/AJ
L lIP. q- *-- 1/ )
~ Mf\ > MI-L
o~~
-
" ~
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
II ENCINEERINC
Project:
Client:
IKWIt-..\ \>~~K_ (cj;:,- IlS)
t-\ A'-/ 2J
Date:
Page:
c \:)~~~c;ml~_~~f__._~~_~.(!1N _~ .F ~TI "). ~_ _. .
'P,-,::. t1.lp' ~
I
I
I
I
I /.} i
I <<Iu !
/I
r-:r-
'\") :1
~r0 ;1
i
mu ~ '35. <t~ ~ I rT -= l.f.3o. '3'0 f:.. IN
/
l"O~ OF .fu\;::,TI~(\
..-----,
rr:-r
I
J
j ----_.~- -- -..- -_..--- -.
I
I
I
I
i
i II
,j
11ft 2'/
;A
Q" I,. ".,:
..;;, ,r..
I
i
lVe /1<-"
\J
L (IlA ::; D ""4-'30' - (.17. f..e )(LS... ') :-= ,'3(Qo 1<-- IN
PT ~
\j
(VI
d
"3~o
..-'-. riS'-
::'
3~ t
z.F'i =-a
"?-r, + 'Y...) - 1'(.\.\ =-
1 CR ~ 17. ~ :: f C-.
fev -:. 5"3.l.R K
'. ~
CALCULATION SHEET
Tille:
VI SSE R
II ENCINEERINC
Project: -"7 ( \) j -" \ iEN"TJo-'\ ~ (cA-, -1/ ~ )
Client: .l..i~Q, '-.(:-:~
Dale:
Page:
"""-C Ir. \
1...)::::..0 ( ,"::'tf'..j
-PI.- rOY', 1~:iS}.\~1 r'J~__
l f1-----i-~'1
~-=-=~-~--~-lH:q' - ~s~-! J\
I .--.--- ~. t
I
fGl.l - 5j, Ie Ie,
1/3 l1-.,- 4'1,) =: 'XI
Y... I -: 311-"'t1l
(\ 13\ 3'/2.) ~ II 3 (X lJ
V'? _
A. r..., -
f II
31/2
=>
XI + X'Z.. :::.
'{ , I
10 Z
~
(1/2.\./ 10'12 (f, \ -.: r~ I~,t
,;, , . Pu 1 :>>.U<'
\' - - /0.'2..1 r..11t~
'rv -
i\ ' \, {r-' \ - .
11 \..D t'-J'C\ 1.-12. 1,\ (.",,\11-1
j-
):f>r -'- "1; -
"""-, ; r '-' ..
10, 'Z- /
-'--
IS
c-F
':: O.(P~
(Vlt1~.Dl~JtLf;e:,~)y-L0S~_..~__f~-E: __~___~~l~Ell.:L_.
(~ K j (,:, /IT.: {- -.- 3, 112""==J
,,' 1 / / -;.._~_~ ~
p=. -- .-.--. -~-
((D(nPR(":,SS!()t-\'j .1
."E_1__t __1.. j _J _J~_.tj O:ifs-o ~s~
fl1u .:: /l/z)(5'.s)(a'2-:2..')(?13\('3.s\ + /
1'- (oii~t:,:S)/z :- ;:cP;"'/I'-\) -^'tr~ [0 U1- r-s~
-I
o.~8 .. ___
---: - "1
IO.~ ~~~
f~ o.L{S-
ks~
.. >-
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
. ENCINEERINC
Project: ~'V....\.J-..~I",\ ~j,- \it\L
Client: 'HA\.IS
('1'''''' ~ II <' ')
\. ,._ ..... ..J
I
Date:
Page:
( T0tJ:s/(~tS)
17/
1/ /
'Z. 1\
+--~
), ,,~
1 f'.
1"-
, "-.
l .
;""
I "-
<Yl01t ::. ( 1 4 )l2 )
15
(~
-.::. '1,~ r... 'N/If'~ < -
(1i l_GfT:
'-.
"?T\J -- .1lR K
i!. R- ~\:u
- (VllJ
---
fb
4.8
(. 'f' .13I~\
. }. I
::; f). It..! ~ ' ~ ~~
4
= '> t --I (eft:', /Lf2{ )-=-
I
== ~/77 \~
,
\l
> 1'h I II / II .:"
:::: U~ Tt:- . ' X I - 3> ,!::l ~_
ANCHO",A~~ c:;f .Jt._ T(,~ fC;:~T/J',y~
I,..., \ '::' ,....
rDK lL.) t~..:t.. T~
) f-..j -rc:-t:.J5JON '
?(\.l -. ::..11L. ::.
~2.
. - '~
I~
I ' (" l:. \
\r--C-:J.,)Jt;/'j'" /2.cp )
\J - 151C?- :; ().(P2~ '<./lD__'T
4
<::'. [;;: -':J,'\".,-
.......:,~.,.... In.'>:;.,
(()K _ )lL~~~~0g_,.PSS:.~1~~.,=.-
VI SSE R
j! ENGINEERING
.
i.
~
STRUCTURAL CALCULATIONS
Project: Irwin Dentistry Clinic
~ -el1 East 8m Street
Port Angeles, WA 98 362
Project No.: 06-113
Client:
Hays Architects
PO Box 322
Sequim, W A 98382
By:
Craig Schaper, P.E.
Mike Visser, P. E.
Date:
August 15, 2006
ENGINEERING
~;;;
Gravity Loads
Roof Load:
D
E
A
D
F oor Load:
L
0
A
D
Unit Wei t:
1. ps
12.0 psI'
3.0 psI'
2,8 psI'
1.0 psI'
0.0 psI'
2,0 sf
2,
Roo Loa
L Snow Load: 25,0 psf
I Roof Slope: 6 in 12"
Roof Slope = 26.57 degrees
V
Rs = (5/40) - 1/2 = 0,125 psf/deg
E
Desi n Snow Load: 24.18 sf
L
Floor Load:
Item: Unit Weight:
Office: 50.0 psf
0,0 psf
." - 0,0 psf
" psf
psf
psf
0.0 psf
o
A
D
. f~.i
.. . " .~~ i
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Date: 7-28-06
Page: !.l.I
Seismic Roof Load:
Item:
Roo S eathing - 5/8 P ywoo
Tile Roofing:
Roof Framing:
5/8" Gypsum Wall Board:
Insulation:
Walls:
Mise.:
Unit Wei t:
1.8 ps
12 psI'
3 psI'
2.8 psI'
1 psi
4,0 psi
2.0 sf
Unit Wei t:
2.5 ps
2 psI'
3 psI'
2,8 psI'
10,0 psi
8.0 psi
3.7 sl
2,
VIS 5 E R
~ r::..~,~..~.:~.~.~..'~'_!..~..~
Project: 06.113
Client: Hays - I[\\;n Dental
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 1.2.1
Calculation Sheel
Title: Front Elevation
Wmd Analysis
Design Criteria: ASCE 7-02 Section 6.5: Analytical Procedure - Method II
I-'-~[J
Q : MIN (0.10 L or 0.10 e .l or o..:()
o ! ~:JIi (o.o~ l Of 0 ~ e , o~ 3it
- .
load CI;teria: V:
Exposure:
100
C
mph wind speed
'-S~~~l
(~)
:-_.~---
.
'.
(~)
Building Geometry:
L: 70
B: 90
hfl: 0
hf2: 0
hr: 11
theta: 26.5651
h: 19.75
feet (parallel to wind direction)
feel (perpendicular to wind direction)
feet from grade to first floor
feet from grade to second floor
feet from grade to roof eave
degrees, roof pitch = 6 in 12
feet mean roof height from grade
(~)-'I~.', -~.-/:.:
".',:: 1 '.
l}j ;.~'~_I,t~{~.......
\
(~)
". "
" '< I~:
....1 1,I.l
~>t~
~_::)<
.....11..)
~ '-Z~C-~ ....,,_': "
~..~c~_o.-.\..
'~AS~~~"3='5
'1.
Design Procedure: Kd:
1:
Kz @ z=O:
Kh:
Kzt:
GCpf:
0.85
I
0.85
0.98225
I
Wind Directionality Factor, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-4, (p. 76)
Importance Factor, ASCE 7-02 Table 6.1. (p. 73)
VelOCity Pressure Exposure Coefficients. ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3, (p. 75)
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3, (p. 75)
Topographical Factor
Exlernal Pressure Coefficients. ASCE 7-02 Table 6.10. (p. 56)
Surface
I I I E I 2 I 2E I 3 I 3E 1 4 I 4E
0.55 I 0.73 I -0.10 I -0,19 -0.45 -r -0.58 .0.39 I .0.53
0.18 Internal Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-5, (p. 49)
18.50 psf =0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd'Velocity~ 2 *Iw
21.37 psf =0.00256*Kh*Kzt*Kd*Velocity ~ 2 *Iw
Design Wind Pressures = q (GCpf - Gcpi)
Surface
-----
GCpi:
qz @ z=O:
qh:
p:
I I IE I 2 I 2E 3 I 3E 4 I 4E
6.84 I 10,13 I ,5.97 I -7.91 -13.41 I -16.35 -12.20 I -15.28
Building Forces:
Pressure Surface Force Summary (plO
z location Area Pressure Width Force/ft angle Horizontal Vertical
Windward I St Floor I 8.42 0 0 0 0.0 0,0 VwU. HwU
0 Kz = 0.98 IE 12.23 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 Vwfe_l, Hwfe_l
Windward 2nd Floor 1 8.42 5.5 46.3089 0 46.3 0.0 Vwf_2, Hwf_2
0 Kz = 0.98 IE 14.65 5.5 80.556 0 80.6 0,0 Vwfe_2. Hwfe_2
Windward Eave I 8.42 5.5 46.3089 0 46.3 0.0
II Kz = 0.98 2 -5.97 19.5656 -116,736 63.4349 .52.2 -104.4 General Horizontal Loads
Totals: -5,9 -104.4 Vwe. Hwe Per ASCE 7-02 Minimum Wind LoadperlBC 1609.1.2
IE 12.23 5.5 67.2444 0 67.2 0.0 Roof Shear: 243.6 plf 230.0 plf
2E -7.91 19,5656 ,154.849 63.4349 -69.3 -138.5 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Totals: -2,0 -138.5 Vwee, Hwee 1st Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Ridge 2 -5.97 19.5656 -116.736 63.4349 -52.2 -104,4
3 -13.41 19.5656 -262.279 116.565 117,3 -234.6
Totals: 65.1 -339,0 Yr. Hr Incremental End Horizontal Loads
2E -7.91 19.5656 -154.849 63.4349 -69.3 -138.5 Roof Shear: 55.4 plf
3E .16.35 19.5656 -319.899 116.565 143.1 -286.1 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf
Totals: 73,8 -424.6 Vre, Hre 1st Floor: 0.0 plf
leeward Eave 3 -13.41 19.5656 -262.279 116.565 117.3 -234.6
4 -12.20 5.5 -67.0786 180 67.1 0.0
Totals: 184.4 -234,6 Vle. HIe
3E -16.35 19.5656 -319.899 116.565 143.1 .286.1
4E -15.28 5,5 .84.0477 180 84.0 0,0
Totals: 227,1 -286,1 Vlee, Hlee
leeward 2nd Floor 4 -12.20 5.5 -67.0786 180 67.1 0,0 VlU. HIU
4E -15.28 5.5 -84.0477 180 84,0 0.0 Vlfe_2, Hlfe_2
leeward 1st Floor 4 -12.20 0 0 180 0.0 0,0 VlU, HIU
4E -15.28 0 0 180 0,0 0.0 Vlfe_l. Hlfe_l
VISS E R
ENC1NEERINC
..---~-.'--'" ".-. .. .
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lruin Dental
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 1.2.2
Calculation Sheet
Title: Side Elevation
Wmd Analysis
Design Criteria: ASCE 7-02 Section 6.5: Analytical Procedure. Method II
10: MIN(O.rCLorC.lOB.)orO.u-, J
" ~ MIN (0.04 l Of" 0-0'-; B ) or 3Ft
load Criteria: V:
b'posure:
100
C
mph wind speed
~D / _~/(I)
-$- (:0,,<'/' ~/t-'- 0" '"
@ /~:;:,. ~'-.'./ / -', '- ~
. 'm~'f-.-:. - "".@?'8..G'-'
~(;;';: .~ /.-~~ ~! //
~ _<,,~~' C0 I~~ 0; _,/ :>
~"'c>",- ~ / <E>
~~C<. ~______ l:s':: .cB~."
qS~I~.. '" 0.~>1 /'//- ~<~i).
ED,,~ .,/ ------..:., ./ '
Building Geomeny: l:
B:
hf!:
hf2:
hr:
theta:
h:
70
66
o
o
II
26.5651
19.75
feet (parallel to wind direction)
feet (perpendicular to wind direction)
feet from grade to first Ooor
feet from grade to second Ooor
feet from grade to roof eave
degrees. roof pitch = 6 in 12
feet mean roof height from gmde
Design Procedure: Kd: 0.85 Wind Directionality Factor. ASCE 7-02 Table 6-4, (p. 76)
I: I Importance Factor, ASCE 7-02 Table 6.1, (p. 73)
Kz @ z=O: 0.85 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients. ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3, (p 75)
Kh: 0.98225 Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6.3. (p. 75)
Kzt: 1 Topographical Factor
GCpf: External Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-10, (p. 56)
Surface
1 I IE I 2 I 2E 3 I 3E I 4 I 4E
0.55 I 073 I -0.10 I -0.19 -0.45 I -0.58 -0.39 I -0.53
GCpi: 0.18 Internal Pressure Coefficients. ASCE 7-02 Table 6-5. (p. 49)
qz@ z=O: 18.50 psf =0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*Velocity^ 2 *Iw
qh: 21.37 psf =0.00256*Kh*Kzt*Kd*Velocity^ 2 *Iw
p: Design Wind Pressures = q (GCpf - GcpiJ
Surface
1 I IE I 2 I 2E 3 I 3E 4 I 4E
6.84 I 10.13 I -5.97 I -7.91 -13.41 I -16.35 .12.20 I -15.28
Building Forces:
Pressure Surface Force Summaty (plD
z location Area Pressure Width Force/ft angle Horizontal Vertical
Windward 1st Floor 1 8.42 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 VwU. HwU
0 Kz = 0.98 IE 12.23 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 Vwfe_I, Hwfe_l
Windward 2nd Floor I 8.42 5.5 46.3089 0 46,3 0.0 Vwf_2. Hwf_2
0 Kz = 0.98 IE 14.65 5.5 80.556 0 80.6 0,0 Vwfe_2, H\\1e_2
Windward Eave I 8.42 5.5 46.3089 0 46.3 0.0
11 Kz = 0.98 2 -5.97 19.5656 -116.736 63.4349 -52.2 -104.4 General Horizontal loads
Totals: -5.9 -104,4 Vwe. Hwe Per ASCE 7-02 Minimum Wind Load per IBC 1609.1.2
IE 12.23 5.5 67.2444 0 67.2 0.0 Roof Shear: 243.6 plf 230.0 plf
2E -7.91 19.5656 -154.849 63.4349 .69.3 -138.5 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Totals: -2,0 -138,5 Vwee, Hwee I Sl Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Ridge 2 -5.97 19.5656 -116.736 63.4349 -52.2 ,104.4
3 -13.41 19.5656 -262.279 116.565 117.3 -234.6
Totals: 65.1 -339,0 Yr. Hr Incremental End Horizontal loads
2E -7.91 19.5656 -154.849 63.4349 -69.3 .138.5 Roof Shear: 55.4 pIC
3E -16.35 19.5656 -319.899 116.565 143.1 -286.1 2 nd Floor: 0.0 plf
Totals: 73.8 -424.6 Vre, Hre 1st Floor: 0.0 pIf
leeward Eave 3 -13.41 19.5656 -262.279 116.565 117.3 -234.6
4 -12.20 5.5 -67.0786 180 67.1 0.0
Totals: 184,4 -234.6 Vle. Hle
3E -16.35 19.5656 -319.899 116.565 143.1 -286.1
4E -15.28 5.5 .84.0477 180 84.0 0.0
Totals: 227,1 -286.1 Vlee. Hlee
leeward 2nd Floor 4 -12.20 5.s -67.0786 180 67.1 0,0 VlU. HIU
4E -15.28 5.5 -84.0477 180 84.0 0.0 Vlfe_2, Hlfe_2
leeward 1st Floor 4 -12.20 0 0 180 0,0 0.0 \1U, HIU
4E -15.28 0 0 180 0,0 0.0 Vlfe_l. Hlfe_1
VISS E R
.. ~..~.~..~.~.~.~-~.~ .~.-~
Calculation Sheet
Project: 1I,,;n Dcntal Clinic
Client: Hays Architects
Date: 8-9-06
Page: 1.2.3
Title: front Elevation - Entry Roof
lo: MIN 10.10 L or OJC 8 J Of' 0.......-]
CI ! "'1IN /O.O~ L or 0 O~ S) or :Il
Wmd Analysis
Design Criteria: ASCE 7-02 Section 6.5: Analytical Procedure - Method II
Load Criteria: V:
EJ..-posure:
Building Gcomeuy:
Design Procedure: Kd:
I:
Kz @ z=O:
Kh:
Kzt:
GCpf:
GCpi:
qz @ z=O:
qh:
p:
(..E,I
100 mph wind speed
c
<D
-;:T (~) .
/i--~.
ill
16
15
o
o
13
39.8056
h: 16.3333
feet (parallel to wind direction)
feet (perpendicular 10 wind direction)
feet from grade to first floor
feet from grade 10 second Ooor
feet from grade to roof eave
degrees. roof pitch = lOin 12
feet mean roof height from grade
'~)'p~l3E~<:f~~~~\, I ~
.J~- - i l2J (.::..,1..,:; ~<\
~"i_, -,~' ~<J:l~:l
~'G'g~~'I,_~:_' ^..~_s /c.
~~~--::.. '." ';,-("~-~~
~ ......f_
". ; I.'~I..)
L:
B:
hf1:
hf2:
II)
~.
't:'-..:::.J..............
hr:
theta:
0.85
I
0.85
0.98225
I
Wind Directionality faclOr, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-4, (p. 76)
Importance faclOr, ASCE 7-02 Table 6.1. (p. 73)
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients. ASCE 7-02 Table 6.3, (p. 75)
VelOCity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6.3, (p. 75)
Topographical faclOr
External Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-10, (p. 56)
Surface
I I lEI 2 I 2E I 3 I 3E I
0.56 I 0.69 I 0.21 I 0.27 I -0.43 I .0.53 I
o Internal Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-5, (p.
18.50 psf =0.00256*Kz*Kzt*Kd*Velocity^ 2*lw
21.37 psf =0.00256*Kh*Kzt*Kd*Velocity ^ 2*lw
Design Wind Pressures = q (GCpf - GcpiJ
Surface
4 I
-0.37 I
49)
4E
-0.48
I I IE T 2 I 2E I 3 I 3E I 4 I 4E
10.36 I 12.76 I 4.49 I 5.77 I -9.19 I -1133 I -7.91 I -10.26
Building Forces:
Pressure Surface Force Summary (plO
z Location Area Pressure Width Force/ft angle Horizontal Vertical
Windward I st Floor I 11.97 0 0 0 0,0 0.0 VwU, HwU
0 Kz = 0.98 IE 14.75 0 0 0 0,0 0.0 Vwfe_l. Hwfe_1
Windward 2nd Floor I 11.97 6.5 77.8007 0 77,8 0.0 Vwf_2, Hwf_2
0 Kz = 0.98 IE 17.04 6.5 110.777 0 110.8 0.0 Vwfe_2, Hwfe_2
Windward Eave I 11.97 6.5 77.8007 0 77.8 0.0
13 Kz = 0.98 2 4.49 5.20683 23.3709 50.1944 15.0 18.0 General Horizontal Loads
Totals: 92,8 18,0 Vwe, Hwe Per ASCE 7-02 Minimum IVind Lmdper IBC 1609.1.2
IE 14.75 6.5 95.8616 0 95.9 0.0 Roof Shear: 220.4 plf 131.7 plf
2E 5.77 5.20683 30.0483 50.1944 19.2 23.1 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf 65.0 plf
Totals: 115.1 23,1 Vwee, Hwee I St Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Ridge 2 4.49 5.20683 23.3709 50.1944 15.0 18.0
3 .9.19 5.20683 -47.8547 129.806 30.6 -36.8
Totals: 45,6 -18.8 Vr, Hr Incremental End Horizontal Loads
2E 5.77 5.20683 30.0483 50.1944 19.2 23.1 Roof Shear: 56.1 plf
3E -1133 5.20683 -58.9836 129.806 37.8 -45.3 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf
Totals: 57,0 -22.2 Vre, Hre 1st Floor: 0.0 plf
Leeward Eave 3 -9.19 5.20683 -47.8547 129.806 30.6 -36.8
4 -7.91 6.5 -51.404 180 51.4 0.0
Totals: 82,0 -36.8 VIe, Hie
3E -1133 5.20683 -58.9836 129.806 37.8 -45.3
4E -10.26 6.5 -66.6863 180 66.7 0.0
Totals: 10H -45.3 Vlee, Hlee
Leeward 2nd Floor 4 -7.91 6.5 -51.404 180 51.4 0.0 VlU, Hlf_2
4E -10.26 6.5 .66.6863 180 66.7 0.0 Vlfe_2, Hlfe_2
Leeward I St Floor 4 -7.91 0 0 180 0,0 0,0 VlU, HIU
4E -10.26 0 0 180 0.0 0,0 Vlfe_1. Hlfe_1
VISS E R
ENGINEERINC
...-.....................................
Project: Itwin Dental Clinic
Cltent: Hays Arehitecls
Dale: 8-9-06
Page: 1.2.1
Calculation Sheet
Tille: Side Elevalion - Enn)' Roof
Wmd Analysis
Design Criteria: ASCE 7-02 Section 6.5: AnalYlical Procedure - Method II
I 0 = MIN to 10 L or 0.10 B I or O.-+n ~
~..! ""IN /0.0";' L or C.Q-l. B.l or .:m_~
<~"
(~~-;>.,re....
Building Geomeny:
L: 15 feet (paraHellO wind direelion)
B: 16 feel (perpendicular 10 wind direclion)
hfl: 0 feel from grade 10 first noor
hf2: 0 feel from grade 10 second noor
hr: 13 feel from grade 10 roof eave
thela: 0 degrees
h: 16.3333 feel mean roof height from grade
-'.
<-~
''D_, til .
= ~::^~~\~'~:"'~i~ '::~'~lf~~ ~,
'b ,,- -
, ,ra~"'i
-'''--
~ ._ -:...J~':'"
r"\fj......o;r~lj'....J
<7) ~~;:tl:l ?'~
load Criteria:
V: 100 mph wind speed
EJ.'posure: e
...::'1.:>
s._~-I~_....
f':-:':J ..,..
Design Procedure: Kd:
I:
Kz @ z=O:
Kh:
Kzt:
GCpf:
0.85
1
0.85
0.98225
1
Wind Direetionality FaclOr, ASCE 7-0:
Importance Factor, ASCE 7-02 Table 6.1. (p. 73)
Velocity Pressure b:posure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-3. (p. 75)
Velocity Pressure Exposure Coefficients, ASCE 7.02 Table 6.3. (p. 75)
Topographical Factor
External Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7.02 Table 6-10, (p. 56)
Surface
I I IE I 2 I 2E I 3 I 3E I 4 I 4E
0.40 I 0.61 I -0.69 I -1.07 -0.37 I -0.53 .0.29 I -0.43
GCpi: 0 Internal Pressure Coefficients, ASCE 7-02 Table 6-5, (p. 49)
qz @ z=O: 18.50 psf =0.00256'Kz'Kzt'Kd'Velocity ~ 2'Iw
qh: 21.37 psf =0.00256'Kh'KzI'Kd'Velocity~ 2'Iw
p: Design Wind Pressures = q (GCpf - Gepi)
Surface
1 I IE I 2 I 2E 3 I 3E 4 I 4E
7.40 I 11.28 I -14.75 I -22.87 -7.91 I -11.33 -6.20 I -9.19
Building Forces:
Pressure Surface Force Summary (plO
z location Area Pressure Width Force/ft angle Horizontal Vertical
Windward ISI Floor 1 8.55 0 0 0 0.0 0.0 VwU, H"/U
0 Kz = 0,98 IE 13.04 0 0 0 0.0 0,0 Vwfe_1. Hwfe_l
Windward 2nd Floor I 8.55 6.5 55.5719 0 55,6 0.0 Vwf_2, Hwf_2
0 Kz = 0.98 IE 15.07 6.5 97.9331 0 97,9 0,0 Vwfe_2, Hwfe_2
Windward Eave 1 8.55 9.83333 84.0703 0 84.1 0.0
13 Kz = 0.98 2 -14.75 7.5 -110.609 90 0.0 -110.6 General Horizontal loads
Totals: 84,1 -110.6 Vwe. Hwe Per ASCE 7-02 Minimllm Wind LD.1d per fBC 1609.1.2
IE 13.04 9.83333 128.207 0 128.2 0.0 Roof Shear: 145.0 plf 98.3 plf
2E .22.87 7.5 -171.525 90 0.0 -171.5 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf 65.0 plf
Totals: 128.2 -171.5 Vwce, H \vee 1st Floor: 0.0 plf 0.0 plf
Ridge 2 -14.75 7.5 -110.609 90 0.0 .110.6
3 -7.91 7.5 .59.3123 90 0.0 -59.3
Totals: 0,0 .169,9 Vr,Hr Incremental End Horizontal loads
2E -22.87 7.5 .171.525 90 0.0 -171.5 Roof Shear: 73.6 plf
3E -11.33 7.5 -84.9609 90 0.0 -85.0 2nd Floor: 0.0 plf
Totals: 0,0 -256,5 Vre, Hre 1st Floor: 0.0 plf
leeward Eave 3 .7.91 7.5 -59.3123 90 0.0 .59.3
4 -6.20 9.83333 -60.951 180 61.0 0.0
Totals: 61.0 -59.3 VIe, Hie
3E .11.33 7.5 .84.9609 90 0.0 -85.0
4E -9.19 9.83333 -90.3756 180 90.4 0.0
Totals: 90.4 -85.0 Vlee, Hlee
leeward 2 nd Floor 4 .6.20 6.5 -40,2896 180 40.3 0,0 \~U. HIU
4E -9.19 6.5 -59.7398 180 59.7 0,0 Vlfe_2, Hlfe_2
leeward I st Floor 4 -6.20 0 0 180 0,0 0,0 VlU, HIU
4E .9.19 0 0 180 0,0 0,0 Vlfe_I, Hlfe_1
TerraServer Image Courtesy of the USGS
Page 1 of 1
,.7.'5'
Send To Printer
Back To TerraServer Change to llx17 Print Size Show Grid Lines Change to Landscape
eles, Washington, United States 01 Jul1985
.. -~, -"".,I(f ~ .
0'
'.5Km
0'
'.25Mi
Image courtesy of the U.S. Geological Survey
@ 2004 Microsoft Corporation. Terms of Use Privacy Statement
http://www.terraserver.microsoft.com/PrimImage.aspx?T= 2&5= 12&Z= 1 o &:X = 585&Y =6", 7/13/2006
~:2.~
VI 55 E R
~lf ~~.9..~..~..~.~_.~_.~..~..~
ProjecI: 06-113
Client: Hays - hwin Dental
Dale: 7-28.06
Calculation Sheet
Tide:
\fVII-D/Nf-1
Page: 1.3.1
Seismic Loads
{Ref 2003 !BC and ASCE 7.02}
Site Infonnation
Sile Localion: 98362, Port Angeles
Maximum Considered Earthquake, 5% Damped, al short periods, Sse 1.24 Fa: 1.02
Maximum Considered Earthquake, 5% Damped, at period of 1 second, SI: 0.51 Fv: 1.50
Sile Class: D
Importance Factor, 1<: 1
Sms:
Sm1:
1.26
0.77
Sds:
5<11:
Seismic Desi Cat.:
0.8" g
0.51 g
D
Buildll1gInIonnation
Design
Seismic Force Resisting Syslem: Calegory 'D'
Category Classification R WO Cd Height Limit Ct x
~ Bearing Walls Lighl-framed walls wilh plywood sheathing 6.5 3 4 65 0.02 0.75
Light-framed walls wilh steel sheets 6 3 4 65 0.02 0.75
I--
I-- Lighl-framed walls wilh wallboard 2 2.5 2 35 0.02 0.75
Light-framed walls wilh nal slrap bracing 4 2 3.5 65 0.02 0.75
I--
- Special reinforced concrete shear walls 5 2.5 5 160 0.02 0.75
Special reinforced masonrY shear walls 5 2.5 3.5 160 0.02 0.75
Building Frame Special steel concentrically braced frames 6 2 5 160 0.02 0.75
-
Special reinforced concrete shear walls 6 2.5 5 160 0.02 0.75
-
Special reinforced masonrY shear walls 5.5 2.5 4 160 0.02 0.75
- Moment Resisling Frames Special sleeI moment frames 8 3 5.5 No Limit 0.028 0.8
Intermediate steel moment frames 4.5 3 4 35 0.028 0.8
Building Classification: light-framed walls with plywood sheathing
Cs= SdsIR = 0.13
hn: 19.5 feel
Approximate Fundamental Period. T a: 0.1856 seconds
k:
Level
Upper Roof
Floor
Low Roof
Unit Wei hI
26.6 psf
32 psf
26.6 sf
SIal)' Heighl. hx
19.5 feet
10 feel
10 feel
Cvx
0.3842
0.236
0.3798
Wh~k
1216.4
747.2
1202.6
3166.1
Tribula Area
2345 sf
2335 sf
4521 sf
Wx
62.377 kips
74. 72 kips
120.26 ki s
257." kips
33.38 ki
w.'
v.'
Redundan
Level r-max Ax
Upper Roof 0.2 2345 sf
Floor 0.2 2335 sf
Low Roof 0.2 4521 sf
rho-x
1
1
1
mo: 1
Low Roof
-!Be Secdon 1605.3.1
Fx V...
8,98 kips
5,52 kips
8.88 ki
F...
12,8] kips
7.819 kips
12,68 ki
VIS 5 E R
ENCINEERINC
Project: Irwin Dental Clinic
Client: Hays Architects
Date: 8-9-06
Page: 1.3.:L
Calculation Sheet
Title:
Entry Roof
Seismic Loads
{Ref 2003 IBC and ASCE 7-02}
Site Information
Site Location: 98362, Pon Angeles
Maximum Considered Earthquake, 5% Damped, at short periods, Ss: 1.24 Fa: 1.02
Maximum Considered Eanhquake, 5% Damped, at period of I second, SI: 0.51 Fv: 1.50
Site Class: D
Importance Factor, I,: I
Sms:
Sml:
1.26
0.77
Seismic
sds:
Sdl:
Car.:
0,84 g
0.51 g
D
Building Information
Design
Seismic Force Resisting System: Category 'D'
Category Classification R WO Cd Height limit Ct x
- å Walls light-framed walls with pl}wood sheathing 6.5 3 4 65 0.02 0.75
light-framed walls with steel sheets 6 3 4 65 0.02 0.75
-
- light-framed walls with wallboard 2 2.5 2 35 0.02 0.75
- Light-framed walls with nat strap bracing 4 2 3.5 65 0.02 0.75
- Special reinforced concrete shear walls 5 2.5 5 160 0.02 0.75
Special reinforced masonry shear walls 5 2.5 3.5 160 0.02 0.75
- Building Frame Special steel concentrically braced frames 6 2 5 160 0.02 0.75
- Special reinforced concrete shear walls 6 2.5 5 160 0.02 0.75
Special reinforced masonlY shear walls 5.5 2.5 4 160 0.02 0.75
x Invened Pendulum System Cantilevered Column Systems 2.5 2 2.5 35 0.02 0.75
-"-
Building Classification: eanrilevered Column Sysrems
Cs= SdsIR = 0.337
lin: 13 feet
Approximate Fundamental Period, Ta: 0.1369 seconds
k:
Level Unit Weight Tributary Area Wx Story Height, hx Wh^k Cvx Fx Vx
Roof 22.6 psf 295.05 sf 6.6681 kips 13 feet 86.686 2.249 kips
Floor o psf 0.1 sf o kips o feet 0 0 o kips
Floor 0 sf 0.1 sf o ki s o feet 0 0 Oki
W- 6. 668 kips 86.686
v.. 2,249 ki
Redundanc
Level r~max Ax rho-x
Roof 0.5 295.05 sf I
Floor 0.5 0.1 sf I
Floor 0.5 0.1 sf I
rho: 1
ASD Design Combination Su
Level
Roof
Floor
Floor
- IBC Section 1605,3. I
Fx Vx
1.57 kips
0.00 kips
0,00 ki
Fpx (Di3phra
1.57 kips
0.00 kips
0.00 ki
I
Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Date and Time: 7/13/2006 1 :13:53 PM
1.5.:;
MCE Ground Motion - Conterminous 48 States
Zip Code - 98362 Central Latitude = 47.973542
Central Longitude = -123.381177
Period MCE Sa
(sec) (%g)
0.2 124.1 MCE Value of Ss, Site Class B
1.0 050.9 MCE Value of S1, Site Class B
Spectral Parameters for Site Class D
0.2 124.1 Sa = FaSs, Fa = 1.00
1.0 076.3 Sa = FvS1, Fv = 1.50
~.
,.
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
l
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:
1
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.1
Beam Length:
10 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psf II feet 11 feet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o feet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 Oleet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beg. trib width
II feet
End trib width
II feet
Reaction B610 SLOPED &: SKEWED
o pounds
Beam # 0
Location
o eet
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 1243 pounds o pounds 1329.87 pounds l573 0.75 in,
End 1243 pounds o pounds 1329.87 pounds 2573 0.75 in,
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
Dead + Live
31 8 t.- s.
1046 Ibs.
Dead + Live + Snow
6432.16 t.- s,
2165 lbs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0.108
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi CF - I DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 875 psi 1,006 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.116 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.116 lj 360
Elasticity, E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL = 0,99994 DTL = 0,224 lj 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 16,62 in, '2 Area, A - 52.25 in. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 76,71' in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S ' 82.73 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 176.34 in, ^ 4 1= 392.96 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
6
x
10
Doug, Fir #2
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Date: 7-28-06
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:
1 EAST
Page: 2.1.2
Beam Length:
3.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psi 10 leet IOleet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o leet o leet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pouncts
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psI o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg. trib width
10 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
10 feet
Reaction B610 SLOPED &1 SKEWED
o pounds
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning JY6 pounds o pounds 423.139 pounds tHY 0.24 in,
End 396 pounds o pounds 423.139 pounds 819 0,24 in,
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
Dead + Live + Snow
716,3 9 t.- s,
448 Ibs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.001
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 875 psi 1,006 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,002 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.002 U 360
Elasticity. E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL = 0.99994 DTL = 0.003 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - J.44 in. r 2 Area, A - 52,25 in. "2
Sect. Mod., S = 8,54 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.73 in. ^3
Mom, of IneL, I = 6.87 in, ^ 4 1= 392,96 in, ^ 4
N
II
II
Provide:
x
10
Doug, Fir #2
6
VI SSE R
1.1
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:
2
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.3
Beam Length:
14 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Roof: 22.6 psf 3 leet 3 Teet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o teet o teet
EXL wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm I 2 teet 1243 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Floor: 50 psf o feet Oreet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam #bm 1 2 teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, nib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 3 feet 3 feet MSC4
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # m1 2 eet 1329.865 poun s
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 1540 pounds o pounds 1647.65 pounds J188 1.57 in.
End 652 pounds o pounds 697.747 pounds 1350 0,66 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4,3
Dead + Live
2825 L- s,
1481 lbs,
5
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0.172
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,399 psi 2,759 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,184 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.184 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99971 DTL = 0.355 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 16.66 in, 2 Area, A - 32.81 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 25,43 in, ^3 Section Modulus. S 57.42 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 153.08 in, ^ 4 1= 301.46 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
3.125
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
Provide:
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
~:0;~'i ENGINEERING
'ti~1tJmmmmmm__mm
!:-..;.:,;,.
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:
2 EAST
Page: 2.1.4
Date: 7-28-06
Beam Length:
15 feet
Dead Load:
Roo:
L Floor:
Unit Weight
22.6 ps
34 psf
Beg, nib width
5 eet
o feet
Wall beginning
o eet
o feet
Location
4,5 eet
o feet
o feet
Int. wall:
o Ext. wall:
Beam Reactions:
40 plf
80 plf
A
Beam m 1
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
End nib width
I eet
o feet
Wall ending
o eet
o feet
Reaction
396 poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, nib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm I 4.5 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
unit weight Beg, trib width End trib width
24,17937 psf 5 feet I feet MSC4
Location Reaction
Beam mI 4.5 eet 423,139 poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
961.13 poun s 5 in.
550.081 pounds 1064 0.52 in,
D
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
Reactions
Beginning
D End
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3,4.3
Dead + Live
3158 t.- s.
799 Ibs.
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,218
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,399 psi 2,759 psi CR= I OSL = 0,234 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = 1 IoSL + LL = 0.234 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL= 0,99971 OTL = 0.452 U 240
S
G
N
Required Section Properties
Area, A - in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 28,42 in, ^3
Mom, of Iner., I = 181.62 in, ^ 4
Provide:
Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 32. 1 in.
Section Modulus, S 57.42 in. ^ 3
1= 301.46 in, ^ 4
II
3.125
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
II
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 2 - Dormer Ridge
Beam Length: 18 feet
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.5
L
I Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End uib width
Roof: 22,6 psf 8 feet o feet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 pst o Teet o teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 8 feet o feet MSC4
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun S
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 10ti5 pounds o pounds 1160,61 pounds 2245 >1,11 in.
End 542 pounds o pounds 580.305 pounds 1123 0.55 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 3754 tt.-lbs. 7770.24 h,-lbs,
Maximum Shear: * 927 lbs. 1918lbs,
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.385
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,399 psi 2,759 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.412 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu= 1 DSL+LL = 0.412 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99971 DTL = 0.796 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 10.421 in.' 2 Area, A - 32.81 in. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 33.79 in. /'.3 Section Modulus, S : 57.42 in, /'.3
Mom, of [neL, [ = 266.71 in. /'.4 1= 301.46 in. /'. 4
II
N
II
3.125
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
Provide:
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
"':?!'?I ENe I NEE R I N C
~;<f?,:?~.~ ........H........_.........HH.............._......................
ft..
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 3 WEST
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.6
Beam Length:
15 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End trib width
Rool: 22.6 psf 4 feet 1 Teet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o leet o leet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 21 6 feet 10 14 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: location Reaction
Beam # bm 21 6 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf 4 feet 1 feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction MSC4
Beam m21 6 eet 1084,617 poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Total
Beginning 1117 poun s
D End 745 pounds
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 5332 It,-lbs, l1035,91t.=Ibs.
Maximum Shear: * 1038 lbs. 21481bs,
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.349
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi Cf - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,399 psi 2,759 psi CR= I DSL = 0.374 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL= 0.374 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99971 DTL = 0.723 U 240
G
N
Required Section Propenies Provided Section Propenies
Area, A - 11.67,in, 2 Area, A - 32,81 in, "2
Sect. Mod" S = 48,00 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 57,42 in, /"03
Mom. of Iner., I = 290,62 in, ^ 4 1= 301.46 in. ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
3.125 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
10.5 Glu-lam,24F-V4
Braced @I 0.11 ft spcing
p.T.:0
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - hwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 3.1 WEST
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.7
Beam Length:
14.3 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psf 7 feet 3 ieet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int, wall: 40 plf Oleet o feet
EXL wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 13M 21 6 feet 1014 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 13M 21 6 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg, nib width
7 feet
End trib width
3 feet
Reaction
1084.617 poun s
MSC4
Beam 13M 21
Location
6 eet
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 14YY pounds o pounds 1604.18 pounds 3104 U,9J in,
End 1125 pounds o pounds 1203.22 pounds 2328 0,70 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
62 L- s,
1361 lbs,
Dead + Live + Snow
13002.2 L- s,
2817 Ibs,
S
Allowable Stresses DelIection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = l.l 5 Modifiers DDL = 0,23
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,400 psi 2,760 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.246 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL= 0.246 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0,99989 DTL = 0.475 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 15,31'in. 2 Area, A - 53.81 in, 2
Sect, Mod" S = 56.54 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 94.17 in, ^3
Mom. of Iner., I = 329.83 in. ^ 4 1= 494.40 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
5,125
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 3 EAST
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.8
Beam Length:
20 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 pst rfeet o teet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o feet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 21 6 feet 1330 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psi o leet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 21 6Teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
G
Snow Load:
Roof:
Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beg, trib width
7 feet
Location
6 eet
o feet
o feet
End trib width
o feet
Reaction
1454.446 poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Require
Bearing
Length
1. 5 in,
0.49 in.
MSC5
Beam m 21
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
Live Load
Snow Load
2146.48 poun s
1000.52 pounds
E
Member Forces
Maxinum en ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4,3
Dead + Live
1 L- s.
1829 lbs,
Dead + Live + Snow
20457.7 L- s.
3808 lbs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.423
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi Cf = 1 DLL = 0
Bending, Fb 2,900 psi 3,335 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,458 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.458 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99987 DTL = 0.88 U 240
G
Required Section Propenies Provided Section Propenies
Area, A - 17.13 in, '2. Area, A - 62.34 in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 73,62 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 123,39 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., 1= 644.77 in, ^ 4 1= 732,62 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
5.25
x
11.875 ParalIam PSL 2,0
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENCINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 3 EAST
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2. 1. 9
Beam Length:
20 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End trib width
Rool: 22,6 psI 7 leet o leet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o -feet o leet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 21 6 feet 504 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psI o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 21 6 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 7 feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction MSC4
Beam # m21 6 eet 549.2937 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Total Length
Beginning 1407 poun s 2 in.
D End 678 pounds 1407 0.42 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 6180 It.-Ibs. 12837.5 It. -lbs,
Maximum Shear: * 1269 lbs, 2634 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0.458
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi Cf = 1 DLL = 0
Bending, Fb 2,400 psi 2,760 psi CR= I DSL = 0.493 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = I DSL + LL = 0.493 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99989 DTL = 0.951 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 14,31 in, 2 Area, A - 53,81 in, / 2
Sect. Mod., S = 55,82 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 94.17 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 469.97 in, ^ 4 1= 494.40 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
5.125
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
.;3j
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 4
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.10
Beam length:
15.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
RooT 22,6 psf o teet o feet
Floor: 34 psf 13 feet 13 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnt. wall: 60 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End nib width
Floor: 50 pSf 13 teet 13 leet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf o feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
HB5.50/14
Require
Bearing
Length
2,15 in.
2,15 in.
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
Total
4
8463
Snow Load
o poun s
o pounds
Live Load
5037.5 poun s
5037.5 pounds
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
327 4 t.- s,
7189 lbs.
Dead + Live + Snow
32794. I t.- s.
7189 Ibs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.237
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 0,98302 DLL - 0.348
Bending, Fb 2,850 psi 3,278 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0 limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL + LL = 0.348 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99985 DTL = 0.585 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 5TIB: in. '2 Area, A - 73.50 in. "2
Sect. Mod., S = 138,06Ln. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 171.50 in. ^ 3
Mom, of lner., I = 905,81, in. ^ 4 1= 1200.50 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
5.25
x
14
Parallam PSL 2,0
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Chen t: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:
5
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.11
Beam Length:
11 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
RoOT: 22.6 pst 3 Teet 3 teet
Floor: 34 psf 6 feet 6 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 ptf Oreer o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet II feer
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feer o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feer o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. rrib width End rrib width
FToor: 50 pst 6 feet 6 teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feer o pounds
Beam # 0 o feer o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unir weight
24,17937 psf
Beg. trib width
3 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
3 feet
Reaction
o poun s
HB5,50/1I.88
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 1935 pounds 1650 pounds 398,96 pounds 3Y84 1.01 in,
End 1935 pounds 1650 pounds 398,96 pounds 3984 1.01 in,
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken disrance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
985 t.- s.
3019 lbs,
Dead+Live+Snow
10955,6 t.- s.
3346 lbs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0,0785
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF = 1 DLL = 0.0668
Bending, Fb 2,900 psi 3,335 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,0161 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= I DSL + LL = 0,0829 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL= 0.99987 DTL = 0.1614 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 15.62 in,' 2 Area, A - 62,34 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = I' 40,80 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S : 123,39 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 215,05 in, ^ 4 1= 732.62 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
5.25
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lIwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:
6
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.12
Beam Length:
12 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 pSf 13 teel 13 teet
Floor: 14 psf I feet 1 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnt. wall: 60 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 12 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 7/: 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 pst 1 teet 1 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 13 feet 13 feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
-21 75
5640#
HB3,56/11.88
Require
Bearing
Length
.72'in,
1. 72 in,
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
788 t.- s.
22 73 lbs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,1839
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0,0236
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,1486 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0,1723 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0.3561 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 17]ldin, 2 Area, A - 41.56 in, "2
Sect. Mod., S = 48,73 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 289,90 in, ^ 4 1= 488,41 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
3.5
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Provide:
.:~<
VI SSE R
I ~.r:::'~I_.r:::'...I;:~.~...Ir:::'.~
Simple Beam Design
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Beam Number:
Beam length:
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.13
7
9.33 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf o teet o feet
Floor: 34 psf 11.5 feet 11.5 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet 9.33 feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf 11.5 feet 11.5 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg. trib width
o feet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
End trib width
o feet
Reaction
o pounds
o pounds
o pounds
Snow Load
Required
Bearing
Length
1. 2 in.
1.82 in.
Beam 0
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
Reactions
Beginning
D End
Dead Load
2104 poun s
2104 pounds
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
11164 t.- s.
3830 lbs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = US Modifiers DOL = 0.0779
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0.0994
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= I DSL = 0 limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL + LL = 0,0994 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99971 DTL = 0,1773 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 19.81 in. 2 Area, A - 41.56 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 46,21 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 185,61 in. ^ 4 1= 488.41 in. ^ 4
N
II
II
Provide:
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
3.5
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number:
Date: 7-28-06
7
Page: 2.1.14
Beam Length:
4.25 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 pst 3 feet 51eet
Floor: 34 psf 11.5 feet 11.5 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet Teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 4,25 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End uib width
Floor: 50 pst 11.5 feet 11. 5 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 Oreet o pour1cfs
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 3 feet 5 feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Total Length
Beginning 1177 poun s In,
D End 1209 pounds 2654 1.01 in.
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment: 256 t.- s. 2 , 7 t.- s,
Maximum Shear: * 1376 lbs. 1492 lbs,
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
5
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0.0042
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi Cf- I DLL - 0.0043
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 OSL = 0,0007 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL + LL = 0,005 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0.0092 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 7.12 in, 2 Area, A - 41.56 in, "2
Sect. Mod., S = 10,62 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 21.12 in. ^ 4 1= 488.41 in. ^ 4
II
II
3.5
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 8
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1,15
Beam Length:
21.8 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psI' 8.5 teet 8,5 feet
Floor: 34 psI' o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 7f 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psI' o teet o teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg, trib width
8.5 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
8.5 feet
Reaction
o poun s
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 2097 pounds o pounds 2243,3 pounds 4340 1.30 in,
End 2097 pounds o pounds 2243.3 pounds 4340 1.30 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
Dead + Live
11443 t.- s,
1881 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0,5138
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi Cf - 0,98447 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,362 psi 2,717 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.5497 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = I DSL+LL = 0.5497 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL= 0.99986 DTL = 1.0635 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A = 2U6 in, 2 Area, A - 69.19 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 104.62 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 155,67 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 1,023,79 in. ^ 4 1= 1050.79 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
Provide:
x
13.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
5.125
VI SSE R
1~.,~':"".'.;''r''..J
~,'.'...',;.
I --.lit' ~"'"
Rev: 510300
User. KW-0603726. Ver 5.1.3, 22-Jun-1999, Win32
(c) 1983-99 ENERCALC
ENGINEERING
Title: Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Dsgnr: ces
Description:
Job # 06-113
Date: 10:07AM, 15 AUG 06
:Z. r./5,1
Scope:
Description
BEAM 8 GRID F
General Timber Beam
General Information
Calculations are designed to 1997 NDS and 1997 USC Requirements
Center Span
Left Cantilever
Right Cantilever
Douglas Fir, 24F-V4
Fb Base Allow
Fv Allow
Fc Allow
E
Section Name
Beam Width
Beam Depth
Member Type
5.125x15.0
5.125 in
15.000 in
GluLam
Load Dur, Factor
Beam End Fixity
1.150
Pin-Pin
22,00 ft .'., .Lu
ft "" ,Lu
ft .... .Lu
2,400,0 psi
240.0 psi
560.0 psi
1,800,0 ksi
0.00 ft
0,00 ft
0.00 ft
I Full Lengh Uniform Loads
Center DL
Left Cantilever DL
Right Cantilever DL
34,00 #/ft
#/ft
#/ft
LL
LL
LL
37.50 #/ft
#/ft
#/ft
,
I Trapezoidal Loads
#1 DL @ Left
DL @ Right
#2 DL @ Left
DL @ Right
l!>oint Loads
Dead Load
Live Load
,..distance
158,00 #/ft
158,00 #/ft
136.00 #/ft
136.00 #/ft
LL @ Left
LL @ Right
LL @ Left
LL @ Right
777.01bs
860,Olbs
0.750 ft
245.0 Ibs
271.01bs
17.000 ft
Ibs
Ibs
0.000 ft
175.00 #/ft
175,00 #/ft
150,00 #/ft
150,00 #/ft
I
Start Lac 0,750 ft
End Lac 17,000 ft
Start Lac 17.000 ft
End Lac 22.000 ft
"l1IiR' ........ I
Ibs Ibs Ibs
Ibs Ibs Ibs
0,000 ft 0,000 ft 0,000 ft
Ibs
Ibs
0.000 ft
I Summary
II
Beam Design OK
Span= 22.0oft, Beam Width = 5.125in x Depth = 15.in, Ends are Pin-Pin
Max Stress Ratio 0,605 : 1
Maximum Moment 26,0 k-ft
Allowable 43,0 k-ft
Max. Positive Moment 26,04 k-ft at 11.088 ft
Max. Negative Moment -0.00 k-ft at 22,000 ft
Max @ Left Support 0,00 k-ft
Max @ Right Support 0.00 k-ft
Max. Mallow 43,03
fb 1,625.73 psi tv
Fb 2,686,57 psi Fv
I Deflections
114.65 psi
, 276.00 psi
Reactions...
Left DL
Right DL
Maximum Shear * 1.5
Allowable
Shear:
Camber:
@ Left
@Right
@ Left
@ Center
@Right
8,8 k
21,2 k
5,88 k
4.69 k
0.000 in
0.628 in
0,000 in
5,88 k
4.69k
I
Center Span...
Deflection
..,Location
... Length/Defl
Dead Load
-0.418 in
11,000 ft
630.8
Total Load
-0,881 in
11,000 ft
299.50
2,79 k
2.23 k
Max
Max
Left Cantilever...
Deflection
... Length/Defl
Right Cantilever...
Deflection
'.. Length/Defl
Dead Load
0.000 in
0,0
0,000 in
0.0
Total Load
0.000 in
0.0
0,000 in
0.0
1--
VI SSE R
Title: Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Dsgnr: ces
Description:
Job#06-113
Date: 10:07AM. 15 AUG 06
1, (. (5. '2-
ENGINEERING
Scope :
General Timber Beam
Description
BEAM 8 GRID F
@ Center
@ Left Support
@ Right Support
Shear Analysis
Design Shear
Area Required
Fv: Allowable
Bearing @ Supports
Max. Left Reaction
Max, Right Reaction
I Query Values
M, v, & D @ Specified Locations
@ Center Span Location =
@ Right Cant. Location =
@ Left Cant. Location =
LSketch & Diagram
R ~ ~~
I Stress Cales
Bending Analysis
Ck 20,711
Cv 0,973
I
Le
Rb
0,000 ft
0.000
Max Moment
26.04 k-ft
0.00 k-ft
0.00 k-ft
@ Left Support
8,81 k
31.934 in2
276,00 psi
Sxx
CI
192.188 in3 Area
0,000
Sxx Req'd
116.30 in3
0.00 in3
0,00 in3
@ Right Support
7,04 k
25.497 in2
276,00 psi
76.875 in2
Allowable fb
2.686,57 psi
2.686,57 psi
2,686,57 psi
5,88 k
4.69 k
Bearing Length Req'd
Bearing Length Req'd
2.047 in
1.635 in
~
0.00 ft
0.00 fl
0.00 ft
Moment
0,00 k-ft
0.00 k-ft
0,00 k-ft
Shear
5.88 k
0.00 k
0,00 k
Deflection
0.0000 in
0,0000 in
0.0000 in
,.1 1
2.20 4.40
"'.
----I
t
6.60
11.00
13.20 15.40 17.60
19.60 22.00
8.80
, ,
71gWlbmrrrnITnTlmnIT;TrJm'i~ifmTrn 71.5#1ft
nTI'.TI-TTjFITll; TTrrTTFIFTTTI
33~f\ 'T t t '" ,. 'T f'"t" t, t , , , 3:)3#I,..1...I......l~.,...,
. ;!!: ;!:
28"'1 ,t "j; 2B6#1ft
t
-2.33
-3.50
J.
Rmax = 5.9k
Vmax @ left = 5.9k
~ax = 26.0'-ft
Omax = -O.Salin
J
17.60 19.80 22.00
Rmax = 4.7k
Vmax @ rt = 4.7k
.0.18
.0.26
.0.35
.0.44
.0.53
.0.62
-0.71
-0.79
Local 'Y Deflection (in)
Location Along Member (ft)
VI SSE R
Title: Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Dsgnr: ces
Description:
Job#06-113
Date: 10:07AM, 15 AUG 06
~ ENGINEERING
Scope:
'7-. 1./ tp
Rev: 510300
User: KW-0603726. Vel' 5.1.3, 22.Jun..1999, Win32
(e) 1983-99 ENERCALC
Description
BEAM 9
Multi-Span Timber Beam
-.
I General Information
Douglas Fir, 24F-V4
All Spans Considered as Individual Beams
[!imber Member Information
Description SOUTH END
Span ft 20.50
Timber Section 6.75x15.0
Beam Width in 6,750
Beam Depth in 15,000
End Fixity Pin - Pin
Le: Unbraced Length ft 4,50
Member Type GluLam
I Loads
Live Load Used This Span?
Dead Load #/ft
Live Load #/ft
Start ft
End ft
Point #2 Dead Load Ibs
Live Load Ibs
@x ft
Point #3 Dead Load Ibs
Live Load Ibs
@x ft
I Results
Fb : Basic Allow 2,400.0 psi Elastic Modulus 1,800,0 ksi
Fv: Basic Allow 165.0 psi Load Duration Factor 1.150
Calculations are designed to 1997 NOS and 1997 USC Requirements
1
o
I
Yes
260,00
306,00
16,000
1,429,00
1,671.00
16.000
771,00
1,950,00
16,000
-----.
Mmax @ Cntr in-k 490.1
@x= ft 12.03
Max @ Left End in-k 0.0
Max @ Right End in-k 0,0
fb : Actual psi 1,936.3
Fb : Allowable psi 2,619.5
Bending OK
Shear @ Left k 6,80
Shear @ Right k 8.08
tv : Actual psi 119,7
Fv : Allowable psi 189,8
Shear OK
LReactions & Deflection
DL @ Left k 3.02
LL @ Left k 3,78
Total @ Left k 6.80
DL @ Right k 3.34
LL @ Right k 4,74
Total @ Right k 8.08
Max. Deflection in -0.911
@x= ft 10.52
Query Values
Location ft 10.25
Moment in-k 479,6
Shear Ibs 1.0
Deflection in -0,9100
I
VI SSE R
J ENGINEERING
Description
BEAM 10
Title: Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Dsgnr: ces
Description:
Job # 06-113
Date: 10:07AM, 15 AUG 06
"'"
']..1.11
Scope:
Multi-Span Timber Beam
I General Information
Truss Joist - MacMillan, Parallam 2.0E
All Spans Considered as Individual Beams
--~
Fb : Basic Allow 2,900,0 psi Elastic Modulus 2,000.0 ksi
Fv : Basic Allow 290,0 psi Load Duration Factor 1,150
Calculations are designed to 1997 NOS and 1997 USC Requirements
- .
[nmber Member Information
Description I grid 3 grid 3 east end
Span ft 12.33 5,25
Timber Section Prllm: 5.25x11. Prllm: 5.25x11,
Beam Width in 5.250 5.250
Beam Depth in 11,875 11,875
End Fixity Pin - Pin Pin - Pin
Le: Unbraced Length ft 0.00 0.00
Member Type GluLam Sawn
lLoads
Live Load Used This Span?
Dead Load #/ft
Live Load #/ft
Dead Load #/ft
Live Load #/ft
Start ft
End ft
Dead Load @ Left #/ft
Dead Load @ Right #/ft
Live Load @ Left #/ft
Live Load @ Right #/ft
S~rt ft
End ft
Point #1 Dead Load Ibs
Live Load Ibs
@x ft
Point #2 Dead Load Ibs
Live Load Ibs
@x ft
[ Results
Mmax @ Cntr
@x=
Max @ Left End
Max @ Right End
fb : Actual
Fb : Allowable
Shear @ Left
Shear @ Right
tv : Actual
Fv : Allowable
Yes
230,00
250.00
255,00
375,00
7,830
90.00
100,00
8,000
569.00
630.00
8.500
610,00
3,732,00
7.830
Yes
271,00
300,00
5.250
5.250
3,340,00
4,737.00
3.750
733,00
590,00
1.000
-,
in-k 380.6 127.6
ft 7.32 3.74
in-k 0,0 0,0
in-k 0.0 0,0
psi 3,084.4 1,033.9
psi 3.335.0 3,335,0
Bending OK Bending OK
k 8,88 4,88
k 8,27 7,52
psi 186.7 167.0
psi 333.5 333,5
Shear OK Shear OK
~eactions & Deflection
DL @ Left
LL @ Left
Total @ Left
DL @ Right
LL @ Right
Total @ Right
Max. Deflection
@x=
[Query Values
~
k
k
k
k
k
k
in
ft
3.46
5.42
8.88
2,91
5,36
8.27
-0,573
6.25
I r
2.26
2.62
4.88
3,24
4,28
7.52
-0.031
2.80
III
-.]
1'",,1
VI SSE R
~ ENGINEERING
Title: Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Dsgnr: ces
Description:
Scope:
Rev: 510300
User: KW-0603726. Ver 5.1.3, 22-JUIl-1999, Win32
(c) 1983-99 ENERCALC
Multi-Span Timber Beam
Description BEAM 10
Location ft 10.25 0,00
Moment in-k 199.0 0.0
Shear Ibs -7.2 4,9
Deflection in -0.3009 0,0000
Job # 06-113
Date: 10:07AM. 15 AUG 06
1-.'.1 f5
VI SSE R
~/.
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - hwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 11
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.19
Beam length:
20 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psI o feet o Teet
Floor: 34 psf 14.25 feet 14.25 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnt. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psi 14,25 feet 14.25 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg, trib width
o feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
o feet
Reaction
o poun s
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 4845 pounds 7125 pounds o pounds 11970 3,04 in,
End 4845 pounds 7125 pounds o pounds 11970 3,04 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 59850 It.-Ibs. 59850 It.-lbs,
Maximum Shear: * I0l75lbs, 10175 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.l5 Modifiers DDL = 0.3384
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 0,95595 DLL - 0.4976
Bending, Fb 2,772 psi 3,187 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0 limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = I DSL+LL = 0,4976 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99981 DTL = 0.836 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A = 52,63 in. F 2 Area, A - 94.50 in. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 259.12 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 283,50 in. ^ 3
Mom. of lner., I = 2,133.05 in. ^ 4 1= 2551.50 in, ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
x
18
Parallam PSL 2.0
5.25
VI SSE R
,~,"",,:-1 ENe I NEE R I N G
p~.____....m.....____mm.....
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 12
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - l1:win Dental
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.20
Beam Length:
14 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
RoOT: 22,6 pst 13.25 feet 13.25 teet
Floor: 34 psI' I feet 1 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 14 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 pst I1eet I teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o Teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf 13.25 feet 13.25 feet 5640#
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction HB3.56/11.88
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Snow Load Length
Beginning 2242.64 poun s in.
D End 2242,64 pounds 2.09 in,
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
Dead + Live
11355 t.- s.
2865 lbs,
S
Allowable StreSses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,3631
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi l.r - I DLL - 0,0438
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,2807 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0,3245 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0.6875 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 11.55iin, 2 Area, A - 41.56 in, 2
Sect. Mod., S = 69,12 in,^3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in, ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 479.721 in, ^4 1= 488,41 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
3.5
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
Provide;
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
.... ENe I NEE R I N C
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 13
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.21
Beam Length:
14 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roo!: 22,6 psf 17,25 feet 17,25 feet
Floor: 34 psf 1 feet I feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
[nt. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 14 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o [eet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Uve Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf 1 feet I feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf 17.25 feet 17,25 feet 7400#
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction GLTV5.5Il
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Length
Beginning , 3 in,
D End 1,73 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 13569 It.-lbs. 23788,[ It.::rDs.
Maximum Shear: * 3408 lbs, 5915 lbs,
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0.2948
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0.0292
Bending, Fb 2,900 psi 3,335 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,2436 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= 1 IoSL+LL = 0.2728 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99987 DTL = 0.5676 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 2b,bO! in. "2 Area, A - 62.34 in. r 2
Sect. Mod" S = 85.6Pin. ^3 Section Modulus, S 123.39 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 594,09' in. ^ 4 1= 732.62 in. ^ 4
N
II
II
Provide:
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
5.25
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - IIWin Dental
F;~<",? ENGINEERING
'p;.61 'm",,_'mm..m
I""~EJ
~ ,.
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 14
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.22
Beam Length:
20 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psf 6 feet 6 feet
Floor: 34 psf 7 feet 7 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 20 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf 7 feet 7 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 7f 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 6 feet 6 feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Require
Bearing
Length
.4 in,
2.41 in,
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
Total
4
9487
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from suppon, subject to NDS 3.4,3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,4521
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi G - 0,96854 DLL - 0.348
Bending, Fb 2,808 psi 3,230 psi CR= I DSL= 0.1443 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL + LL = 0.4923 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99983 DTL = 0,9444 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties
Area, A - .4 'in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 176,25' in, ^ 3
Mom, of lner., I = 1,692.36 in. ^ 4
Provide:
Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 4.0 in,
Section Modulus, S 224.00 in, ^ 3
I = 1792.00 in, ^ 4
5.25
x
16
Parallam PSL 2,0
II
II
VI SSE R
if." ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 15
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.23
Beam Length:
15,3 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf o fect 5 feet
Floor: 34 psf 7,5 fect 7.5 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 15.25 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 3 3.25 teet 617 pounds
Beam # BM 17 7.5 feet 2176 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf 7.5 feet 7.5 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 3 3.25 feet o pounds
Beam # BM 17 7,5 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg. trib width
o feet
Location
3.25 eet
End uib width
5 feet
Reaction
683 poun s
Beam BM 3
D
Beam # BM 17 7.5 feet 2327.566 pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 4433 pounds 2859.4 pounds 202 7 .58 pounds 932.0 2,37 in.
End 4330 pounds 2859.4 pounds 1904,82 pounds 9094 2.31 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 30995 tt.-lbs, 42114.8 ft.-Ibs,
Maximum Shear: * 6557 Ibs. 8585 Ibs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0,3245
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 0,98302 DLL - 0.1882
Bending, Fb 2,850 psi 3,278 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,1684 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = I IoSL+LL = 0.3558 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99985 DTL = 0.6803 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A = 38,61 in, 2 Area, A - 73,50 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 154,18 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S : 171.50 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 1,071.09 in. ^ 4 1= 1200.50 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
5.25
x
14
ParaHam PSL 2.0
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 15.1
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Root: 22.6 pst 2 teet 2 teet
Floor: 14 psf 7.5 feet 7.5 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
1m, wall: 60 plf o leet o leet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 8 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 7.25 feet 1540 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam Length:
8 feet
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.24
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End nib width
Floor: 125 psi 7.5 leet 7.5 teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 7.25 leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
End nib width
2 feet
Reaction
1647.651 poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Require
Bearing
Length
, 1 in,
1.97 in.
L
o
A
D
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg, trib width
2 feet
Location
7.25 eet
o feet
o feet
Live Load
3750 poun s
3750 pounds
Member Forces Dead + Live
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4.3
Beam BM 2
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
Reactions
Beginning
D End
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,0124
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi cF - 0,98302 DLL - 0.0356
Bending, Fb 2,850 psi 3,278 psi CR= I DSL = 0,0057 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi CEu = 1 DSL+LL = 0,0413 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99985 DTL - 0.0536 U 240
S
G
Required Section Propenies Provided Section Propenies
Area, A - 18.91 in, F 1 Area, A - 73.50 in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 41. 76 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 171.50 in. ^ 3
Mom, of lner., I = 185,84 in, ^ 4 1= 1200,50 in, ^ 4
N
II
II
Provide:
5.25 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
p.T,:0
14 Parallam PSL 2.0
Braced @I 0.1 1ft spcing
VI SSE R
Ii ".
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 16
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.25
Beam Length:
25.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. lrib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 pSf 13 feet 13 feet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o leet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Uve Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End uib width
Floor: 125 psi o fee t o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 7{ 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beg, trib wid th
13 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
13 feet
Reaction
o poun s
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 3746 pounds o pounds 4007.73 pounds 7754 l.Y7 in.
End 3746 pounds o pounds 4007,73 pounds 7754 1.97 in.
Member Forces
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers ODL = 05423
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 0,95595 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,772 psi 3,187 psi CR= I OSL = 05802 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = I OSL+LL = 05802 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99981 OTL = 1.1224 U 240
G
Required Section Propenies Provided Section Propenies
Area, A - 30,77'in, "2 Area, A - 94,50 in, '" 2
Sect. Mod., S = 186,09 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 28350 in, ^ 3
Mom. oflner., 1= 2,246,14 in, ^4 1= 2551.50 in. ^ 4
N
II
II
Provide:
x
18
Parallam PSL 2.0
5.25
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - hwin Dental
ft:1 ~r:::'_~_~~~~r:I_~<:;
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 17
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.26
Beam Length:
25,7 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Roof: 22,6 psf 7.5 teet 7.5 feet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet OTeet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounas
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 pst o feet o Teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beg. trib width
7.5 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
7,5 feet
Reaction
o poun s
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 2176 pounds o pounds 2327,57 pounds 4503 1.35 in.
End 2176 pounds o pounds 2327.57 pounds 4503 1.35 in.
E
Dead + Live + Snow
28898. L- s.
3977 Ibs.
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in,)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0.3657
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi Ct - 0,94117 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,258 psi 2,597 psi CR= I DSL = 0,3912 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.3912 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99981 DTL = 0,7569 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 21.61,in, 2 Area, A - 92,25 in. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 133,52 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S ' 276,75 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 1,468,82 in, ^ 4 1= 2490.75 in, ^ 4
II
II
5.125
x
18
Glu-Iam) 4F-V4
Provide:
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - hwin Dental
"~.:fA ENCINEERINC
~e;ii--._--_mm_...._--...-
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 18
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.27
Beam Length:
3.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
RoOT: 22.6 psf o teet o feet
Floor: 14 psf 3 feet 3 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext, wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Uve Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Floor: 125 pst 3 feet 3 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, nib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf o feet o feet ITTI1.88
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 0 eet o poun s
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 74 pounds 656.25 pounds o pounds 730 0,56 in,
End 74 pounds 656,25 pounds o pounds 730 0.56 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
639 t.- s.
317 lbs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0.0004
Bear'g, perp to grain 750 psi Cf - 1 DLL - 0,0034
Bending, fb 2,247 psi 2,584 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 400 psi 460 psi Cfu= I DSL+LL = 0.0034 LI 360
Elasticity, E 1,500,000 psi 1,500,000 psi CL = 0,9988 DTL = 0,0038 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 1.1 ~F in, / 2 Area, A - 20.78 in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 3,41in,^3 Section Modulus, S ' 41.13 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 7.16 in, ^ 4 1= 244.21 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
1.75
x
11.875 Timberstrand LSL 1.5E
Provide:
VI SSE R
" ENCINEERINC
.'
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 19
Beam Length:
10,8 feet
Dead Load:
Roo:
L Floor:
Unit Weight
22.6 ps
14 psf
Int. wall:
o Ext. wall:
Beam Reactions:
60 plf
SO plf
A
Beam bm lS
Beam # stairs
Beam # 0
D live Load:
F oor:
Beam Reactions:
Unit Weight
125 ps
Beam m IS
Beam # stairs
Beam # 0
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beam
m IS
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lrwin Dental
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.28
Beg. trib width
o eet
1,33 feet
Wall beginning
o eet
o feet
Location
6.33 eet
S.33 feet
o feet
Beg. trib width
1,33 eet
Location
6.33 eet
S.33 feet
o feet
Beg, trib width
o feet
Location
6.33 eet
End trib width
o eet
1.33 feet
Wall ending
o eet
o feet
Reaction
74 poun s
476 pounds
o pounds
End trib width
1.33 eet
Reaction
656,25 poun s
3400 pounds
o pounds
End trib width
o feet
Reaction
poun s
HB3.56/11.SS
Beam # stairs S.33 feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 237 pounds 1928,S pounds o pounds 21M UJ)] in.
End 512 pounds 3914,6 pounds o pounds 4427 1.69 in.
D
Member Forces
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,0232
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi Cf - 1 DLL - O.lS13
Bending, Fb 2,S99 psi 3,334 psi CR= I DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= 1 DSL+LL = 0,1813 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0.2045 U 240
S
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - H 21',9Yin.'2 Area, A - 41.56 in,' 2
Sect. Mod., S = 41. 75 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S ' 82.26 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 247.18 in.^4 1= 48S.41 in. ^ 4
N
II
3.5 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
II
Provide:
P.T. :[~]
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
Braced @I 0.11 ft spcing
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
...
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 20
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.29
Beam Length:
4.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf 3 feet 5 teet
Floor: 14 psf 6 feet 6 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 4.5 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 19 2.5 feet 512 pounds
Beam # Or 3.5 feet 364 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 pst 6 feet 6 teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 19 2.5 feet 1928,815 pounds
Beam # Or 3.5 feet 550 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg. trib width
3 feet
Location
2.5 eet
End trib width
5 feet
Reaction
o pounds
Beam # bm 19
D
Beam # Or 3.5 feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 864 pounds 2667 pounds 199,48 pounds 3730 1.42 in.
End 1157 pounds 3186.8 pounds 235.749 pounds 4580 1.74 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 5707 tt.-lbs, 5950,85 tr.-Ths.
Maximum Shear: * 3407 lbs. 3523 lbs,
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0.005
l3ear g, perp to grain 750 psi Lr - 1 DLL - 0.0149
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= I DSL = 0.0009 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= 1 DSL+LL = 0,0159 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0.0208 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 17.62 in, / 2 Area, A - 41.56 in, / 2
Sect. Mod" S = 23.62 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., 1 = 51.63 in. ^ 4 1= 488.41 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
3.5
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
Provide:
VI SSE R
~. ENGINEERING
~~i:mmmm
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 21
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.30
Beam Length: 8 feet
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, nib width End trib width
Roo: 22,6 ps 1 eet 1 eet
L Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o eet o eet
0 Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam m2 4 eet 1304 poun s
A Beam # bm 2 rid 4 feet 542 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
D Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
F oor: 50 ps o eet o eet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam bm2 4 eet o poun s
Beam # bm 2 rid 4 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0.071
Bear g, perp to grain b50 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,399 psi 2,759 psi CR= I DSL = 0,076 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu= 1 DSL + LL = 0.076 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL - 0,147 U 240
N
G
Snow Load:
Roof:
Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg, trib width
I feet
Location
4 eet
4 feet
o feet
Beam m2
Beam # bm 2 rid
Beam # 0
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
Member Forces
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
G
End trib width
1 feet
Reaction
1395.495 poun s
580.3048 pounds
o pounds
HU21O-2 M
Require
Bearing
Total Length
1, in,
2098 1.03 in,
Live Load
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A = IUS in." 2 Area, A - 32,81 in,' 2
Sect. Mod., S = 34.88 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 57.42 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 110,88 in, ^ 4 1= 301.46 in. ^ 4
N
II
Provide:
3.125 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
p.T.:0
10.5 Glu-lam,24F-V4
Braced @I 0.11 ft spcing
II
VI SSE R
0/'.'<
ENCINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lIwin Dental
;;,;
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 21
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.31
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psT I feet I feet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o feet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm2 rid! 6 teet 542 pounds
Beam # bm 2 6 feet 1111 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0,046
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF = 1 DLL = 0
Bending, Fb 2,399 psi 2,759 psi CR= 1 OSL = 0.05 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = I OSL + LL = 0,05 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99971 OTL = 0,096 U 240
Beam Length:
8 feet
L
o
A
D Live Load:
F oor:
Beam Reactions:
Unit Weight
50 ps
Beg. trib width
o eet
Location
6 eet
6 feet
o feet
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg, trib width
I feet
Reactions
Beginning
D End
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3,4.3
S
G
End trib width
o eet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
End trib width
1 feet
Reaction
580.3048 poun s
1230 pounds
o pounds
HU2IO-2 M
Require
Bearing
Total Length
05 in.
2785 1.37 in.
Live Load
o poun s
o pounds
Oead+Live+Snow
5476,23 t.- s.
2744 lbs.
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 1'4,91 in, 2 Area, A - 32.81 in, ""2
Sect. Mod., S = 23.82 in. '^' 3 Section Modulus, S 57,42 in. '^' 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 72.38 in. '^' 4 1= 301.46 in. '^' 4
N
II
3.125
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
II
Provide:
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - hwin Dental
~*",flI ENe I NEE R I N C
e~m_mmmmm.m
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 22
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.32
Beam Length:
5 feet
Dead Load:
Roo:
L Floor:
Unit Weight
22.6 ps
14 psf
Beg. trib width
11 eet
o feet
Wall beginning
o eet
o feet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
End trib width
11 eet
o feet
Wall ending
o eet
o feet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Int. wall:
o Ext. wall:
Beam Reactions:
60 plf
80 plf
Beam 0
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
A
D Live Load:
F oor:
Beam Reactions:
Unit Weight
125 ps
Beg. trib width
o eet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
End trib width
o eet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Beam 0
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg, trib width
11 feet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
End trib width
II feet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
G
Beam 0
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
Require
Bearing
Length
. 7 in,
0,37 in.
Reactions
Beginning
End
Live Load
o poun s
o pounds
D
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Iaken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4,3
Allowable Stresses
Cd = I Cd = 1.15
25 psi
875 psi
170 psi
1,300,000 psi
Dead + Live
777 L- 5,
425 Ibs,
E
S
Deflection (in.)
DDL = 0,0068
DLL - 0
DSL = 0,0072
SL + LL = 0.0072
DIL - 0.014
Modifiers
CF - 1
CR = I
Cfu = I
CL = 0.99994
Bear g, perp to grain
Bending, Fb
Shear, Fv
ElastiCity, E
1,006 psi
196 psi
1,300,000 psi
Limit
U 360
U 240
G
Required Section Properties
Area, A - ,4'in, 2
Sect. Mod., S = 19,18~ in, ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 22.04 in. ^ 4
Provide:
Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 52,25 in. 2
Section Modulus, S 82.73 in. ^ 3
I = 392.96 in. ^ 4
N
II
II
6 x
10 Doug. Fir #2
Braced @ I 0.11 ft spcing
P,I.{~]
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
if'':"
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 23
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.33
Beam Length:
5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 pst 6 feet 6 feet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 5 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 3 feet 888 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 pst o teet o teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 3 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width 1300#
24.17937 psf 6 feet 6 feet HB3,56/11,88
Location Reaction
Beam BM 2 3 eet 982 poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Dead Load Live Load Length
894 poun s o poun s In,
1072 pounds o pounds 0.77 in.
Reactions
Beginning
D End
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Iaken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3,4,3
Dead + Live
1712 t,- s.
938 lbs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,0072
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.0067 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = I IoSL+LL = 0.0067 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99971 OIL = 0.0139 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - U,5 in. "2 Area, A - 41.56 in. "2
Sect. Mod., S = 11.97 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 3,27,14 in. ^4 1= 488.41 in, ^ 4
II
N
II
3.5
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Provide:
VI SSE R Project: 06-113
ENGINEERING Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
..--..........-......--......-...--.....
:ll.'
Simple Beam Design Date: 7-28-06
Beam Number: 24 Page: 2,1.34
Beam Length: 7,67 feet
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Roo: 22.6 ps o eet o eet
L Floor: 14 psf 3 feet 3 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int, wall: 60 plf o eet o eet
0 Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam BM23 5 eet 894 poun s
A Beam # BM 1 5,01 feet 396 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
D live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 ps 3 eet 3 eet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam BM23 5 eet o poun s
Beam # BM I 5.0 I feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf o feet o feet LBV3,56/I1.88
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam BM23 5 eet 755.4905 poun s
Beam # BM I 5.0 I feet 423.139 pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Length
Beginning 610 poun s 0, 4 in.
D End 1002 pounds 1,22 in,
Bear g, perp to grain
Bending, Fb
Shear, Fv
Elasticity, E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing M.oment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Allowable Stresses
Cd = 1 Cd = 1,15
75 psi
2,899 psi
290 psi
2,000,000 psi
E
3,334 psi
334 psi
2,000,000 psi
Deflection (in.)
Modifiers DDL = 0.0234
F - 1 DLL - 0.0296
CR = I DSL = 0,0184
Cfu = I DSL+LL = 0,048
CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0,0714
Limit
U 360
U 240
S
G
N
Required Section Properties
Area, A = ,5 ,in. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 25.44 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 91.63 in. ^ 4
Provide:
Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 41.5 in. 2
Section Modulus, S 82,26 in. ^ 3
1= 488,41 in. ^ 4
II
3.5
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
II
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 25
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.35
Beam length:
14 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psT o feet o teet
Floor: 14 psf 3 feet 3 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o teet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam #BM 24 5 teet 610 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 psf 3 feet 3 teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 24 5 feet 1438.125 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beg, trib width
o feet
Location
5 eet
End trib width
o feet
Reaction
409,7405 pounds
HB5.50/11.88
Beam BM 24
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 68'6 pounds 3549.5 pounds 263.405 pounds 4-4YY 1.14 in.
End 512 pounds 3138,6 pounds 146.336 pounds 3797 0,96 in,
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
16463 t.- s,
3823 lbs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0,0633
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi ef- 1 DLL - 0.3098
Bending, Fb 2,900 psi 3,335 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.0261 limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= 1 DSL + LL = 0,336 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL= 0.99987 DTL = 0.3993 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 19,77 in. 2 Area, A - 62.34 in, 2
Sect. Mod., S = 6813 in. ^3 Section Modulus, S 123,39 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 527.44 in, ^ 4 1= 732.62 in, ^4
N
II
II
5.25
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
Provide:
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
t~;:11 E N GIN E E R I N G
~................._....._..........................._.................
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 25
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End trib width
Root: 22.6 pst o teet o teet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o teet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 24 5 teet -1432 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam Length:
12 feet
L
o
A
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.36
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 pst o teet o teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 24 5 teet -1720 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
D
N
G
Snow Load:
Roof:
Beam Reactions:
Beg. trib width
o feet
Location
5 eet
o feet
o feet
unit weight
24.17937 psf
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
Beam BM 24
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
Dead Load
-835 poun s
-597 pounds
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Iaken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
o L- s,
-1313 Ibs,
L- s.
-1313 Ibs,
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0,0592
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0,0711
Bending, Fb 2,900 psi 3,335 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0,0711 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99987 OIL = 0,1303 U 240
S
G
End trib width
o feet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Live Load Snow Load
o poun s
o pounds
-2175
5640#
HB5.50/11.88
Require
Bearing
Ioral Length
-1 3 - .47'in,
-1313 -0,33 in,
Dead + Live + Snow
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - -?,Yl!in, 2 Area, A - 62,34 in. '2
Sect. Mod., S = 0,00 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 123.39 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = , 155,),07 in, ^ 4 1= 732,62 in, ^ 4
N
II
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Braced @ I 0.11 ft spcing
II
Provide:
5.25 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
p,T.:0
VI SSE R
.?~., 'W> J
c';r.,>t
~;~;,
ENGINEERING
[]ev: 510300
User. KW-060372G. Ver 5.1.3, 22-Jun-1999. Win32
(e) 1983-99 ENERCALC
Description
BEAM 26 GRID 3.75
Title: Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Dsgnr: ces
Description:
Job#06-113
Date: 10:07AM, 15 AUG 06
1-./. 37
1
Scope:
General Timber Beam
LGenerallnformation
Calculations are designed to 1997 NDS and 1997 UBC Requirements
Section Name
Beam Width
Beam Depth
Member Type
Prllm: 5.25x11.875
5,250 in
11,875 in
GluLam
Load Dur. Factor
Beam End Fixity
1,150
Pin-Pin
Center Span 5,50 ft ,'" ,Lu
Left Cantilever ft .." .Lu
Right Cantilever 3,OOft ..,. ,Lu
Truss Joist - MacMillan, Parallam 2.0E
Fb Base Allow 2,900,0 psi
Fv Allow 290,0 psi
Fc Allow 650,0 psi
E 2,000.0 ksi
0.00 ft
0,00 ft
0,00 ft
"
I Trapezoidal Loads
#1 DL @ Left
DL @ Right
~int Loads
Dead Load
Live Load
...distance
102.00 #/ft
102.00 #/ft
3,020.01bs
3,780,Olbs
8.500 ft
1,424,0 Ibs
1,576.01bs
5.750 ft
J
Beam Design OK
Span= 5.50ft, Right Cant= 3.00ft, Beam Width = 5.250in x Depth = 11,875in, Ends are Pin-Pin
Max Stress Ratio 0,707 : 1
Maximum Moment -21.1 k-ft
Allowable 34,3 k-ft
Max. Positive Moment 0.00 k-ft at 0.000 ft
Max. Negative Moment -9.42 k-ft at 5,500 ft
Max @ Left Support 0.00 k-ft
Max@ Right Support -21.15 k-ft
Max, Mallow 34,29
fb 2,056,91 psi tv
Fb 3,335.00 psi Fv
[E'eflections
Center Span...
Deflection
...Location
... Length/Defl
[':: S~~~!i!~~ ..
Dead Load
0,020 in
3.191 ft
3,274.0
LL @ Left
LL @ Right
150,00 #/ft
150,00 #/ft
Start Loc
End Loc
0,000 ft
5,500 ft
Ibs
Ibs
0.000 ft
-.
Ibs
Ibs
0.000 ft
Ibs
Ibs
0,000 ft
Ibs
Ibs
0,000 ft
Ibs
Ibs
0,000 ft
14.7 k
20,8 k
3.56 k
9.80 k
0.000 in
0.030 in
0,135 in
-3,15 k
14,34 k
-,
Total Load
0.000 in
0,0
-0,204 in
352.4
I Stress Cales
Bending Analysis
Ck 19.860 Le
Cv 1.000 Rb
0,000 ft
0.000
Max Moment
9.42 k-ft
0.00 k-ft
21,15 k-ft
@ Left Support
5.35 k
16,034 in2
333.50 psi
@ Center
@ Left Support
@ Right Support
Shear Analysis
Design Shear
Area Required
Fv: Allowable
Bearing @ Supports
Max. Left Reaction
Max, Right Reaction
-3,15 k
14,34 k
Maximum Shear * 1.5
Allowable
Shear:
Camber:
@ Left
@Right
@ Left
@ Center
@Right
235,79 psi
333.50 psi
Reactions...
Left DL
Right DL
-1.43 k
6.44 k
Max
Max
Total Load
0,018 in
3.259 ft
3,640.34
Left Cantilever...
Deflection
... Length/Defl
Right Cantilever...
Deflection
.., Length/Defl
Dead Load
0.000 in
0,0
-0,090 in
801.3
Sxx 123,389 in3
CI 0.000
Sxx Req'd
33,88 in3
0.00 in3
76.10 in3
@ Right Support
14.70 k
44.078 in2
333.50 psi
Area 62.344 in2
Allowable fb
3,335,00 psi
3,335,00 psi
3,335.00 psi
Bearing Length Req'd
Bearing Length Req'd
0.924 in
4,202 in
-.
VI SSE R
fiifJ...... EN GIN E E R I N G
iJ~~"i
Title: Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
Dsgnr: ces
Description:
Job#06-113
Date: 10:07AM. 15 AUG 06
1./.'57./
Scope:
Rev: 510300
User: KW-0603726, Ver5.1.3, 22-Jun-1999, Wln32
(c) 1983-99 ENERCAlC
General Timber Beam
Description
BEAM 26 GRID 3.75
I
I Query Values
M, v, & D @ Specified Locations
@ Center Span Location =
@ Right Cant. Location =
@ Left Cant. Location =
LSket~h & Diagram
0.00 ft
0,00 ft
0,00 ft
Moment
0.00 k-ft
0,00 k-ft
0,00 k-ft
Shear
-3.15 k
-3.15 k
0,00 k
Deflection
0,0000 in
0.0000 in
0.0000 in
Rmax = -3.2k
Vmax @ left = 3.6k
-4.23
-6.34
-8.46
.10.58
-12.69
:14.81
'16.92
'19.03
Bending Mom~l
0.04
0,02..
0.00
I
0.65
1.70
2.55
3.40
4.25
680
7.65
8.50
!OOOlbs
25~~'rrl-tlTllll'Trrrrr! ~ ~'rrrrrl 252#1ft
laOOlbs
9.80
8.40
7.00
5.60
4.20
2.80
1.40
t
t
J)
(-
"'Sff" = 9.4k-ft I.
Dmax = OJ)farn--C)
Mmax@right=-21.1k.ft
Rmax = 14.3k
Vmax @ rt = 9.8k
Oafl @ right end = O.204in
3ft
(~
8.50
-0.05
-0.08
-0.10 m
.0.13
-0.15
-0.18
Local 'yo Deflection (in)
location Along Member (ft)
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 27
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.38
Beam Length:
14,5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, nib width End nib width
Root: 22,6 psf 5 teet 5 feet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 14.5 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 4 feet 1085 pounds
Beam # BM I 11.83 feet 1243 pounds
Beam # O. o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 psf o teet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 4 teet o pounds
Beam # BM 1 11.83 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N -2175
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width 5640#
Roof: 24.17937 psf 5 feet 5 feet HB5.50/I1.88
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 4 eet 1160.61 pounds
D
Beam # BM I 11,83 feet 1329,865 pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 2414 pounds o pounds 1961.82 pounds 4376 1.67in.
End 2713 pounds o pounds 2281.66 pounds 4994 1.90' in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 8888 It.-Ibs. 16170,2 ft.-Ibs.
Maximum Shear: * 2601 Ibs. 4763 Ibs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = US Modifiers DOL = 0.3588
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi G- I DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 OSL = 0.2965 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= I IoSL+LL = 0.2965 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99971 OTL = 0,6553 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 21.42 in, "'2 Area, A - 41.56 in. r 2
Sect. Mod., S = 58,20 in. ^" 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in, ^" 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 441. 48 in. ^" 4 1= 488.41 in, ^" 4
N
II
II
Provide:
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
3.5
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Demal
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.39
~
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 27.1
Beam Length:
6 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psT 6 teet 6 feet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 6 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 7f BM I 2.33 teet 1243 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 psf o teet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 71 BM I 2.33 teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N -2175
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width 5640#
Roof: 24,17937 psf 6 feet 6 feet HB5,50/11.88
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam BM 1 2.33 eet 1329,865 poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Length
Beginning 1. 1 in,
D End 0.79 in,
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 2570 tt.-Ibs, 4949,16 It.-lbs.
Maximum Shear: * 1273 lbs, 2378 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.0148
Bear g, perp to grain T50 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.0132 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = I OSL+LL = 0,0132 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.99971 OTL = 0.028 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A = 10,70 in. "'2 Area, A - 41,56 in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 17,81 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 45.57 in, ^ 4 1= 488.41 in. ^ 4
N
II
II
3.5
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Provide:
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
" ''10
',;:; ENe I NEE R I N C
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 28
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.40
Beam Length:
11 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Root: 22.6 pst 7.5 feet 7,5 teet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, nib width End trib width
Floor: 125 pst o teet o leet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N -2175
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, trib width End nib width 5640#
Roof: 24,17937 psf 7.5 feet 7.5 feet HB5.50/11.88
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun S
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 932 pounds o pounds 997,399 pounds 1930 O,5t3 in.
End 932 pounds o pounds 997,399 pounds 1930 0.58 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 2564 It.-lbs. 5306.53 It.-lbs,
Maximum Shear: * 805 lbs. 1667 lbs.
*Taken distance rd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0.0986
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi G- I DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,400 psi 2,760 psi CR= I DSL = 0,1055 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu= 1 DSL+LL = 0,1055 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0,99991 OTL = 0.2042 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 9,Ob in, 2 Area, A - 46,13 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 23.07 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 69,19 in, ^3
Mom. of IneL, I = 115,58 in, ^ 4 1= 311.34 in. ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
5.125 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
9 Glu-lam,24F-V4
Braced @I O.rlft spcing
p.T.:0
VI SSE R
f~""
ENCINEERING
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 29
Beam Length:
11 feet
-
Dead Load: U
Roof: 22
L Floor: 1
I
Int. wall: 6
0 Ext. wall: 8
Beam Reactions:
, Be
A Be
Be
D Live Load: U
Floor: 12
Beam Reactions:
I Be
Be
Be
N
Snow Load: u
Roof: 24.1
G Beam Reactions:
Be
Be
Be
=
Reactions D
Beginning
0 End
Member
E Maxinum Bend
Maximum
*Taken distance 'd' from s
5
Bear'g, perp to grain
I Bending, Fb 2
Shear, Fv
Elasticity, E 1,800
G
Required Sectio
Area, A -
N Sect. Mod" S = 1
Mom, of Iner., I = 9
II Provide:
-
I p,T.:1 N
nit Weight
.6 ps
4 psf
o plf
o plf
am 0
am # 0
am # 0
nit Weight
5 ps
am 0
am # 0
am # 0
nit weight
7937 psf
am 0
am # 0
am # 0
ead Load
746 poun s
746 pounds
Forces
ing Moment:
Shear: *
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lIWin Dental
Beg, nib width
6 eet
o feet
Wall beginning
o eet
o feet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
Beg, trib width
o eet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
Beg, trib width
6 feet
Location
o eet
o feet
o feet
upport, subject to NOS 3,4.3
Allowable Stresses
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15
650 psi
,400 psi
240 psi
,000 psi
2,760 psi
276 psi
1,800,000 psi
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.41
End trib width
6 eet
o feet
Wall ending
o eet
o feet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
End trib width
o eet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
End trib width
6 feet
Reaction
o poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Live Load
o poun s
o pounds
Dead + Live + Snow
4245,23 t.- s.
1333 lbs.
Deflection (in.)
DOL = 0.0789
DLL = 0
DSL = 0.0844
1 DSL + LL = 0,0844
0,99991 DTL = 0,1633
Modifiers
F=
CR=
Cfu =
CL=
Provided Section Properties
Area, A = 4 ,13 in. 2
Section Modulus, S 69,19 in, ^ 3
I = 311.34 in, ^ 4
x
9
Glu-lam,24F.v4
5.125
Flat:
Require
Bearing
Length
.4 in.
0.46 in,
Limit
U 360
U 240
II
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
.............................. .
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 30
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.42
Beam length:
11 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf o feet o feet
Floor: 34 psf 1.33 feet 1.33 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o fee t
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o fee t
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 3.1 6 feet 1125 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 125 pst 1.33 teet 1.33 Teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 3.1 6 teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf o feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam BM 3,1 6 eet 1203,219 poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Reactions
Beginning
D End
3705#
BA3.56/Il.88 (MIN)
Required
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
Dead + Live
601 t.- s.
15671bs.
Dead + Live + Snow
9018.1 t.- s.
2224 lbs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = l.l5 Modifiers DDL = 0,066
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF = 1 DLL = 0,0555
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.0544 limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= I IDSL+LL = 0.11 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0.1759 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - lO,UU in, F 2 Area, A - 41.56 in, F 2
Sect. Mod., S = 32.46 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S ' 82.26 in, ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 156,24 in, ^ 4 1= 488.41 in, ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
3.5 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Braced @I o. rift spcing
p,T,:0
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
~., ENGINEERING
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 32
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1. 44
Beam Length: 10.7 feet
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roo: 22,6 ps o eet o eet
L Floor: 34 psf 1,33 feet 1.33 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnc wall: 60 plf o eet o eet
0 Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam BM 25 3 eet 2882 poun s
A Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psi 1.33 leet 1.33 leet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 25 3 leet 4238 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beam BM 25
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
Beg. trib width
o feet
Location
3 eet
o fee t
o feet
Reactions
Beginning
D End
End trib width
o fee t
Reaction
o pounds
o pounds
o pounds
Snow Load
Require
Bearing
Length
. 8 in.
0,99 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
1581 t.- s,
5604 Ibs.
Dead + Live + Snow
15819,4 c- s,
5604 lbs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0.1028
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0.1511
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= I DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu= I DSL+LL = 0.1511 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,99971 DTL = 0,2539 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 28, Y8 in, 2 Area, A - 41,56 in. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 65.48 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in, ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 232,42 in, ^ 4 1= 488.41in.^4
N
p.T.:I~
3.5 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
Braced @I 0,11 ft spcing
II
II
Provide:
~~"!
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lIwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 31
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.43
Beam Length:
5.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psT o teet o teet
Floor: 34 psf 10,67 feet 10.67 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Uve Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 pST 10,67 teet 10,67 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 7f 0 o teet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf o feet o feet 3705#
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction BAJ.56/11.88 (MIN)
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Total Length
Beginning 4 ,1 m.
D End 2465 1.13 in,
Member Forces
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = US Modifiers DOL = 0,02
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi CF - 1.2 DLL - 0.0294
Bending, Fb 1,080 psi 1,242 psi CR= I DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 180 psi 207 psi Cfu = I IoSL + LL = 0.0294 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,600,000 psi 1,600,000 psi CL = 0,99988 DTL = 0.0495 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 14,78dn. 2 Area, A - 32.38 in, -.. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 37.66' in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 49.91 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 41.52 in, ^4 1= 230,84 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
Provide:
x
10
Doug, Fir #2
4
I
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lIwin Dental
':':: .si ENe I NEE R IN C
't~j' ..-----.-----..
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 33
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.45
Beam Length:
10.7 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, nib width End nib width
Roof: 22,6 pst o teet o teet
Floor: 34 psf 1.33 feet 1,33 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnt. wall: 60 plf o feet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # FLR 8 teet 1721 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Uve Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Floor: 50 pst 1.33 teet 1.33 teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # FLR 8 teet 1238 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf o feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam FLR 8 eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds . Bearing
Reactions Snow Load Total Length
Beginning o poun s ,5 in,
D End o pounds 2815 1.07 in,
Member Forces
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,0665
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi cF - I DLL - 0.0579
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= I DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 IDSL+LL = 0,0579 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL= 0,99971 DTL - 0.1243 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 13.99' in.' 2 Area, A - 41.5b in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 28.42 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82.26 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 113,82!in, ^4 1= 488,41 in. ^4
II
3.5 x
Flat: I N.I Repetitive: I N
11.875 Parallam PSL 2.0
Braced @ I 0.11 ft spcing
II
Provide:
p,T,:I~
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 34 west
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,1.46
Beam Length:
10,8 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psf 2,661eet 2,66 teet
Floor: 14 psf 6 feet 6 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
tnt. wall: 60 plf o leet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet 10.75 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 pst 6 teet 6 teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf 2.66 feet 2.66 feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Reactions
Beginning
D End
. Member Forces Dead + Live
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment: 7571 t.- s,
Maximum Shear: * 2484 Ibs.
hangewr per
truss mfr.
Require
Bearing
Length
, 0 in,
0,80 in.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = l.l5 Modifiers DDL = 0,105
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0,1399
Bending, Fb 2,900 psi 3,335 psi CR= I DSL = 0,03 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.1699 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0,9999 DTL = 0.2749 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 11.1:)5 in,' 2 Area, A - 47,25 in.' 2
Sect. Mod., S = 31.33 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 70.88 in. '" 3
Mom. of [ner., I = 163.11 in. ^ 4 1= 318.94 in. '" 4
II
N
II
5.25
x
9
Parallam PSL 2.0
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: 34 east
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.1.47
Beam Length:
11 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 pst 3 leet 3 feet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnt. wall: 60 plf o leet o leet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # DECK 1. 75 leet 294 pounds
Beam # ROOF 7.25 feet 1483 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
F oor: 50 ps o eet o eet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam DECK 1. 75 eet 1050 poun s
Beam # ROOF 7.25 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 3 feet 3 feet Hanger per
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction truss mfr.
Beam DECK 1. 75 eet o poun s
D
Beam # ROOF 7,25 feet 1125 pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 1126 pounds 882.95 pounds 782.482 pounds 2791 0,71 in,
End 1397 pounds 167,05 pounds 1140.44 pounds 2705 0,69 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4,3
Dead + Live
5 t.- s,
1958 Ibs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,148
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi 0: - 1 DLL - 0.0416
Bending, Fb 2,900 psi 3,335 psi CR= I DSL = 0,1144 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = I DSL+LL = 0.1552 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL = 0.9999 DTL - 0.3033 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - lL08 in, 2 Area, A - 47.25 in. 2
Sect. Mod" S = 33,64 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 70.88 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 175,85 in, ^ 4 1= 318.94 in. ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
x
9
Parallam PSL 2.0
5.25
p.T,:I~
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
Braced @ I
O,llft spcing
1-
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
r:
\(;', ENGINEERING
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 1 GRID F
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.2.1
Beam Length:
5.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Roof: 22.6 psf 8 feet 8 leet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psI' o feet o leet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load:
Roof:
G Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24,17937 psf
Beg. trib width
8 feet
Location
o eet
End trib width
8 feet
Reaction
o poun s
Beam 0
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 4Si7 pounds o pounds 531.946 pounds 1029 0,30 in.
End 497 pounds o pounds 531.946 pounds 1029 0,30 in.
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
Dead + Live
684 t.- s.
414 lbs,
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0,0372
Bear'g, perp to grain 625 psi Cf - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 750 psi 862 psi CR= I DSL = 0.0398 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu = I DSL + LL = 0,0398 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL = 0,99997 DTL = 0.0769 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A = 6.58 in, / 2 Area, A = 30,25 in. / 2
Sect. Mod., S = 19,69 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 27.73 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., 1 = 21.34 in, ^ 4 1= 76.26 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
6
x
6
Doug. Fir #2
Provide:
VI SSE R
ENGINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 1.1 GRID A-
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,2.2
Beam Length:
7,25 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf 3 leet 3 leet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o leet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. uib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psi o leet o leet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 3 fee t 3 feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 262,951 poun s 5 , 5 in,
D End 262.951 pounds 509 0,15 in,
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 445 It.-lbs, 922.065 It.-lbs.
Maximum Shear: * 215 Ibs. 444 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0.0421
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi l.r - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 750 psi 862 psi CR= I DSL = 0,045 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu = 1 DSL + LL = 0,045 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL = 0,99997 DTL - 0.0871 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - J.41 in, 2 Area, A - 30.25 in.' 2
Sect. Mod" S = 12.83 in, '" 3 Section Modulus, S 27,73 in. "'3
Mom, of Iner., I = 18.33 in. '" 4 1= 76.26 in. '" 4
II
6 Doug, Fir #2
Braced @I O.Ilft spcing
II
Provide:
6 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I N
p,T.:0
VI SSE R
ENCINEERING
.....................................
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 1.1 GRID 4
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.2.3
Beam Length:
3.25 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf o feet o feet
Floor: 34 psf 11.5 feet 11.5 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o leet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pourlCfs
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psi 11.5 feet 11,5 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o leet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf o feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Live Load Snow Load Length
Beginning 934.38 poun s .4 In,
D End 934.38 pounds 0.46 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 1275 It.-lbs. 1275.42 It.-lbs.
Maximum Shear: * 1127 Ibs. 1127 Ibs,
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4,3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0.0098
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi LF- 1 DLL - 0,0144
Bending, Fb 750 psi 862 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu= 1 DSL+LL = 0.0144 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL = 0,99997 DTL = 0,0242 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 9.94 in, 2 Area, A - 30,25 in, "2
Sect. Mod" S = 20.41 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 27.73 in, ^ 3
Mom, of IneL, I = 1'1.36' in, ^ 4 1= 76,26 in, ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
x
6
Doug. Fir #2
6
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
ii":~vi'l ENe I NEE R I N G
~~ .-....-.-..................-.--.........-.--
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 2 GRID 1-
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.2.4
Beam Length:
14,3 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf 3 feet 3teet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnt. wall: 60 plf o feet o teet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf 3 feet 3 feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Live Load Total Length
Beginning o poun s 1 'in,
D End o pounds 1000 0,29 in,
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bendmg Moment: 1721 It. -Ibs, 3562,18 !tAbs.
Maximum Shear: * 441 lbs, 912 lbs,
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0,2477
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi er- 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 750 psi 862 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0,2651 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0,2651 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL= 0,99996 DTL = 0,5128 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 7.00 in, '2 Area, A - 41.25 in, "'2
Sect. Mod., S = 49.56 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 51.56 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., 1 = 139.16in, ^4 1= 193,36 in, ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
x
8
Doug, Fir #2
6
VI SSE R
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
";', E N GIN E E R I N G
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 2 GRID D.75
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,2.5
Beam Length:
5.25 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 psf 1 feet I feet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
lnt. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 EP 2,625 feet 854 pourlCfs
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf o feet o Teet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 2 EP 2.625 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
G
Snow Load:
Roof:
Beam Reactions:
unit weight
24.17937 psf
Beg. trib width
I fee t
Location
2,625 eet
o feet
o feet
Required
Bearing
Length
, 0 in,
1022 0,30 in.
End trib width
1 feet
Reaction
945 poun s
o pounds
o pounds
Beam BM 2 EP
Beam # 0
Beam # 0
D
Reactions
Beginning
End
Live Load
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
Dead + Live + Snow
2522,36 t.- s.
993 Ibs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = l.l5 Modifiers DDL = 0.0205
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 750 psi 862 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.0226 Limit
Shear, Fv 170 psi 196 psi Cfu= 1 PSL + LL = 0.0226 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,300,000 psi 1,300,000 psi CL= 0,99996 DTL = 0.0431 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 7,62 in. ., 2 Area, A - 41,25 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 35.10 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 51.56 in, ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 31.77in,^4 1= 193.36 in, ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
x
8
Doug. Fir #2
6
0,
n
VI SSE R
ENCINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 3
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.2.6
Beam Length:
14.3 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, nib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psf 11 feet II feet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf o leet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 11 feet II feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Total Length
Beginning 1771 poun s o poun s 6 1.1 m.
D End 1771 pounds o pounds 3666 1.'10 in.
Member Forces
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers OOL = 0.2566
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi CF - 1 OLL - 0
Bending, Fb 2,400 psi 2,760 psi CR= 1 OSL = 0.2745 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.2745 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL = 0.99989 OTL = 0.5311 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - w 17.48 in, "2 Area, A - 53.81 in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 56.79 in, ^3 Section Modulus, S 94,17 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 368.52 in. ^ 4 1= 494.40 in. ^ 4
N
II
II
Provide:
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
5.125
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Proj eet: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
~....
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 4 GRID 5
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,2.7
Beam Length:
4.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 22.6 psf o feet o feet
Floor: 14 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o leet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 7r bm 5 1.58 leet 3870 pounds
Beam # bm 6 1.59 feet 2327 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 pst o teet o leet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # bm 5 1. 58 feet 3300 pounds
Beam # bm 6 1.59 feet 300 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf o feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam m5 1,58 eet 800 poun s
Beam # bm 6 1.59 feet 1885.991 pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Live Load Total Length
Beginning 2335,3 poun s 90 3, m.
D End 1264.7 pounds 4393 1.67 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 10330 It.-lbs, 13157,5 It.-lbs.
Maximum Shear: * 6351 lbs, 8090 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NOS 3.4,3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0.02
Bear g, perp to grain 750 psi CF - 1 DLL - 0.0117
Bending, Fb 2,899 psi 3,334 psi CR= 1 DSL = 0.0087 Limit
Shear, Fv 290 psi 334 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.0203 U 360
Elasticity, E 2,000,000 psi 2,000,000 psi CL= 0,99971 DTL = 0.0403 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 36.39 in, 2 Area, A - 41.56 in. "2
Sect. Mod., S = 47.36 in. ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 82,26 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 87,59 in. ^ 4 1= 488,41 in, /'0. 4
II
N
II
Provide:
x
11.875 Parallam PSL 2,0
3.5
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
L-
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Header 5
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.2,8
Beam Length:
10.3 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Roof: 22,6 pst o Teet OTeet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 60 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 28 5,125 feet 932 pounds
Beam # BM 17 5,125 feet 2176 pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Floor: 50 psf o teet o leet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # BM 28 5,125 teet o pounds
Beam # BM 17 5,125 feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg, nib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf o feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam BM28 5.125 eet 997.399 poun s
Beam # BM 17 5,125 feet 2327,566 pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Length
Beginning 1554 poun s .97 in.
D End 1554 pounds 0,97 in,
Member Forces
E Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3,4.3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,1452
Bear g, perp to grain 650 psi Cf - 1 DLL - 0
Bending, fb 2,400 psi 2,760 psi CR= I DSL = 0.1553 Limit
Shear, Fv 240 psi 276 psi Cfu = 1 DSL+LL = 0.1553 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,800,000 psi 1,800,000 psi CL= 0,99989 DTL = 0,3005 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 17,4tl in. 2 Area, A - 53,81 in, 2
Sect. Mod" S = 71.68 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S ' 94,17 in. ^3
Mom, of Iner., I = 289,94 in, ^ 4 1= 494.40 in, ^ 4
N
II
II
5.125
x
10.5
Glu-lam,24F-V4
Provide:
.A'>-~
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - lIwin Dental
~';;;;
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Joist 12,16 - DeckJoist
Beam Length: 11. 75 feet
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2.3,1
,
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 22,6 pst o feet o feet
Floor: 14 psf 1.33 feet 1.33 feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o teet o 1eet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o poun-cIs
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Floor: 50 psf 1.33 teet 1.33 feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o teet o pouncs
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End nib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf o feet o feet
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o poun s
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Require
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Snow Load Length
Beginning o poun s 0,5 m.
D End o pounds 0,53 in.
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 1469 tt.-lbs, 1468,99 tt.-Ibs,
Maximum Shear: * 442 lbs, 442 Ibs.
*Taken distance 'd' from suppon, subject to NOS 3.4,3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DOL = 0.07
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi Cf = 1.2 DLL - 0.251
Bending, Fb 1,241 psi 1,427 psi CR= 1.15 DSL = 0 Limit
Shear, Fv 180 psi 207 psi Cfu= I DSL+LL= 0,251 U 360
ElastiCity, E 1,600,000 psi 1,600,000 psi CL = 0,99932 DTL = 0.322 U 240
G
N
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - j. 6tl,1 in, "2 Area, A - 12.38 in. "2
Sect. Mod" S = 14,20 in, ^3 Section Modulus, S 17.02 in. ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., I = 45.06 in, ^ 4 1= 70,I9in.^4
II
II
Provide:
x
9
Doug, Fir #2
2
t:l ~Z!!f!-.
TJ-Beam@6,20Serial Number: 7005108145
User: 2 8/2/20063:44:05 PM
Page 1 Engine Version: 6.20.16
1- .-;. '7.---
Joist 11,16 - Crawl Space
11 7/8" TJI@ 210 @ 16" ole
THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN
CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED
10' 9 15/16"
~~
~
Overall Dimension: 21' 715/16"
L
~[3]
J
m~
~
10' 9 15/16" ~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member.
Primary Load Group - Office Bldgs - Offices (psf): 50.0 Live at 100 % duration, 14.0 Dead, 20,0 Partition
SUPPORTS:
1
2
3
Glulam or solid sawn lumber beam
Glulam or solid sawn lumber beam
Glulam or solid sawn lumber beam
Input
Width
3,50"
3,50"
3,50"
Bearing
Length
3,50"
3.50"
3,50"
Vertical Reactions (Ibs)
Live/Dead/U pliftJT otal
324/19010/514
885 1 602 1 0 11487
324/190 I 0 1514
Detail
Other
End, T JI Blocking
Intermediate
End, T JI Blocking
1 Ply 11 7/8" TJI@210
1 Ply117/8"TJI@210
1 Ply 11 7/8" TJI@210
DESIGN CONTROLS:
Shear (Ibs)
Vertical Reaction (Ibs)
Moment (Ft-Lbs)
Live Load Defl (in)
Total Load Defl (in)
T JPro
Maximum
1000
995
-1579
Design
1000
995
-1579
0.051
0,072
58
Control
1655
1435
3620
0,266
0,531
30
Control
Passed (60%)
Passed (69%)
Passed (44%)
Passed (U999+)
Passed (L/999+)
Passed
Location
Rt. end Span 2 under Concentrated ALTERNATE span loading
Bearing 3 under Concentrated loading
Bearing 2 under Floor loading
MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
Span 1
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:U480,TL:L/240).
-Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking.
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 4' 9" ole unless detailed otherwise, Proper attachment and positioning of
lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability.
-2000 Ibs concentrated load requirements for standard non-residential floors have been considered for reaction and shear.
-The load conditions considered in this design analysis include alternate member pattern loading.
TJ-Pro RATING SYSTEM
-The T J-Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32" Panels (20" Span
Rating) decking, The controlling span is supported by beams, Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None. A structural analysis of
the deck has not been performed by the program. Comparison Value: 1.39
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P.E.
Visser Engineering Company, Inc,
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way. WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering,com
Copyright 0 2005 by Trus Joist. a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJI~ and TJ-Be~ are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~.Pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
P:\06113 Hays Irwin Dental\Eng\Timber\Joist 11.16.4 crawl.sms
~~l~.....
T J-Bearro<ID 6.20 Serial Number' 7005108145
User: 2 7/25/2006 9:16:37 AM
Page 1 Engine Version: 6.20.16
1.,).>
Joist 11.12
11 7/8" TJI@210 @ 12" ole
MEMBER IS INSUFFICIENT DUE TO LOAD
J
~~
[]:
,
o
15'
L
~
;11]
~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member,
Primary Load Group - Storage - Light (psf): 125,0 Live at 100 % duration, 15,0 Dead
SUPPORTS:
Input Bearing Vertical Reactions (Ibs) Ply Depth Nailing Detail Other
Width Length Live/Dead/U pliftIT otal Depth
1 Timberstrand LSL Beam 3.50" Hanger 938 /113 1 0 11050 11,88" N/A Top Mount Hanger None
2 Timberstrand LSL Beam 3.50" Hanger 938 1113 1 0 11 050 11,88" N/A Top Mount Hanger None
HANGERS: Simpson StronQ-Tie@ Connectors
Support Model Slope Skew Reverse Top Flange Top Flange Support Wood
Flanges Offset Slope Species
1 Top Mount Hanger ITT2.1/11.88 0/12 0 N/A No 0 N/A
2 Top Mount Hanger ITT2.1/11.88 0/12 0 N/A No 0 N/A
-Nailing for Support 1: Face: 2-N1 0 , Top 4-N1 0, Member: 2-N10
-Nailing for Support 2: Face: 2-N10, Top 4-N10, Member: 2-N10
DESIGN CONTROLS:
Maximum Design Control Control Location
Shear (Ibs) 1009 -1009 1655 Passed (61%) Rt. end Span 1 under Floor loading
Vertical Reaction (Ibs) 1009 1009 1435 Passed (70%) Bearing 2 under Floor loading
Moment (Ft-Lbs) 3637 3637 3620 Passed (100%) MID Span 1 under Floor loading
Live Load Defl (in) 0.416 0.360 Failed (U416) MID Span 1 under Floor loading
Total Load Defl (in) 0.466 0,721 Passed (L/371) MID Span 1 under Floor loading
T JPro 49 30 Passed Span 1
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:L/480,TL:U240).
-Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking,
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 3' 2" olc unless detailed otherwise, Proper attachment and positioning of
lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability.
-2000 Ibs concentrated load requirements for standard non-residential floors have been considered for reaction and shear.
TJ-Pro RATING SYSTEM
-The T J-Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32" Panels (20" Span
Rating) decking, The controlling span is supported by beams. Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None, A structural analysis of
the deck has not been performed by the program. Comparison Value: 1.69
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P,E,
Visser Engineering Company, Inc.
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering,com
Copyright C 2005 by Trus Joist. a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJI<<l, TJ-Bea.rnQ!> and TimberStrandQtl are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~.pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
simpson Strong-Ti~ Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
P: \06113 Hays Irwin Dental \Eng\Timber\Joist 11.12. sms
~ ~Zf!!L.....
TJ-Beam@6.20SeriaINumber:7005108145
User: 2 7/24/2006 1 :49:44 PM
Page 1 Engine Version: 6.20.16
2.~.i
Joist 11,16
11 7/8" TJI@210 @ 16" ole
THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN
CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED
J
~
[]:
o
is'
L
~
:~
~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member.
Primary Load Group - Office Bldgs - Offices (psf): 50,0 Live at 100 % duration, 14,0 Dead, 20.0 Partition
SUPPORTS:
Input Bearing Vertical Reactions (Ibs) Ply Depth Nailing Detail Other
Width Length Live/Dead/U pliftIT otal Depth
1 Timberstrand LSL Beam 3.50" Hanger 500 I 340 I 0 I 840 11,88" N/A Top Mount Hanger None
2 Timberstrand LSL Beam 3.50" Hanger 500 I 340 I 0 I 840 11,88" N/A Top Mount Hanger None
HANGERS: Simpson Strona-Tie@ Connectors
Support Model Slope Skew Reverse Top Flange Top Flange Support Wood
Flanges Offset Slope Species
1 Top Mount Hanger ITT2,1/11.88 0/12 0 N/A No 0 N/A
2 Top Mount Hanger ITT2,1/11,88 0/12 0 N/A No 0 N/A
-Nailing for Support 1: Face: 2-N 1 0 , Top 4-N 1 0 , Member: 2-N 10
-Nailing for Support 2: Face: 2-N10 , Top 4-N10, Member: 2-N10
DESIGN CONTROLS:
Shear (Ibs)
Vertical Reaction (Ibs)
Moment (Ft-Lbs)
Live Load Defl (in)
Total Load Defl (in)
T JPro
Maximum
1000
995
2910
Design
1000
995
2910
0.215
0,362
42
Control
1655
1435
3620
0.360
0,721
30
Control
Passed (60%)
Passed (69%)
Passed (80%)
Passed (L/803)
Passed (L/478)
Passed
Location
Rt. end Span 1 under Concentrated loading
Bearing 2 under Concentrated loading
MID Span 1 under Floor loading
MID Span 1 under Floor loading
MID Span 1 under Floor loading
Span 1
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:L/480,TL:L/240),
-Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking,
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 3' 6" ole unless detailed otherwise, Proper attachment and positioning of
lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability.
-2000 Ibs concentrated load requirements for standard non-residential floors have been considered for reaction and shear.
TJ-Pro RATING SYSTEM
-The T J-Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32" Panels (20" Span
Rating) decking. The controlling span is supported by beams_ Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None, A structural analysis of
the deck has not been performed by the program, Comparison Value: 1,39
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P,E.
Visser Engineering Company, Inc,
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering.com
Copyright 0 2005 by Trus Joist. a Weyerhaeuser Business
1'JI<<>. TJ-BeaIl'll1J and TimberStrand~ are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~,Pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
Simpson Strong-Ti~ Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
p, \06113 Hays Irwin Dental \Eng\Timber\Joist 11.16. sms
~ ~et....._
TJ-Beam@6.20Serial Number' 7005108145
User: 2 8/9/20062:12:16 PM
Page 1 Engine Version: 6.20.16
J.,.S
Joist 11.16
11 7/8" TJI@210 @ 16" ole
THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN
CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED
Overall Dimension: 23'
L
~
,r.;l
,~
,
J
0} J
[]:
f, 11'
12' !
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member,
Primary Load Group - Office Bldgs - Offices (psf): 50,0 Live at 100 % duration, 14,0 Dead, 20,0 Partition
SUPPORTS:
Input Bearing Vertical Reactions Ply Depth Nailing Detail Other
Width Length (Ibs) Depth
LivelDead/U pliftfT otal
Timberstrand LSL 3,50" Hanger 334 /189 I 0 I 523 11.88" N/A Top Mount None
Beam Hanger
2 Stud wall 5.50" 5,50" 936 I 636 I 0 I 1572 N/A N/A N/A Intermediate 1 Ply 117/8" TJI@
210
3 Timberstrand LSL 3,50" Hanger 359 I 217 I 0 I 576 11,88" N/A Top Mount None
Beam Hanger
HANGERS: Simpson StronQ-Tie@ Connectors
Support Model Slope
Skew
Reverse
Flanges
N/A
N/A
Top Flange
Offset
No
No
Top Flange
Slope
o
o
Support Wood
Species
N/A
N/A
1
3
Top Mount Hanger
Top Mount Hanger
ITT2.1/11.88
ITT2,1/11,88
0/12
0/12
o
o
-Nailing for Support 1: Face: 2-N10 . Top 4-N10 , Member: 2-N1 0
-Nailing for Support 3: Face: 2-N10. Top 4-N10, Member: 2-N10
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P.E.
Visser Engineering Company, Inc,
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering.com
Copyright 0 2005 by Trus Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJI~,TJ-Be~ and TimberStrand~ are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~.pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
Simpson Strong-Ti~ Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong-Tie Company. Inc.
P:\06113 Hays Irwin Dental\Eng\Timber\Joist 11.16.2.sms
~~~--
TJ-Beam@6.20Serial Number: 7005108145
User: 2 8/9/20062:12:16 PM
Page 2 Engine Version: 6.20.16
1.3.~
Joist 11,16
11 7/8" TJI@210 @ 16" ole
THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN
CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED
DESIGN CONTROLS:
Shear (Ibs)
Vertical Reaction (Ibs)
Moment (Ft-Lbs)
Live Load Defl (in)
Total Load Defl (in)
T JPro
Maximum
1000
995
-1769
Design
1000
995
-1769
0,071
0.104
55
Control
1655
1435
3620
0.293
0.585
30
Control
Passed (60%)
Passed (69%)
Passed (49%)
Passed (U999+)
Passed (U999+)
Passed
Location
Rt. end Span 2 under Concentrated ALTERNATE span loading
Bearing 3 under Concentrated loading
Bearing 2 under Floor loading
MID Span 2 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
MID Span 2 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
Span 2
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:U480,TL:U240),
-T J maximum bearing length controls reaction capacity. Limits: End supports, 31/2". Intermediate supports, 5 1/4",
-Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking.
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 4' 6" olc unless detailed otherwise, Proper attachment and positioning of
lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability.
-2000 Ibs concentrated load requirements for standard non-residential floors have been considered for reaction and shear,
-The load conditions considered in this design analysis include alternate member pattern loading,
TJ-Pro RATING SYSTEM
-The TJ-Pro Rating System value provides additional floor performance information and is based on a GLUED & NAILED 19/32" Panels (20" Span
Rating) decking. The controlling span is supported by beams. Additional considerations for this rating include: Ceiling - None. A structural analysis of
the deck has not been performed by the program. Comparison Value: 1,39
ADDITIONAL NOTES:
-IMPORTANT! The analysis presented is output from software developed by Trus Joist (T J). T J warrants the sizing of its products by this software will
be accomplished in accordance with T J product design criteria and code accepted design values, The specific product application, input design loads,
and stated dimensions have been provided by the software user. This output has not been reviewed by a T J Associate.
-Not all products are readily available, Check with your supplier or T J technical representative for product availability.
-THIS ANALYSIS FOR TRUS JOIST PRODUCTS ONL Yi PRODUCT SUBSTITUTION VOIDS THIS ANALYSIS,
-Allowable Stress Design methodology was used for Building Code IBC analyzing the T J Custom product listed above.
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P,E,
Visser Engineering Company, Inc,
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering,com
Copyright 0 2005 by Trus Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJIi!l,TJ-Beatfll!) and TimberStrandi!l are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~,prom and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
simpson strong-Ti~ Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
P: \06113 Hays Irwin Dental \Eng\Timber\Joist 11.16.2. 5ms
t:) ~lff!L__
TJ-Beam@6.20 Serial Number' 7005108145
User: 2 7/24/20062:18:00 PM
Page 1 Engine Version: 6.20.16
1..3:''1
Joist 11,16
11 7/8" TJI@210 @ 16" ole
THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN
CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED
Overall Dimension: 8' 9"
J
~
[]:
~
L
I]
~@J
6'
~ 2'9"~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member.
Primary Load Group - Office Bldgs - Offices (psf): 50.0 Live at 100 % duration, 14,0 Dead, 20.0 Partition
SUPPORTS:
Input Bearing Vertical Reactions Ply Depth Nailing Detail Other
Width Length (Ibs) Depth
LivelDead/U pi ift/T otal
Timberstrand LSL 3,50" Hanger 205 1105 I 0 I 310 11.88" N/A Top Mount None
Beam Hanger
2 Stud wall 3.50" 3,50" 429/292/0/720 N/A N/A N/A Overhang 1 Ply 117/8" TJI@
210
HANGERS: Simpson StronQ-Tie@ Connectors
Support Model Slope Skew
Reverse
Flanges
N/A
Top Flange
Offset
No
Top Flange
Slope
o
Support Wood
Species
N/A
Top Mount Hanger ITT2,1/11,88 0/12 0
-Nailing for Support 1: Face: 2-N1 0 , Top 4-N1 0, Member: 2-N10
DESIGN CONTROLS:
Shear (Ibs)
Vertical Reaction (Ibs)
Moment (Ft-Lbs)
Live Load Defl (in)
Total Load Defl (in)
T JPro
Maximum
1000
995
-470
Design
1000
995
-470
0.010
0.013
69
Control
1655
1435
3620
0,145
0.290
30
Control
Passed (60%)
Passed (69%)
Passed (13%)
Passed (2U999+)
Passed (2U999+)
Passed
Location
Right OH under Concentrated loading
Bearing 1 under Concentrated loading
Right OH under Floor loading
Right OH under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
Right OH under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
Span 1
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:U480,TL:U240),
-Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking,
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 8' 8" olc unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of
lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability,
-2000 Ibs concentrated load requirements for standard non-residential floors have been considered for reaction and shear.
-The load conditions considered in this design analysis include alternate member pattern loading.
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P,E.
Visser Engineering Company, Inc.
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering.com
Copyright Q 2005 by Trus Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJIill. TJ-Be~ and TimberStrandl!l are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~,pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
Simpson Strong-Ti~ Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
P,106113 Hays Irwin DentallEnglTimberlJoist 11.16,3.sms
t::) ~lf!!L~
TJ-Beam@6.20Serial Number: 7005108145
User: 2 7/14/20069:58:06 AM
Page 1 Engine Version: 6.20.16
1. .'3. C;S
Joist 11,16
11 7/8" TJI@210 @ 16" ole
THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN
CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED
ii'
~~
~
Overall Dimension: 23' 3"
L
~
ill]
12' 3" ~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
J
01
[iJ:
&
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member,
Primary Load Group - Office Bldgs - Offices (psf): 50,0 Live at 100 % duration, 14.0 Dead, 20,0 Partition
SUPPORTS:
Input Bearing Vertical Reactions (Ibs) Ply Depth Nailing Detail Other
Width Length Live/Dead/UpliftJT otal Depth
1 Parallam PSL Beam 5,25" Hanger 340/191 10/531 1 11.88" N/A Top Mount Hanger None
2 Stud wall 3.50" 3.50" 935 I 636 I 0 11570 N/A N/A N/A Intermediate 1 Ply117/8"TJI@210
3 Parallam PSL Beam 5,25" Hanger 371/22710/598 1 11.88" N/A Top Mount Hanger None
HANGERS: Simpson StronQ- Tie@ Connectors
Support Model Slope Skew Reverse Top Flange Top Flange Support Wood
Flanges Offset Slope Species
1 Top Mount Hanger ITT2,1/11,88 0/12 0 N/A No 0 N/A
3 Top Mount Hanger ITT2.1/11,88 0/12 0 N/A No 0 N/A
-Nailing for Support 1: Face: 2-N10, Top 4-N10, Member: 2-N10
-Nailing for Support 3: Face: 2-N10 , Top 4-N10 , Member: 2-N10
DESIGN CONTROLS:
Shear (Ibs)
Vertical Reaction (Ibs)
Moment (Ft-Lbs)
Live Load Defl (in)
Total Load Defl (in)
T JPro
Maximum
1000
1570
-1769
Design
1000
1570
-1769
0,073
0.107
54
Control
1655
2145
3620
0,295
0.591
30
Control
Passed (60%)
Passed (73%)
Passed (49%)
Passed (L/999+)
Passed (L/999+)
Passed
Location
Rt. end Span 2 under Concentrated ALTERNATE span loading
Bearing 2 under Floor loading
Bearing 2 under Floor loading
MID Span 2 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
MID Span 2 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
Span 2
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:L/480,TL:L/240),
-Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking,
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 4' 6" ole unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of
lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability,
-2000 Ibs concentrated load requirements for standard non-residential floors have been considered for reaction and shear,
-The load conditions considered in this design analysis include alternate member pattern loading,
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental Clinic
06-113
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P,E.
Visser Engineering Company, Inc,
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering.com
Copyright C 2005 by Trus Joist, a weyerhaeuser Business
TJIlIJ,TJ-Bedft'lll) and Parallam:l> are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~,Prom and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
simpson Strong-Ti~ Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
P:\06113 Hays Irwin Dental\Eng\Tirnber\Joist 11.16.srns
t::l ~l!l!t....~
T J-Beam@ 6.20 Serial Number: 7005108145
User: 2 8/2/20066:39:16 PM
Page 1 Engine Version: 6.20.16
1.~.~
Joist 11,16 - Crawl Space between grid A & B
11 7/8" TJI@210 @ 16" ole
THIS PRODUCT MEETS OR EXCEEDS THE SET DESIGN
CONTROLS FOR THE APPLICATION AND LOADS LISTED
Overall Dimension: 21' 4 1.116"
L
~
:~
10' 8 1/16" ~
Product Diagram is Conceptual.
J !-
m~ [1]~
10' 8 1/10" ~
LOADS:
Analysis is for a Joist Member.
Primary Load Group - Office Bldgs - Offices (psf): 50,0 Live at 100 % duration, 14.0 Dead, 20,0 Partition
Vertical Loads:
Type Class Live Dead Location Application Comment
Point(plf) Floor(1.00) 375,0 120,0 10'
SUPPORTS:
Input Bearing Vertical Reactions Ply Depth Nailing Detail Other
Width Length (Ibs) Depth
LivelDead/UpliftIT otal
Glulam or solid sawn lumber 3.50" 3,50" 336 1194 I 0 I 530 N/A N/A N/A End, T JI 1 Ply 117/8" TJI@
beam Blocking 210
2 Glulam or solid sawn lumber 3,50" 3.50" 1359/745/0/2104 N/A N/A N/A Intermediate 1 Ply 117/8" TJI@
beam 210
3 Stud wall 5.50" Hanger 329/188 I 0 I 517 11,88" 1,50" Top Mount None
Hanger
HANGERS: Simpson StronQ-Tie@ Connectors
Support Model Slope Skew Reverse Top Flange Top Flange Support Wood
Flanges Offset Slope Species
3 Top Mount Hanger NONE FOUND 0/12 0 N/A N/A N/A Douglas Fir
DESIGN CONTROLS:
Shear (Ibs)
Vertical Reaction (Ibs)
Moment (Ft-Lbs)
Live Load Defl (in)
Total Load Defl (in)
T JPro
Maximum
-1291
2104
-1699
Design
-1291
2104
-1699
0,056
0,079
58
Control
1655
2145
3620
0,262
0,523
30
Control
Passed (78%)
Passed (98%)
Passed (47%)
Passed (L/999+)
Passed (L/999+)
Passed
Location
Within Span 1 under Floor loading
Bearing 2 under Floor loading
MID Span 1 under Floor loading
MID Span 1 under Floor ALTERNATE span loading
MID Span 1 under Floor AL TERNA TE span loading
Span 1
-Deflection Criteria: STANDARD(LL:L/480,TL:L/240),
-Deflection analysis is based on composite action with single layer of 19/32" Panels (20" Span Rating) GLUED & NAILED wood decking.
-Bracing(Lu): All compression edges (top and bottom) must be braced at 4' 7" ole unless detailed otherwise. Proper attachment and positioning of
lateral bracing is required to achieve member stability.
-2000 Ibs concentrated load requirements for standard non-residential floors have been considered for reaction and shear.
-The load conditions considered in this design analysis include alternate member pattern loading,
PROJECT INFORMATION:
Hays - Irwin Dental
OPERATOR INFORMATION:
Craig Schaper, P.E.
Visser Engineering Company, Inc.
3455 South 344th Way, Suite 230
Federal Way, WA 98001
Phone: (253) 835-0810
Fax: (253) 835-0813
craigs@visserengineering.com
Copyright Q 2005 by Trus Joist, a Weyerhaeuser Business
TJI~ and TJ-Be~ are registered trademarks of Trus Joist.
e-I Joist~,Pro~ and TJ-Pro~ are trademarks of Trus Joist.
Simpson Strong-Ti~ Connectors is a registered trademark of Simpson Strong-Tie Company, Inc.
P:\06113 Hays Irwin Denta1\Eng\Timber\Joist 11.16.4 craw1.srns
VI SSE R
~.,
~
ENCINEERINC
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Rafter 6.24 - Over Stairs
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,4,1
Beam Length:
10.5 feet
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg, trib width End trib width
Root: 22,6 psf 1.33 feet 1.33 feet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
Int. wall: 40 plf o feet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam'# 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
live Load: Unit Weight Beg. trib width End uib width
Floor: 50 pst o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24,17937 psf 1.33 feet 1,33 feet LSU26
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Total Length
Beginning 158 poun s 7 ,Sin,
D End 158 pounds 327 0.35 in,
E
Member Forces Dead + Live Dead + Live + Snow
Maxinum Bending Moment: 414 It.-Ibs. 857.422 Tt.::nJs.
Maximum Shear: * 144 Ibs. 298 lbs.
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4,3
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = I Cd = 1.15 Modifiers DDL = 0,245
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi Cf - 1.3 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 1,345 psi 1,547 psi CR= 1.15 DSL = 0.262 Limit
Shear, Fv 180 psi 207 psi Cfu = I bSL+LL = 0.262 U 360
ElastiCity, E 1,600,000 psi 1,600,000 psi CL = 0.99955 DTL = 0,506 U 240
G
N
Required Section Propenies Provided Section Propenies
Area, A = 2,16 in, 2 Area, A - 8:25 in. 2
Sect. Mod., S = 6,65 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 7,56 in. ^ 3
Mom, of Iner., I = 20.05 in, ^ 4 1= 20,80 in. ^ 4
II
II
Provide:
2 x
Flat: I N I Repetitive: I y
6 Doug. Fir #2
Braced @I o,Ilft spcing
p,T.:0
VI SSE R
'.. ENGINEERING
Project: 06-113
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
,;~
Simple Beam Design
Beam Number: Rafter 8,24 - Entry Roof
Beam Length: 8 feet
Date: 7-28-06
Page: 2,4..2
L
Dead Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Roof: 22.6 psf 2 teet 2 feet
Floor: 34 psf o feet o feet
Wall beginning Wall ending
1m, wall: 40 plf o teet o feet
Ext. wall: 80 plf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
o
A
D
Live Load: Unit Weight Beg. nib width End nib width
Floor: 50 pSf o feet o feet
Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds
N
Snow Load: unit weight Beg. trib width End trib width
Roof: 24.17937 psf 2 feet 2 feet LSU26
G Beam Reactions: Location Reaction
Beam 0 o eet o pounds
D
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Required
Beam # 0 o feet o pounds Bearing
Reactions Dead Load Live Load Snow Load Total Length
Beginning 181 pounds o pounds 193.435 pounds 374 0.40 in,
End 181 pounds o pounds 193.435 pounds 374 0,40 in,
E
Member Forces
Maxinum Ben ing Moment:
Maximum Shear: *
*Taken distance 'd' from support, subject to NDS 3.4.3
Dead + Live
362 t.- s,
153 lbs.
S
Allowable Stresses Deflection (in.)
Cd = 1 Cd = U5 Modifiers DDL = 0,054
Bear g, perp to grain 625 psi CF - 1.2 DLL - 0
Bending, Fb 1,241 psi 1,427 psi CR= U5 DSL = 0.058 Limit
Shear, Fv 180 psi 207 psi Cfu = I DSL + LL = 0.058 U 360
Elasticity, E 1,600,000 psi 1,600,000 psi CL = 0,99941 DTL = O,1l2 U 240
G
Required Section Properties Provided Section Properties
Area, A - 2.30! in. "2 Area, A - 10.88 in. "'2
Sect. Mod" S = 6,29 in, ^ 3 Section Modulus, S 13.14 in, ^ 3
Mom. of Iner., 1 = 13.34 in. ^ 4 1= 47,63 in. ^ 4
II
N
II
Provide:
x
8
Doug. Fir #2
2
.y
I .',
.z J .x
~
2.2
Results for LC 1, D+S
Reaction units are k and k-ft
Visser Engineering Compa. .
ces
06-11 3
M3
N6
2
I
I
I
2.2
Irwin - Heavy Timber Truss
2.5.1
Aug 14,2006 at 10:31 AM
HT TRUSS.R2D
1. S.1--
Company Visser Engineering Company
Designer . ces
Job Number: 06-113 Irwin - Heavy Timber Truss
Aug 14, 2006
10:33 AM
Checked By:_
Global
~~ Sections for Member Cales .. 10
Max Internal Sections for Member Cales 100
Include Shear Deformation Yes
Merde Tolerance (in) .12
P-Delta Analysis Tolerance 0.50%
Hot Rolled Steel Code AISC: ASD 9th
Cold Formed Steel Code :-\ AISI 99: ASD
NDS Wood Code NDS 91: ASD
NDS Temoerature , < 100F
Concrete Code ACI1999
Number of Shear Regions 4
RElQionSpacirid Increment (in) 4
Concrete Stress Block Rectangular
UseCfackeaSections ~ Yes
~adFralT1i~gW9rning.s No
Unused Force Warninas Yes
General Material Properties
Label
E~
G [ksi]
Nu
Therm (\1 E5 F)
Density[k1ft^3]
- - --- ___ - - _I_--=:::-~ -- --
1 aen Conc3NW 3155 1372 .15 .6 .145 --
2 aen Conc4NW 3644 1584 .15 .6 .145
3 Q,E3n Conc3L W 2085 906 .15 .6 ----'~-----
4 aen Conc4L W 2408 1047 .15 .6 .11
~- -- Qen AllJm 10600 4077 -- ____,;3 1.29 -- ___JL3._.____..
6 aen Steel 29000 11154 .3 .65 .49
7 RIGID 1e+7 0 0 0__
Wood Material Properties
Label
I 1 c:::::5E:Carch
Speci~s
Douglas Fir-Larch
GLade
NO.2
Cml"E;mOd----r-/lJU__{hermJ\l,.].._D_eO.S!k/W.3] J
1 .3 .3___ _.03.5_
NDS Wood Section Sets
_La_bel ShCjPJl D~.m9ILL1~t Type
EE-_~_~~~2=A~~}~~~~:~r1~:~~
Member Primary Data
Lc:l.oel I J.Qint J Jojnt R_Q.tCltill<J~g S_ection/S_hape Desi n List T 'Qe MqteriaJ DeslgnB.LJIsl_~
1 M1 N1 N5 NDS1 Rectan !,lIar Beam DF Larch "(VP.K:.9l.
2 M2 N2 N5 NDS1 Rectan ular Beam DFLarch ,T ical
3 M3 N3 N4 NDS2 Rectan j.Jlar Beam DF Larch Ty~1
4 M4 N5 N6 NDS2 Rectan ular Beam DF Larch T ical
Joint Coordinates and Temperatures
Label
X Eft]
Y[lli
Temp [F]
- - - ..
1 N1 92.,104 -43,9_89 0 .---
2 N2 107.682 -43.989 0
_3 N3 93.80031 -41.574772 0 --
4 .. ... N4 105,984853., -42.574772 0
RISA-2D Version 6.0
[P:\06113 Hays Irwin Dental\Eng\Analysis\HT TRUSS.R2D]
Page 1
1..,5.)
Company Visser Engineering Company
Designer : ces
Job Number: 06-113 Irwin - Heavy Timber Truss
Aug 14, 2006
10:33 AM
Checked By:_
Joint Coordinates and Temperatures (Continued)
~Label X [f!]
_5_ N5 99.892~~g
6 N6 99.892582 .
Y eft]
-:rl,497879~__
-42.574772
TempJEl__
~~~-~
. . 0
Joint Boundary Conditions
EEl
Jpint Label
N1
N2
x fklinl
Reaction
y [Is.LlnI
Reaction
Reaction
Rotation[k-fUrad]
r-.~~-- 1
NDS Wood DeskIn Parameters
l,.i!b_el Shape Lenath[fi ,J&,QuJ[f!]_ _l&in[fi]_I~=b~DdJo~,Ie=.t:>end_bQ...'f@t ~K:i!L _CH_ _CJ_ QuLsw~)[LS_WY
1 M1 NDS1 10,139
2 M2 ./} NDS1 10:14 .(
3 M3 ND$2 12.185 -.
4 M4 NDS2 5.077
Basic Load Cases
~
C:f--fG'~"~iO'f~E~J
BLC Description
~.~€~
Load Combinations
__J_
2
3
R~$_GJjpJign S_QI...
Q~Yes
[)+S+W/2 Yes
D+SL2+W Yes
PDel1a
SRSS
e.LC Factor BL!: Facto] Sl,._C E!:lctor B.L<:: Factor EtLC Eactor BLC F.'agor BLC F.Jtctor Bl,._C Factor
Ql" -.J ~!- 1
DL l' SL 1 WL .5
DL 1 SL .5 WL 1
Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 1 : DEAD)
[11
J_oinU..c:l,b.el
N5
L.D,M
L
DjrectioD
Y
M.aglJjtude[k)s.={tio.l".a(tJLs~2{ft] ._~
-.997 ::J
Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 2: SNOW)
Joint Label L,D,M Direction
11' I N5 L Y
Joint Loads and Enforced Displacements (BLC 3: WIND)
J_oJntLabel L,Q.M Dire_ction
11-1 N5 L Y
Maqnitude[ls.,k-ft in.rad k*s^2/ft]
-1,103--- -=:J
Magnitud~[!s.&...ft.in.n:l.dJLs~2Lft] __I
.9_6 _I
Member Distributed Loads (BLC 1 : DEAD)
EEl
Member Label
~~-~I
Direction
Y
Y
Start Magnitude[klftJ!?,g] End Magnitudefklft.., Start Locationrft, %] End Location[ft. %]
~) ..' ... .~1:f:-=:r-=:~; . .-jT . ~-~ - F---~r-- ~ l
Member Distributed Loads (BLC 2: SNOW)
Memb_er..L.<;'!bel Djr.e~tion Start Magnitud~[IsIMegL_,End Magnitu.ctellslfLl.,SJilJ:tLo.catiOfl[ft%] ~.ncLLQ.c..Q.ti(m[ft'%]l
1 I M1 Y -.05 ~ -.05 _ 0 L 0 .--1
RISA-2D Version 6.0
[P:\06113 Hays Irwin Dental\Eng\Analysis\HT TRUSS.R2D]
Page 2
1.s.L\
Company Visser Engineering Company
Designer . ces
Job Number: 06-113 Irwin - Heavy Timber Truss
Aug 14, 2006
10:33 AM
Checked By:_
Member Distributed Loads (BLC 2: SNOW) (Continued)
Member Label Directign s..tflILMa_qnity.<:l.!3Ik/fl.c:Ie_q] Em MagnitLill!llMt.., $la_rtLjlJ<_q1LQIlfft%J E:m_LQ.Ci!.ti9lJftl,~
2 M2 Y -.05 -.05 0 0
Member Distributed Loads (BLC 3 : WIND)
ffi- Mem~r~~el Dir~~~g~gi===_~=t~=i~[~~i-~ri9D[fJ'~+~=:g~~~l
Joint Deflections
LC
Joint Label
X [in]
Y [in]
Rotation [rad]
.- --.--------- -- ~ - - -._--- --
1 1 N1 0 0 0
2 1 N2 .087 0 0
3 1 N3 .04 -.049 -1.ge-3
4 1 N4' .047 -.049 1 . ge-3
5 1 N5 ,044 -,058 0 -I
6 1 N6 .044 -.069 -1.443e-7
Joint Reactions
LC
Joint Label
X [k]
Y[k]
MZ [k-ft]
I_'-1 ---- -. - -~-- --
N1 ------~Q------ ___4,1;3_____ I-----,-~_.-------_.-
2 1 N2 0 2.23 0
3 1 Totals: Q 4.46 ~..'-"""""""_._~-'
4 1 COG'(ft): X: 99.893 Y: -39.266
Member Section Forces (Bv Combination)
LC
Member Label
Sec
Axial[!s]
Shear[k]
Moment[k-ft]
-_._- -- -,.------....- .- --
_J_ _J M1 1 1 .428 1.713 0 ---
2 2 1.348 1.618 .'. -1.876
--~_.- -.--- -- 3 3.142 -,11~ -3.572 ...---
4 '-' 4 3.063 ~.214 -3.384
5 5 2.983 -.31 -3.089
6 6 2.903 -.405 -2.687
7 7 2,824 -.501 -2.176
8 8 2.744 -.596 -1 ,559
9 9 2.665 -.692 -.8~3
10,"'" Of' "..... 10 2.585 -.787. .J 0 \,
11 1 M2 1 1 .428 :-1.713 0
12 2 1.348 -1.618 1.876
__LL _h'._. 3 3,142 .119 3.573
14 4 3.062 ,214 3.385
15 5 2.983 .31 3.09
16 6 2.903 .405 .... "' 2.687
17 7 2.824 ,501 2.177
18 8 2.744 ,596 1,559
19 9 2,664 .692 ,833 .-.....-
20 ., ? 10 ,..[ .787 0 '.
21 1 M3 1 r -2.49 ) .061 0 _J
22 2 \. 1'2.49 r" .048 -.074
23 3 -T49 I .034 -.129
24 4 -2.49 .02 -.165
_f_~ Q -2.49 .007 -.184
26 6 -2.49 -.007 =.184------.--
27 7 -2.49 -,02 -.165 -- --
RISA-2D Version 6.0
[P:\06113 Hays Irwin DentaI\Eng\Analysis\HT TRUSS.R2D]
Page 3
Company Visser Engineering Company
Designer . ces
Job Number: 06-113 Irwin - Heavy Timber Truss
1.S.s
Aug 14, 2006
10:33 AM
Checked By:_
Member Section Forces (Bv Combination) (Continued)
_L"g_ See Axi(jl k
28 8 -2.49
29 9 -2.49
30 ,1 0"'-2.49~1"
Member Section Stresses
~b~9I[kl
-.034
-,048
~.061
MgllJ!;)Jltfl<.:m___
-.129
-.OH___.___
o
__ ---.1~
1 1
2
3
4' ., "
_9-
6
--.1.
8
-.-il..
. 10
11
12 >
13
14 ',.:
~~
16
17
18
_JfJ_
20" "'.::,,:
...41 1
22
23
24 ,.,., ',-'
._2~_ _=_
26
._4L. _~_ __.
28
29
30
AxLC!J[!sQj] Shearfksil
.023 .041
"..021 ':'''' .038
.05 -,.903
';'04R '.,.~,: .' -.005' ,.
.047 -.007
:046 ", -.01
.045 -.012
: :',043.:- : -.014
042 -,OJJ?
041",' ", ~,019' ,
.023 -00
~;: .021'. '!,Mn. . : .,.
3 ,05 &Q3
.'. ; ", ,:qi;:: .:'4+t/ 'i. '.048 1.,',. ':005....
5 .047 .007
'. :;;6" ,.v .046: ,., ,x: .01
7 .045 .012
8';,..', .".043 ":'.014.
904? 016
" i " ...' 1\:10 .\ " 041' " n1Q "
M3 1 -.06 ,002
.' :)"2 " .-.06 . .002 :'. .. , .
3 -.06 .001
.', . "',4 '. -~.06 .,' n
5 -,06 0
. . ,,'6. . -.06 "'. '0
7 -.06 0
8' . -.06 -.001
9 -06 --no?
"., I ,10 ' ,ne::' -.002
Top.J;iending[!smL,--89t Bendlng[l<.!ij
o 0
("iRA/:i:I?:. '.:':' -;186 ::'.
,354 -.354
.335:: /,x.x..,..,r=":.
.306 -.306
, ,266',':"; -.26()f1
.215 _~ _-----2-2,j_5~ ~
. 1 54 . .,:. ::''':154 .
.082____ __ . -,08..2____
i: 0:::,: :', '. N.O:;;"
o Q
-.186, ....\i:,186
- .354
s=:;:r;:. , :i;U "(,)';335:""
- ,306
,:,,; 3' :,.:' ,: 'it .''',.266
-.215 .215
,,:';;'-.154,'; .,iA l: A .' ....;
- OR? .082
: ,',,} n ;',::: 0 :::::;;:
o 0
.017 ~"':".017
.03 -.03
.;~' .O~3"8",-- .. ;/>~:::a0: -.oj's ---
.043 -.043
"::..043 ""..~.043,
.9:31t=-'T- _-,---:,.,0}8__._
.03 ., -.03 .'.,
.017 -.017
0" . > :); ',;:';>0..: .,.:";'. ':'.:.
'.
Member Label
-- M1--
...:
,'.
See
1
;/2
3
,,4' ,;"
5
. 1')': ! ..' ":" .
7
"'" R '.'
9
10
:. .:. "
. "
.. .,.'.,
'. ....
'.:
.
" ,'. .
ry12
: . '.. '.'
. (.
. :'.'
-- ..... . ,. .', .... ..: ....,.
....
.: ':'"
.
"
Member Section Deflections
1
2
..,1.._ _____.
4
..Q._. .....
6
7
8
..JL
10
.11
12
_.1;?
14
15
.008
:029 "
.042
n)Jh Ratio
NC ___".___
'<.0. 4619.648>,<~:i;::;;>:
2549.1~____~
. 1998,882' ,
1858.64
'1943:609
2284.537
3146~321 ;:~:!'
NG_
:ii:':::,:46:18.~691,: S~->
. _____~Q~~p_:3_Q....__,,_.__.
1998:393"
1858,175
RISA-2D Version 6.0
[P:\06113 Hays Irwin Dental\Eng\Analysis\HT TRUSS.R2D]
Page 4
J.S.LQ l
Company Visser Engineering Company
Designer . ces
Job Number: 06-113 Irwin - Heavy Timber Truss
Aug 14, 2006
10:33 AM
Checked By:_
Member Section Deflections (Continued)
LC Member Label Sec
~1
y.1ln~
(DlLiY Ratio
-----. --.--..--- -------.--.----.---.....- .... \( -,..-.-.,..-..,.......,-- -- -.069...... -- _.--------------------
16 ... 6 ..,< <.047 1943.117 ........
__1L_ -...---.-- 7 --.-.- _____.:,069 ,046 _2283.955_____-
18 8 .... -,07 .039 \ 3145.517
19 9 -.07 .029 5982.42 ...
20 .. '.' . 10 ':::071 , .017....... , ..... NC
21 1 M3 1 ,04 -.049 NC______.__.___.__.____
22 .. .,. 2 .041 ". ::056 .... , NC ..
_~;3_ --.- 3 .042 -.062 NC
24 .< 4 .042 . -.066 .... 8452~567
__2.;'1- ~~ ----.--.---- 5 . 0_4.~ -.068 ---- 7448..613 .~_.
26 6 .044 ~.068 7448.613
27 7 ,045 -.066 8_4Q2.~56L_._____.___
28 . 8 .045 -,062 NC
29 -- 9 . Q_'lli...____. -.056 ------- _____.__.__.__NC_~~_._
30 '.' 10 <.047 -.049 NC
Member AISI Cold Formed Steel Code Checks
LC Member
Sllilp_~l::_Ma~_L.9.Q[m~e.ClLU_C;_LQc[m_e.n[k]____.ID[~]_Mn[k-ft]~C_b__ClTl~E:.q~
No Data to Print '.. _.I
1
2
3
l...G Member
1 M1
1 M2
1 _tv1.3
Shape
6X12
6X12
~X8
Lo.c[ft] S.b.eaL..loJ;:[ft] Fc'[ksi] Ft'[ksi) I Fb'~i] Fv'[lssi] gs C;L_ CP EClQ.
2.253 .478 0 .4_QJ .425 .872 .085 Q,-~QJ --,-~~fL .]Jr,L _3~~~:t
2.253 A78 0 .4-67 .425 .872 .085" 6.801 ;996 .779 3.9-3
6.031 .026 12,185 .352 .475 .7 .085 6.021 1 .74 3.9-1
Member NDS Wood Cod
Solution Warnina Loa
1___-
_-----.Me.s~ge
No Data to Print ...
RISA-2D Version 6.0
[P:\06113 Hays Irwin Denta/\Eng\Analysis\HT TRUSS.R2D]
Page 5
VI SSE R
ENCINEERING
Project: Irwin Dental Clinic 06-113
Client: Hays Architects
Date: 08/14/06
7..&.,
Double Shear - Wood to Steel Side Plates
Bolted Connection:
Side Member Properties Main Member Pronerties
Species: Steel (A36) Species: Douglas Rr-larch #2 T..l
Size: 16x12 1".1
ts= 0.25 m t = 5.50 in
m
A,= 1.00 in^ 2 A = 63.25 in ^2
m
e = 0 degrees e = 40 degrees
5 m
E = 2.90E+07 psi E = 1600000 psi
s m
SG = NA SG = 0,5
Fe (par) = NA psi Fe (par) = 5600 psi
Fe (perp) = NA psi Fe (p<'1') = 2578 psi
Fee = NA psi Fee = 3773 psi
Dowel Bearing Strength Yield Limit Coefficients Yield Limits
F = 58000 psi 1\,= 0.065 k3 = 12,436 Mode Z Qbs)
cs
Fcm ;::;;::: 3773 psi Ke= 1.111 1m 3502 NDS 8.3-1
Ills 2396 NOS 8.3.3
IV 4027 NOS 8.3.4
Bolt Properties End Distances
Diameter: I 3/4 1".1 in L(an) = 5.5 in
Frb = 45000 pSI L (min) = 5.25 m
Bolt Spacing Adiusnnent Factors Nominal Design Value. Z
# Bolts/Row: 1 CD = 1.15 Z= 2396 lbs
# Rows: 1 C = 1
m
S (au) = 3 in C = 1 Allowable Design Value. Z'
I
S min (bolll = 3 m Cd = 1.000 Z' = 2756 lbs
S (rn",) = 0 in C = 1. 000
g
S min (rnw) = 1.125 in P allow = 2756 . lbs
VIS 5 E R
ENCINEERING
Project: Irwin Dental Clinic
Client: Hays Architects
Calculation Sheet
Date: 8-9-06
Page: ~"7'
. .,
Title:
Pole Foundation
Pole Dcsil!n (Total Lateral Load)
Total Shear: 1574.31882 pounds
Number of Poles in Structure: 2 each
Shear per Pole: 787 pounds
Height of Pole: 13 feet
Moment per Pole: 10233 foot-pounds HSS8x8x5/16
Material: Fy = 46 ksi Sx: 22.7 inches^3
Size: 8x8 Ix: 90.9 inches^4
tb: 5410 psi - ok- < 30360 psi E: 29000000 psi
Deflection: 0.38 inches U412.83
Pole Desil!n (Wind Load on Pole)
Total Shear: 3305.994886 pounds
Number of Poles in Structure: 2 each
Shear per Pole: 1652.997443 pounds
Height of Pole: 13 feet
Moment per Pole: 21489 foot-pounds
Material: Fy = 46 ksi Sx: 22,7 inches^ 3
Size: 8x8 Ix: 90.9 inches^4
Ib: 11360 psi - ok- < 30360 psi E: 29000000 psi
Deflection: 0.79 inches U 196.59
Nonconstrained Foundation Dcsil!n (ref IBC 1805.7.2.1)
Point Load
P:
h:
Allowable Lateral Soil Pressure:
Assumed depth of embedment:
SI:
diameter or diagonal of footing, b:
A:
required depth of embedment, d:
1653
13
400
5.78
771
3
1.67302
5,777
pounds (/Iv J'fV D J
feet
pcf (Table 1804.2 - no increase taken)
feet
psf
feet
feet
pou
feet
pcf (Table 1804.2 - no increase taken)
feet
psf
feet
feet
Required Depth of Embedment: 5.777 It
VIS 5 E R
lfg ~.~.~..!..~..~..~..~..~..~..~
-.
Shear Wall Design: X-X Direction
W
tion:
TOIal Length of Shear Panels:
Length of Shonest (in width) Shear Panel:
Plate Hei ht:
feet
3.25 feet
10.00 leet
Lateral Loads:
Roof: 9012 lbs. + o Ibs. 9012 lbs.
"0 Floor: 0 lbs. + o lbs. 0 lbs.
"
~ Floor: 0 lbs. + o Ibs. o lbs.
Floor: 0 lbs. + o Ibs. o lbs.
9012 lbs.
Upper Roof: 3867 lbs. + 0 Ibs. = 3867 lbs.
u
:~ Floor: 2376 lbs. + 0 Ibs. 2376 lbs.
" Low Roof: 3824 lbs. + 0 Ibs. 3824 lbs.
Vl Floor: o lbs. 0 lbs. o Ibs.
+
10067 Ibs.
Wall Desi :
Wind Shear = 1.3 VwindIL:
Seismic Shear = VeIL:
Shear Wall As ct Ratio = H/W:
Holdown Desi
636
547
3.07692
Wind Uplift from Above:
Wind Uplift = (!.3 VwindIL) . Plate Height:
Total Wind Holdown Force:
Seismic Uplift from Above:
Seismic Uplift = (VeIL) . Plate Height:
Total Seismic Holdown Force:
Ho/down SeleClion: N/A
o pounds
6364 pounds
6364 unds
o pounds
5468 pounds
5468 unds
or HDQS/HDBA /33r/
ri= 0117
Location:
Total Lenglh of Shear Panels: 0.00 feet
Lenglh of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: 0.00 feet
Plate Hei ht: 0,00 leet
o Ibs. -
o lbs. =
o lbs.
o lbs. =
o
o
o
o
"0
"
~
Roof: o lbs, +
u Floor: o lbs.
's +
.!!I Floor: o lbs. +
"
Vl Floor: o lbs.
+
o lbs,
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
Wall Desi
Wind Shear = 1.3 VwindIL:
Seismic Shear - Veil: ####
Shear Wall As Ct Ratio - H/W: #DIV/O!
# DIV/O/
#DlV/O/
#DIV/O!
o pounds
### pounds
### unds
o pounds
### pounds
### unds
or #DIVjO!
Project: D6.:ill
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Date: l=2B:ilii
Page: 3.1
J
5
0.65
Wall 'fF 31 Locanon: First Floor ~outh ~ide
Total Length of Shear Panels: 22.32 feet
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: 2.83 feet
Plate Hei2ht: 10.00 leet
Lateral Loads:
Roof: 9986 lbs. + o lbs. - 9986 lbs.
"0 Floor: o lbs. + o lbs. = o Ibs.
"
~ Floor: o lbs. + o Ibs. = o Ibs.
Floor: o lbs. + o lbs. = o lbs.
9986 lbs.
Upper Roof: 5111 Ibs. + o Ibs. - 5111 lbs.
u
's Floor: 3139 lbs. + o Ibs. = 3139 Ibs.
.!!I Low Roof: 5053 Ibs. + o lbs. = 5053 lbs.
"
Vl Floor: 0 Ibs. o lbs. = o Ibs.
+
13303 Ibs.
Wall Design:
Wind Shear = 1.3 VwindIL: 582 olf. Requires Type: J
Seismic Shear = VeIL: 596 olf. Requires Type: 8
Shear Wall Aspecl Ratio = H/W: 3.534 Shear caoacirv reduction: 0,566
Holdown Design:
Wind Uplift from Above: o pounds
Wind Uplift = (1.3 VwindIL) . Plate Height: 5816 pounds
Total Wind Holdown Force: 5816 pounds
Seismic Uplift from Above: o pounds
Seismic Uplift = (Veil) . plale Height: 5960 pounds
TOIal Seismic Holdown Force: 5960 pounds
HoldoH71 Seleclion: N/A or HDQ8/HD8A /33r/
ri = 0.14
Locanon:
Total Length of Shear Panels:
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel:
Plate Hei ht:
Lateral Loads:
Roof:
11 Floor:
~ Floor:
Floor:
o lbs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
o lbs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
o lbs.
o lbs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
o Ibs.
Ro .
o Ibs. +
o lbs. +
o lbs, +
o lbs. +
o lbs.
o lbs.
o lbs.
o lbs.
oar:
Floor:
Floor:
#DIV/O/
#DfV/O/
#DIV/Ol
VI SSE R
ENCINF.F.nING
Shear Wall Design: Y-Y Direction
Location: First F oor Le t En
Total Length of Shear Panels: 17.61 feet
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: 3.00 feet
Plate Hei ht: 10.00 teet
Lateral Loads:
Roof: 10960 Ibs. + 0 Ibs. 10960 lbs.
'0 Floor: 0 lbs. + 0 lbs. 0 lbs.
<:
~ Floor: 0 lbs. + 0 lbs. 0 Ibs.
Floor: 0 Ibs. + 0 Ibs. 0 Ibs.
10960 Ibs.
Roof: 11685 Ibs. + 0 Ibs. 11685 lbs.
u Floor: lbs. lbs. lbs.
'6 0 + 0 0
.!!l Floor: 0 lbs. + 0 lbs. 0 Ibs.
"
V) Floor: lbs. Ibs. = 0 lbs.
0 + 0
11685 Ibs.
Wall Desi n:
Wind Shear = 1.3 VwindlL: 809
Seismic Shear = VeIL: 664
Shear Wall As ect Ratio = H/W: 3.3
Holdown Desi n:
4
8
0.6
Wind Uplift from Above:
Wind Uplift = (1.3 VwindlL) . Plate Height:
Total Wind Holdown Force:
Seismic Uplift from Above:
Seismic Uplift = (VeIL) . Plate Height:
Total Seismic Holdown Force:
Holdo\Vll Seleccjoll: N/A
Ii = 0.2
o pounds
8091 pounds
8091 ounds
o pounds
6635 pounds
6635 ounds
or HDlOA f33s1
n:
Total Length of Shear Panels: 0.00 feet
th of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel: 0.00 feet
Plate Hei ht: 0.00 teet
bs. 0 lbs. 0
'0 0 lbs. 0 lbs. 0
~ 0 lbs. 0 lbs. 0
0 lbs. 0 lbs. 0
0
Roof: 0 Ibs. + 0 lbs. 0
u Floor: lbs. lbs.
'6 0 + 0
.[1 Floor: 0 Ibs. + 0 Ibs.
V) Floor: 0 lbs. 0 lbs.
+
Wall Desi n:
Wind Shear - 1.3 VwindIL: ##
Seismic Shear - VeIL: ##
Shear wall As ect Ratio = H/W: ##
o pounds
### pounds
### ounds
o pounds
### pounds
### ounds
or #DIV/Ol
Project: ilii:lU
Client: Hays - Irwin Dental
Date: l::28:Q.6.
Page: 3.2
W Location: First f oor Ri
Total Length of Shear Panels:
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel:
Plate Hei ht:
Lateral Loads:
Roof: 10960 lbs. + 0 lbs. = 10960 Ibs.
'0 Floor: 0 Ibs. + 0 Ibs. = 0 lbs.
<:
~ Floor: 0 lbs. + 0 lbs. = 0 lbs.
Floor: 0 lbs. + 0 lbs. 0 lbs.
10960 Ibs.
Roof: 11685 Ibs. + 0 lbs. 11685 Ibs.
u Floor: lbs. lbs, = lbs.
'6 0 + 0 0
.!!l Floor: 0 lbs. + 0 lbs. 0 Ibs.
"
V) Floor: lbs. lbs. = Ibs.
0 + 0 0
11685 lbs.
Wall Desi n:
Wind Shear = 1.3 VwindlL: 789
Seismic Shear = VeIL: 647
Shear Wall As ect Ratio = H/W: 2.9
Holdown Desi
4
1
0.7
Wind Uplift from Above:
Wind Uplift = (1.3 VwindlL) . Plate Height:
Total Wind Holdown Force:
Seismic Uplift from Above:
Seismic Uplift = (VeIL) . Plate Height:
Total Seismic Holdown Force:
HoldolVll Selection: N/A
o pounds
7894 pounds
7894 ounds
o pounds
6474 pounds
6474 ounds
or HDlOA f33s1
Ii = 0.2
Location: 0
T oral Length of Shear Panels:
Length of Shortest (in width) Shear Panel:
Plate Hei ht:
Lateral Loads:
Roof: 0 lbs. - 0 lbs.
'0 Floor: 0 Ibs. = 0 Ibs
<:
~ Floor: 0 lbs. = 0 Ibs.
Floor: 0 lbs. 0 lbs.
0 lbs.
0 Ibs. + 0 lbs. 0 lbs.
0 Ibs. + 0 lbs. 0 lbs.
0 Ibs. + 0 lbs. 0 Ibs.
0 lbs. + 0 lbs. 0 lbs.
0 lbs.
?:7.. I
F-, ,
, .
I ,-
.-
i L' \
1- ,
, ~
',f "
U'
i
}'__ ~ I 8'+ vl r
'1 l=~ _ __ _~_ - -: - --l' - I f
~llo2..';-11Cf.r ~"_. - l~-~----L?~\c.---I----J .
.l--- I U r-----J;-c- -"4 rl~~~' c.f.
--'i~C'!~Ym'I~~':I-l\='HI~~ljf'l:=-~,,!ln~J~J1~J_~\=-t-L-r'j:hj"._ - -- -, I'
"1 '~r'~ 1."---fH'" IL "'--~I "",
_ 11---\ '1>- M ~'1 ~,.,:f ,1 ~ ~" : I ' ~
__',_ ~ ~b : ',e, , " 'I :: 21.[11_ -4632 C..f.
L I )( - i. )("--)1.- "''''' I
I I~, ofr.'I'" r II ,,'",APllo:.o,'j ?-th ' JD" - --j' -\ ~ \
'I Il PH "~~;~ ~ . :i .-~.tb ';,,:~:~,:--~r ~ ""' r , : &-
: j'l ____-~I--'=..:I-.- Jifl ::----;,-::- __1-;, ~ _IJ- '=eJ ,o-'-~----l: '~I --
! _I' ~ 'i>' ~ --. -IT T :e.. [-j I"", ii J - I ~ T ~ (~ 1. '1'1 fJ-f (w I/\)D')
I .D 1 I 1100<" :: E. f~-3 --H"--~" -III ~ .
li~I"~ :.. L : .-ir ---<-TI ~d'-I;~ J~ Jt !w'm' , j
I ~vc;; i , :,f-, \ ":'j -~~--C_'~?j2~~J- "",~.i 1 Iii
, 1 ~ :: "Z;;I\ ,,- Ll2.'irf_ ---rm" -- ml-':--- '~~ - If~' - -- , r, \
'7f-- F---D :: 2.<.-'}~-----------;r{.4.-..,---~/tp7 f ,__J-~--':r<l/ . ----r~: ~ ~ -
j/ _ .~~~= ""OILO~O! j;, -~-~i~I~1""'-~1: II ~3:~~~~A::m.~-:~...I~S,_ __:: ,11 ./ trS32! Cf.
l. _ '.' _~ _'. ,,:~ . . - ~,;~~,ilL"""p-f="'"' I \ -~~'~-Tff"" ".'. -(/-' ... I"
_::10' l.5-E. L~:i:JO' ___~------L..-.. ~ '- 1 ~D! j \ -'
. ____L;-IO. l'S'-'" L' IOI!;TR"'Pl~
--~'I;~'<A7guih;'~kB.j -- ..~---l"l~r',- ;,
- I .
J' '! '
;' \J..) 7t.fL/ PJ. -f (,,,-II (Vt) ')
l
l
I
cr-
-3
---",
._._---~,--
, p 1/:\ PIIIUI ['I tl\ S i t?- f <:~,;. I:' s. ::
rPx, "'- \1'1.. -,233/ o/~5' : 275' plf (SEISMlt-) -< ~OvE,4!..N.s
"'1\ --
'275 W'fl: ((/ cfz. )
~ ne'tl4t
.f:' ~
r-
"'- 'Z-7S-: 'j';f~
'1 't-'
,
:A ' '\
'-,0/1-, )
':.. I~ 711ft
< D/P. PHP,/,l."W\ }'I pf @) -. 1-2-" Fi...'/wc;,,;C) I \/~,:i;:I.<:(.F i70 0 --4
...~..t (~, f - " .. (. ". '
c..........- -. tl. I....l~ \. t 1-- ,.;::L r r Cl.J~> ~1
~'{);ll F ., I? 0 r:/ ( (1;\"""'" - P IfL)
(oc;,<; ,
(.:. Nn {':'" ~~"::1 \':"0 i7.:..<"t=
(&P..o z. .:t {.(i ')
..... .-
" ;':11; rYff ( fiN ((11 ) ....
~-~-'-------~ -:
11' 5','
4;
if 83 2 '. e; N' f.? . /"'S.o..TT
C'1i t.~.::' ~.~:I_?l.:._ ~~.~,'~!~{? ___~.-~~:~~:~_. .e _...~t.t..!.'2..3:-!'L'iJE-::Q~~t-r..- \7.E;?__'!__~.
7~:= ~ (1'..}() :;. ~~?'-::r.-t (~~2 ( C;;7. S' r - 7.0 )
J7 --.-------..----.--..- -.
':-,'j~, .~tt ("1'-( ,\ . 84', (j)7 I
___________..J. ( 57-'1-UU.')
?_ - ~ I-
8 '-{.ul , ':. 1/5'''1 =*
__ 1'11s rf-
/3 -=-
VI SSE R
ENGINEERING
.-'C'V.I(.J
,-1-;',1(::) Z. '.
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
Project: :'Cg \,<./ ,.\/ r';>i",; ill (..
Client:
Date: 7' ~ :/..--7.. 0 (()
Page: '3 . '1-.7___
(\, i:~t f. <." '.
(c(7...../.) Tf/\) (...'/.: ()\,
~ -. " .. ,
"
.C ._
j, --Jl
:{l1 " . \
3'33 '/'h ( 70(2- I
------_.,--~.:.:_-
, 13~
";1/ --t
,+..,-
~ 11(,,51'/, ;.
( I'?. '-{7-
INfi/..G "- v
:')'1-<'07
.Ji ' ( !'G'j J- tf '?~ :!t
D -: \:''6 If! -:..
- !;
'r \ " ~~~~, :p,
Dp ,~ "- 13'6 '-\'1 : 7~LP "'-
I.. )
-. ~
13~ ~!ri ~tt '') 4~}1:2.. >+
D. .. ( ~
-<.-
l)tl -. 13'ls' ''/{1 ('01..1' ') - ~33''!f-I (II,'I~') ';' /l{- "II- <
DE -;: l3'i{"'I.f! (('?,' ').. ~33 A:ln C (J,1S' \:: 7..4;3&"
<'e'33 'l/j7
4B:J2.~ C.(/o!'.o f'i:'I"C(:.
e ('1/ D ' POI tJT
Wx
']...
') ,
C. (/ ,,\
.,.X - i\. )
~1 t;lIjf'l ( 5'{.)
C/.j oj<..D ("'0 "-l-f~ e (;{ [.1.11) i)
0/2. lO (y',
'2.
D
i' C'U .',
( c) r,!...P7 ,,, 5 'I )
'1t.
:: LfL.lfe~ =-o.==c-j;> eMS Telt.? SUA p vi (fa&>) fl.'?,f .)Ifl v,
5'1 '
C,C1P-11') C
::. 4(g'fL{ ^'to ..( 'DP-AI, FOk-E ~ 4-{,q';l..~ (O'~STIL/ WIC5'4!){~d~~
fv(~
'<If
-;. r~g ".(+
'733 tV, ('101 .\
J ! H ._...L 'L- J.~ -_
" /
5M'l.f'I'
~NllLL -:
~: (.~
-,..-, -,. -- (
.:.-..c, ?L.
1'3~ -YfI , ') '+(.
'D LI''i.S -: :2{pq I
-
s
ly?N+~ , 'j' ') XI.-
Dc..s- ::. ( I-Ii ) .. ~7-2 'If'! Ii ,[ (1) -- 14>1 ( ,.
9cq ::. I)~> 'ri/f[ (
,
S2.
-:tl
/'?w
) - 5Xl.. "'/[:1
Ii ,I c? ,J .
CALCULATION SHEET
Title:
VI SSE R
~"".,~,~~ EN GIN E E R I N G
~~\!
Project:
-;: ;<"w 110 l/E'v' 7 A L
Client:
Date: 7-7-(0-0(0
Page: '3. "2-.]
D,fi F){ .'-'IV") Vv\ ~~rE S~, G~, ; ((>1.. \
~_._~.._._--,~----"'_...-- ~'"
~_.'~__""__"__' ~_M__'" _,._m,~.P ~__._.._~,._".'._'_.~
r-
or;,!
!
~ ""~I'''. (70'/ '\
__ .-=_~3 _J.!.__~_C!:.._..!. _
SO,S' -I "1'
"!:110 'o/ff
r' i r:~ P' H i<.A h )''1/1
-- r;\l"l.. (/ ". ,',. ...,. ..
f'irc \0 - i:Z- PLy,v'G>:;1{). ''',(...;;.,-''-[1,'
, II d ,., \
~vl f3ij' ,'" 1..!1-rx:.{' ! ";: .J(. to; j
I -
i' . \
1)'~'h' : 570 0~ (fJ'l'(l 'li,C)
3>3 ,'1!I~f (70/'1- )
{'ViP -:.. -.--.-.--------...-------.-...
9 l..{-. LP7
it/
-' 13S I..f-f
"
--r
ViI/Pit f(,/i0,"']
/--~......" 7'....
:1'1('[',' I ()!; -U- ~. /7t7 'p (r>{,Uf;o-F't
~i <::/11'"
CHoKe) Fop..(-E <..
(6~p~ A A,. f)
3 '3 3 ~~'f ((;!5 y~ ..
If' 8t.f.(J)'(
,,/=1-
I~')~-
==>
'n
CST '2215" ':lTP./1f> I (<-lip': I <G-t-O i,-
Dr..l1 ('1 {::-c fZ-(....S 'S, '.
..- n ..::. r -~v ,," f 1 g 1rt
l"1l,-lD r" If'
,/ {VV/!.!-L',"
YA )
;. 2:7~;19 C QO/7-- )
71/~-t
7fO 1/
VA -'t -:
n. t( 1.. .
/78 -iff C Z~;) - 1/0'rf/ (C?'-7S"):: 700'--# <
ST22-(':) 9Ffl f'
VA - :,
'11j .r II. ( \
/78 ,'I~ \_ TS ,)
1 to "'kf ((,-,15':) :: '32..18,::;;f -:p. h!<;,TC-J"r; <;.,7i?oP
-~/I[,> ":.
~6:. "'i
'" '-~",'
-,. ,\/
(I.vi) ')
GRID F:
..c ~
\ Vr- -
107 :1ilr+
'IF ( I'\)4 t.-L~>) -:
'11/ (c ,"-
21~ HI '0/2-'
_:_._.c_.. ....__..1_1.. ..~-
{&,O~
-;<j
~ /gr I ..
. lp :J '-f-f
D..... I::
1- -I{;
1'1 , "
147 I fl (~o )
!II (. . \
<985' tl' \.jj.75' )
rl-
9<g1
!
~
[?,.... ~
1- ~ :')
J '-1, fl.,!_;_" I. C:-., 2' ') ,r- .
.. ut. '- - .. (g(3.::> "."n (
t:,;.75'- ') -
2~90
..tL ./
..........
1"'[ r:, TC 2. 'b
9j~/1 f"
3.1'1
, [: '
D :: c.JL-tU\{')
~ I
"', ,I
".
~ ;':;'I\j-\: [+1 I I I
~~ i. .! i . ,.
:/1' ,,:4r' \ ' ~1f("S-'~~., i.J[ :~~cct>t;l.~:.;J c_ ,,"'"
:i- - ; --:. T[; -----i \,:--- lrr~~r~--': i~?'! .,~'~ - ,,"1- 'm l[ i
1_: : \ L'~"O' ': l~;2f: : ~-1" . :
["--- -+ -~-I-. ---+ -~-- 'f,:' -I~~, -~="~'P~----f j;t- i_I___ .--j 1-.--
I : \ \!J ::. J c_ _:_ -: J I -10: ~__ =:::.:.:[:
rl;" : .,/ :~ _ _ , ;' :
1 :1:: 4+------~ ?Tr2.:~------t - I 1 1 :
, "kr'iol.. \;7 ,) \5 '_ i_,t--"-'-Jl;~ ,'72V ,,;~~+ m
1'~~'t%,,'iIr t--l~!- ".-:r~~.~=.-JD~~.9. :['~ r"'Th',J.l? ", '-.' 1........~~~o.iC-i~ e+, J 'jD~ !4S~( ,,' ') ','7,tJ-~/ff,(l~' ')
vJR,-:: 1j{~ jll" I 'Ii J ::'.,,,,~--,--- 1- -~" / to -' 1..- :2,;:;:" ///1 :::1 ' 'l\
^ (--'1; " _,. f!!D6[ ._;:-~~ ~ '~-L-.._ __. r'-. "'S.r,.-;'"._~:: ~ 8>91
\-~I ,,,, !' -..,..s.."~""-".'l~+-----'-'-} O---';'f -:-';:..: ~;--':':'-'r">~~Ijj(;C . ; -'-1-: Il~ 1 L Ts 1..'2. SfMf'
I'. N>. ~ E---~r 'f' . --. '~'--::l':' . '. I ii " : ,,"1 "" 'I. 0'
,,'--Lt ~-T-~-?I . r " , .1\' 1-.." :" , T.;.1\p I_IS l t., 'J
li:+ ~~nTriT'~~-~-l1 ~1 J~":'.~:0 j-.".fHt'--":_ L:~=--:."~j~'~~)- __ ,I '
., .~'. . ..... I ',' I' - ~'","(' 1 Iii -~" ~ .;t~Y<7 ,,"~ I'I{ .
b ~"rJ 0 ~~), "1c '?S ll'~1,"~,uL;:u "~d'u~~::_"~s.t L~a~ , u ~ , ,
" ..---.+ ---- ~I -'-L: ~- -18~~ ~-r'3.1k. .~.:
I (f?~~) l /-\ I ), 'cP~<1I<;/ --1 ~'/.:;I ~
/ ,-----t/ l'~/" 1\ '/'J. '{Ii'; Sf - ?/of ~ rrt
U77l:.7E.E::.Jl~~:o..F.~~?~~l.~~!f'--~~~~lL- J)f;:SI(-II\); r X. Up/SIll/I..)
\ ( \
\ L I \
\ [ I
, I
.. 1'"11 en)
I
'- '+~:L'" I
4tS?- L
':,Tt'-AF
\ I
L=-'I__P!:,<"I:(:_~~'''!--) "
('
tv'
A:."
~.~
'. ..~~V~~..
2 8(p sur)
~~(1 ':.I'. _ 1-';2, l~/ C ~7 _,.. ,\ :~8~ oN-
- /t(.' cf' I,4.f 7 -; /~ ''1 /'1" I' ,\ ). ,~ Y-- ------'>
. ';,J .. I ' ,.
L1 ... -,y.-::y I{\ Sf/r::AfZ.., ....Nilll -'S'- ';"(" N/f'
-"-'7 I c: ~ -~, V~IIP' - r- /-1-1
fo '''!vi
7Z01.l1Dc. l'II,T?,7 ",;-;:1/:::>
1.:; ~ * 2. Pltl--JE{~\
1"Z- f
1/1 (/1
~ ~ 'lijFf -r.= g..<' r-Yff (7,7:/1 .
I
(r;IEJ-V! - f" I~ \
, -)
C".~~~~~.'J
r
IV","7 ::.
(S, ,
-;.~
pffs ?;;F Qw'ij sf ')
-------- ---- --.--
)n,Oy;,'; >~"ti..
'Y\..f~/
f.lf i
/71- /1 ~/71-- /1/.,; ,\
, ~ I"(.f -"7- - 'n '. r.')' If'! (' y~ "'< ) :
y-.:; 'Il; , - '-,>. v.'-'" e
f tf 1./t
ilrAc' '(f. -4 '/7,;''''1//1-'')1':- ;Yfi-r~7'7 ,,'_-"',)1(;>
~"1-~ ~ (-"J.--.... -1_- ;. .~\ ( /ll</;,~
I ~:;:-;__n ~
,_v,.:~. .!
r'
lVe.
1.'i{ ,
,::~ t<;,r'" '-- '.113Z.",y) -::
-1-,! :::."l -:
'3.'8
;;.;.11:; i",:: ((.05"'1i)
30V... _ ~~,~v,,(,_,,_!<,",)_Z:~~ft ~
-::. '*r tlF! I ( :: l/t,L( '// - /. ,) ,- ....) .
'---+ 'T'Ife & 51lfllR.. wAU- 1-0;.,.,. " '350 r.(7
1t~ ,;Vr T. -a.a 'Y,l.,~' (g,,:>?,'.',.) .--;: ~"C)~'lr!ff
7 0''''( .'il t - Pt. (J1:::J
-:: j1'IYj/ ,Te:: ~?tr (7?S"J - ~~~""
1'1<0;/1/::> c
.c".1/ .,' ~&J ,. .)
{, {"'.! "',.' ',:. "J ;'- ,
.... . -"'I r....,..; 1"
I ".0 r-', fi
~,._~~/- O. ;
f
'T")D -
r.S
1.<6 )
.} -A" ,>,' ,::/ ':' ' ?-'''-,."
~~~~~--=-~
.'\- oj'r> 'l' '-
"S.'iI' 1"(
,V':\i"\F (lbb J
". j( "f'l
VI SSE R
""s-lil E N GIN E E R I N G
~~~;:,;~i~
CALCULATION SHEET
Tille:
Project:
Client:
!_-g Wit...)
'-'
{'ff'j fi; L.-
Date:
?, Z,.(".,.'O~
Page:
,.1..s
.J..! PF'Ef:___ (L ()()f,z :i,~! Cl~l~:,~~:~'~(=__}~~~~; l~~"';_~
i' ",
J,..."i; /,' T ",I '- ..(~. i..... /
;I ~,~. - - . .,._..1
x -X UI~ELT!()i0'.
~ .
V:z-
t~ I'SF (-z..C():i"\J
:::.
:2., s'
-('v.!, '.
;.~
p;rt ~~F S:l1<l1 ,,~
fS,<:;'+ ,2:1.'5
J Ii ,
'1
'3.~
iY1-'1; 1X.r: l%'1.. "'~)
": ----.-..- -:
f;.'>,1' f 1'1'
-EJ<:; -:.
1i~ ~~~~_(Z~~fJs~') ::
'J f{ :.,'
17/ ApH {ZIK'I )/\ -:, TRc':-./SE-:.>;
\V 012. ~, ,.
.:. r1 ( i.:'
t)".~.. ~.. ~...1.. ~.' \...,
[1.-1 11_1
~"Yf~ I T -- M -,llrf (K~'3)
/?''f~J
9.-B 't 1'-1
/80 -.II
yr::~ ,..
) I ''''..(
'_ __ f
f
13'-
~ :tlfl
I
..:,r:IO
-'!'ro-.
l, /\
'1,~
'/-y
,.cg
- ~ r'"F' (~2-[10 ,.rYv'
lr:j
x-",
~.~
.. Po' fS P (9(p:l -s..~ - (SV; ~.~ )
t;7
..-l
~
\." \,_...
(b:Jv Ii-=::>::
,. "...... ..........-.
P,;iPtifU'\(-OI'l
/t>!;'S-
_ 11
~
1;If .
'}/(: ,~ .. .
or - ,i'. '(' ", J ;' "i' .c, 0" . '\ "
~ ~ .~ft il;"~~1 J+
/oL{/
~.:#-
- " IJt ..:-
T-:
16011 (31f~ ::Il
K:z 'In (17S'\ -: fert'] - )- ?,t2Dv;Of. HST:?;.7
I /\ 97 RIo' P '3hJ
-> '-'YfI;- Li.'::. SI-IEAK vvt-L-L ~ ,
1'31- {02-lv
3Rf;YfI (7,7 S,,) -: 7;f&,
T' ::
(~:' 'Pfolll~E. $Ufld!.... ...<.IIi!../...- I'Ii"=. 6 T,/pILAL. e
~ i~"S.i'-'~7 ;".1;./,1""> ,"';:'fi.- -xt....\I,.;.,\j r",...l.f:',
................._./ .........,'---- .,' ......,"-. ......, ~, ~-. .....,......-..
\..-.,..
:z- 'I d f'L-v~
'::::.. ~ ()L'>.(i "".
.,
........--
''--
", ,r
/'''\.'-''' \. f--Y
. '. ,j, / - 'j
I._~,'!-/{!..r:':. r;':./.',,~' '\ ":~ .....7l"~ !() .....
()< - X. ViPELTICV\!)
(p~
?O ~fjff
,/ Q f/:."
'" DI/'iPtINJhrv\ '7y('/;,~) :: /2- 'FLjtV(J(JO
., _ ( H )
U/V-gw:x...t:::..f.D wi get. e. (p DC /2 oe.- Fft'~-0.
~J\:> = 170 0/(7' (rx;..;6" t="; f'~- ~
r;t
... JIf'l'/rl
<
@
;'
'd ," ""'V",",-,
c/t>Ft~I':- r .:( ;'
7'/1"":. @ : {'1fl/-liL ~:
"-...
'.
.'-....
"
TECHNICAL
'r\ \j k c L oed ~~l1 SLs
. 4 speGI-h'uL-trons
Ob~ 33Y
0'2-0 r; gfu ~ +
~V.u CovYt - b tJj ,
('0 \ p~es
Irwin Dental Clinic
HV A C Load Analysis
for
Mill Creek Construction, Inc.
4619 Old Mill Road
Port Angeles, WA 98362
Tres West Engineers, Inc.
( _~~~5/b:"(Woi_.J'
"Ir
Prepared By:
S. Smith
Tres West Engineers, Inc.
2702 S 42nd St, #301
Tacoma, WA 98409
253-472-3300
Tuesday, January 09, 2007
Chvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program
Tres West Engineers
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315
I General Project Data Input
I General Project Information
Project file name:
Project title:
Project address:
Project city, state, ZIP:
Designed by:
Project date:
Weather reference city:
Client name:
Client address:
Client city:
Client phone:
Company name:
Company representative:
Company address:
Company city:
Company phone:
Company website:
Barometric pressure:
Altitude:
Latitude:
Mean daily temperature range:
Starting & ending time for HVAC load calculations:
Number of unique zones in this project:
I Building Default Values
Calculations performed:
Lighting requirements:
Equipment requirements:
People sensible load multiplier:
People latent load multiplier:
Zone sensible safety factor:
Zone latent safety factor:
Zone heating safety factor:
People diversity factor:
Lighting profile number:
Equipment profile number:
People profile number:
Building default ceiling height:
Building default wall height:
l
.~
~
:.
Elite Software Development, Inc.
Irwin Dental Clinic
Pa e 2
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office
Building\Engineering\MechanicaI\061207 _HVAC Loads.CHV
Irwin Dental Clinic
620 East 8th Street
Port Angeles, W A 98362
S. Smith
Wednesday, December20,2006
PORT ANGELES, WASHINGTON, USA
Mill Creek Construction, Inc.
4619 Old Mill Road
Port Angeles, W A 98362
360-452-8281
Tres West Engineers, Inc.
S. Smith
2702 S 42nd St, #301
Tacoma, WA 98409
253-472-3300
www.treswest.com
29.814 in.Hg.
99 feet
48 Degrees
18 Degrees
7am - 6pm
50
Both heating and cooling loads
1.25 Watts per square foot
0.50 Watts per square foot
250 Btuh per person
200 Btuh per person
o %
o %
o %
100 %
o
o
o
9.00 feet
11.00 feet
Internal OperatinQ Load Profiles (C = 100)
hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr hr
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24
1 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
2 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
3 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
4 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
5 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
6 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
7 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
8 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
9 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
10 C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C C
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\MechanicaI\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\Mechanical\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
Chvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program . Elite Software Development, Inc.
Tres West Engineers Irwin Dental Clinic
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315 Pa e4
I Building Envelope Report
I Envelope Report Using Summer U-Factors
Material Gross Glass Net -U- Area x
T es Area Area Area Factor U-Factor
Roof 5,844.8 8.0 5,836.8 0.032 186.776
Tot. Roof 5,844.8 8.0 5,836.8 N/A 186.776
Wall 1 4,063.5 721.8 3,341.8 0.056 187.139 0.056
Wall 2 742.0 115.0 627.0 0.056 35.112 0.056
Wall 3 147.0 0.0 147.0 0.600 88.200 0.600
Tot.Wall 4,952.5 836.8 4,115.8 N/A 310.451 0.075
Glass 1 836.8 N/A 836.8 0.550 460.213 0.550
Glass 2 8.0 N/A 8.0 0.700 5.600 0.700
Tot.Glass 844.8 N/A 844.8 N/A 465.813 0.551
-,_._.__...._---_..~_._..."_.._.._-_._-_._._.._.._.. _..._.~..~._- .......__~_.___._.___m_~___..m_......._._._...__._.._
Totals 10,797.3 963.040 0.089
Wall Wall Glass Wall Net Wall Avg Glass Avg Glass Avg
Direction Area Area Area U-Factor U-Factor Shd.Coef
N 1,521.5 344.8 1,176.8 0.056 0.550 0.000
NE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000
E 975.6 146.0 829.6 0.097 0.550 0.000
SE 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000
S 1,385.0 166.0 1,219.0 0.075 0.550 0.000
SW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000
W 1,070.5 180.0 890.5 0.082 0.550 0.000
NW 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.000 0.000 0.000
-.--.--"--'-'
Totals 4,952.5 836.8 4,115.8 0.075 0.550 0.000
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\Mechanical\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
Chvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program . Elite Software Development, Inc.
Tres West Engineers Irwin Dental Clinic
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315 Pa e 5
I Air Handler #1 - HP-1 - Summary Loads I
Zn Description Area Htg.Loss Sen.Gain Lat.Gain Htg.O.A. Clg.O.A.
No Zone Peak Time People Htg.CFM Clg.CFM S.Exh Req.CFM Req.CFM
Volume CFM/S ft CFM/S ft W.Exh Act.CFM Act.CFM
Mechanical 35 1,790 1 ,462 -32 20/P 20/P
5pm August 0 67 66 0 0 0
315 1.90 1.89 0 40 28
~..~ - --. -,,-- -.-.....--
2 Laundry 60 512 141 -55 20/P 20/P
5pm August 0 19 6 0 0 0
540 0.32 0.11 0 12 3
---_.' ._-- -..,---..---.- _.~".
3 Lab/Storage 162 1,344 1,873 235 20/P 20/P
4pm August 2 50 85 0 40 40
1 ,458 0.31 0.52 0 30 36
4 OP #12 132 1,718 2,366 466 20/P 20/P
4pm August 3 64 107 0 60 60
1,188 0.48 0.81 0 39 46
5 OP #11 132 1,608 2,315 466 20/P 20/P
4pm August 3 60 105 0 60 60
1,188 0.45 0.80 0 36 45
-------- ~_.__...~_._-
6 OP #10 88 1,613 2,327 511 20/P 20/P
4pm August 3 60 106 0 60 60
792 0.68 1.20 0 36 45
---
7 OP#9 132 1,718 2,366 466 20/P 20/P
4pm August 3 64 107 0 60 60
1,188 0.48 0.81 0 39 46
-~
8 OP#8 132 1,718 2,366 466 20/P 20/P
4pm August 3 64 107 0 60 60
1,188 0.48 0.81 0 39 46
- -
9 Hallway 6 270 1,382 1,524 -285 20/P 20/P
3pm August 0 51 69 0 0 0
2,430 0.19 0.26 0 31 30
- - -- - -~ -~-
10 Mechanical 144 3,048 1,163 -152 20/P 20/P
3pm August 0 113 53 0 0 0
1,294 0.79 0.37 0 68 23
11 OP#7 198 2,900 2,763 391 20/P 20/P
3pm August 3 108 125 0 60 60
1,782 0.54 0.63 0 65 54
- --.-.- - .-- ----.. - ~
12 OP#6 138 1,820 2,401 460 20/P 20/P
4pm August 3 68 109 0 60 60
1,238 0.49 0.79 0 41 47
-- - --
13 OP#5 138 1,820 2,378 455 20/P 20/P
3pm August 3 68 108 0 60 60
1,238 0.49 0.78 0 41 46
--
14 Hallway 5 182 1,122 1,115 -192 20/P 20/P
3pm August 0 42 51 0 0 0
1,638 0.23 0.28 0 25 22
----
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\Mechanical\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09, 2007, 8:36 AM
Chvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program .
Tres West Engineers ~
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315 ~
I Air Handler #1 - HP-1 - Summary Loads (cont'd)
Zn Description Area Htg.Loss Sen. Gain
No Zone Peak Time People Htg.CFM Clg.CFM
Volume CFM/S ft CFM/S ft
143 1,770 2,389
3 66 108
1,287 0.46 0.76
15
OP#4
3pm August
16
OP#3 143 2,708 2,493
4pm August 3 101 113
1,287 0.70 0.79
OP#2 132 1,948 2,303
4pm August 3 72 104
1,188 0.55 0.79
OP #1 132 814 2,190
3pm August 3 30 99
1,188 0.23 0.75
17
18
19
Hallway 4
4pm August
132
o
1,188
1,041
39
0.29
812
37
0.28
20
Hallway 3
3pm August
900
33
0.17
1,413
64
0.32
200
o
1,800
Elite Software Development, Inc.
Irwin Dental Clinic
Pa e 6
I
Lat.Gain Htg.a.A. Clg.a.A.
S.Exh Req.CFM Req.CFM
W.Exh Act.CFM Act.CFM
449 20/P 20/P
0 60 60
0 40 47
455 20/P 20/P
0 60 60
0 61 49
466 20/P 20/P
0 60 60
0 44 45
461 20/P 20/P
0 60 60
0 18 43
-134
o
o
20/P
o
23
20/P
o
16
-211
o
o
20/P
o
20
20/P
o
28
120 540 848 -127 20/P 20/P
0 20 38 0 0 0
1,080 0.17 0.32 0 12 17
2,944 33,837 39,010 4,558
38 1,258 1,769 0 760 760
26,494 0.43 0.60 0 760 760
21 Sterilization
3pm August
Zone Peak Totals:
Total Zones: 21
Unique Zones: 21
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\MechanicaI\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
,-
IChvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program
Tres West Engineers
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315
.~
-.
Elite Software Development, Inc. I
Irwin Dental Clinic
Paoe 7
lAir Handler#1- HP-1- Total Load Summary
Air Handler Description: HP-1 Constant Volume - Proportion
Sensible Heat Ratio: 0.90
--- This system occurs 1 time(s) in the building. ---
Air System Peak Time:
Outdoor Conditions:
3pm in August.
850 DB, 610 WB, 41.96 grains
Because of the diversity in zone, plenum and ventilation loads, the zone sensible peak time in August at 4pm is different
from the total system peak time, hence the air system CFM was computed using a zone sensible load of 38,783.
Summer: Ventilation controls outside air, ----- Winter: Ventilation controls outside air.
Zone Space sensible loss:
Infiltration sensible loss:
Outside Air sensible loss:
Supply Duct sensible loss:
Return Duct sensible loss:
Return Plenum sensible loss:
Total System sensible loss:
Heating Supply Air: 33,837 / (.996 X 1.08 X 25) =
Winter Vent Outside Air (60.4% of supply) =
22,645 Btuh
11 ,192 Btuh
42,529 Btuh
o Btuh
o Btuh
o Btuh
200 CFM
760 CFM
76,366 Btuh
1,258 CFM
760 CFM
Zone space sensible gain:
Infiltration sensible gain:
Draw-thru fan sensible gain:
Supply duct sensible gain:
Total sensible gain on supply side of coil:
36,370
2,192
o
o
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
38,562 Btuh
Cooling Supply Air: 38,783/ (.996 X 1.1 X 20) =
Summer Vent Outside Air (43.0% of supply) =
1,769 CFM
760 CFM
Return duct sensible gain:
Return plenum sensible gain:
Outside air sensible gain:
Blow-thru fan sensible gain:
Total sensible gain on return side of coil:
Total sensible gain on air handling system:
o
o
8,330
o
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
760 CFM
8,330 Btuh
46,892 Btuh
Zone space latent gain: 7,600 Btuh
Infiltration latent gain: -3,107 Btuh
Outside air latent gain: -11,800 Btuh
Total latent gain on air handling system:
Total system sensible and latent gain:
I Check Figures
Total Air Handler Supply Air (based on a 200 TD):
Total Air Handler Vent. Air (42.96% of Supply):
Total Conditioned Air Space:
Supply Air Per Unit Area:
Area Per Cooling Capacity:
Cooling Capacity Per Area:
Heating Capacity Per Area:
Total Heating Required With Outside Air:
Total Cooling Required With Outside Air:
-7,307 Btuh
39,585 Btuh
1,769 CFM
760 CFM
2,944 Sq.ft
0.6010 CFM/Sq.ft
753.3269 Sq.ftlTon
0.0013 Tons/Sq.ft
25.94 Btuh/Sq.ft
76,366 Btuh
3.91 Tons
Note: Due to the system's negative latent gain, tonnage is based solely on sensible gain.
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\MechanicaI\061207 _HVAC Loctile~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
Chvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program . Elite Software Development, Inc.
Tres West Engineers Irwin Dental Clinic
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315 Pa e 8
I Air Handler #2 - HP-2 - Summary Loads I
Zn Description Area Htg.Loss Sen.Gain Lat.Gain Htg.O.A. Clg.a.A.
No Zone Peak Time People Htg.CFM Clg.CFM S.Exh Req.CFM Req.CFM
Volume CFM/S ft CFM/S ft W.Exh Act.CFM Act.CFM
26 Financial Coordinator 110 1,567 1,218 84 20/P 20/P
4pm August 1 58 55 0 20 20
990 0.53 0.50 0 29 22
--'-
27 RR#1 80 1,017 545 -85 20/P 20/P
4pm August 0 38 25 0 0 0
720 0.47 0.31 0 19 10
28 Entry 384 6,375 3,574 -406 20/P 20/P
4pm August 0 237 163 0 0 0
3,456 0.62 0.42 0 117 65
29 Reception 396 7,746 4,841 381 20/P 20/P
4pm August 4 288 220 0 80 80
3,564 0.73 0.56 0 142 88
30 Staff Lounge 264 4,352 3,966 921 20/P 20/P
4pm August 6 162 180 0 120 120
2,376 0.61 0.68 0 80 72
---
31 Office Manager 99 626 1,279 291 20/P 20/P
3pm August 2 23 58 0 40 40
891 0.23 0.59 0 11 23
.._--"'-~- ,,~-_.._...__._--_.- .. .--.-.....-.-...--.--....-...--......---.-..--. --.--..................---. ,-~..........__..~- .--.---.---.-
32 MRR #2 56 261 302 -62 20/P 20/P
3pm August 0 10 14 0 0 0
504 0.17 0.25 0 5 5
-.-------.....-.---.....--.- ...-.......---.----.,-
33 Treatment Coordinator 84 391 1,096 308 20/P 20/P
3pm August 2 15 50 0 40 40
756 0.17 0.59 0 7 20
34 Consultation #2 120 559 1,352 268 20/P 20/P
3pm August 2 21 61 0 40 40
1,080 0.17 0.51 0 10 25
-~-- ~---
35 PAN 39 179 773 358 20/P 20/P
3pm August 2 7 35 0 40 40
347 0.17 0.91 0 3 14
36 Consultation #1 88 410 1,124 303 20/P 20/P
3pm August 2 15 51 0 40 40
792 0.17 0.58 0 8 20
37 On Deck 120 559 1,852 668 20/P 20/P
3pm August 4 21 84 0 80 80
1,080 0.17 0.70 0 10 34
38 Business Office 840 3,913 6,461 -523 20/P 20/P
3pm August 2 145 294 0 40 40
7,560 0.17 0.35 0 72 118
39 WRR #2 48 560 426 -48 20/P 20/P
6pm August 0 21 19 0 0 0
432 0.43 0.40 0 10 8
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\MechanicaI\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
Chvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program . Elite Software Development, Inc.
Tres West Engineers Irwin Dental Clinic
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315 Paae 9
I Air Handler #2 - HP-2 - Summary Loads ( cont'dj I
Zn Description Area Htg.Loss Sen. Gain Lat.Gain Htg.a.A. Clg.a.A.
No Zone Peak Time People Htg.CFM Clg.CFM S.Exh Req.CFM Req.CFM
Volume CFM/Sqft CFM/Sqft W.Exh Act.CFM Act.CFM
40 Hallway 100 958 834 -96 20/P 20/P
5pm August 0 36 38 0 0 0
900 0.36 0.38 0 18 15
- -- "- -'-"-'- -- -. -- ~.__._.. - -- -~--'--~'--"-------,- ..__._--_._-----_..._--_._.~---------
Zone Peak Totals: 2,828 29,473 29,642 2,363
Total Zones: 15 27 1,096 1,348 0 540 540
Unique Zones: 15 25,448 0.39 0.48 0 540 540
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\MechanicaI\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
IChvac. Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program
Tres West Engineers
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315
Elite Software Development, Inc., I
Irwin Dental Clinic
PaQe 10
--- This system occurs 1 time(s) in the building. ---
Air System Peak Time:
Outdoor Conditions:
3pm in August.
850 DB, 610 WB, 41.96 grains
Because of the diversity in zone, plenum and ventilation loads, the zone sensible peak time in August at 4pm is different
from the total system peak time, hence the air system CFM was computed using a zone sensible load of 29,554.
Summer: Ventilation controls outside air, ---- Winter: Ventilation controls outside air.
Zone Space sensible loss:
Infiltration sensible loss:
Outside Air sensible loss:
Supply Duct sensible loss:
Return Duct sensible loss:
Return Plenum sensible loss:
Total System sensible loss:
Heating Supply Air: 29,473/ (.996 X 1.08 X 25) =
Winter Vent Outside Air (49.3% of supply) =
18,281 Btuh
11,192 Btuh
30,218 Btuh
o Btuh
o Btuh
o Btuh
200 CFM
540 CFM
59,691 Btuh
1,096 CFM
540 CFM
Zone space sensible gain:
Infiltration sensible gain:
Draw-thru fan sensible gain:
Supply duct sensible gain:
Total sensible gain on supply side of coil:
27,356
2,192
o
o
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
29,548 Btuh
Cooling Supply Air: 29,554/ (.996 X 1.1 X 20) =
Summer Vent Outside Air (40.1 % of supply) =
1,348 CFM
540 CFM
Return duct sensible gain:
Return plenum sensible gain:
Outside air sensible gain:
Blow-thru fan sensible gain:
Total sensible gain on return side of coil:
Total sensible gain on air handling system:
o
o
5,919
o
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
540 CFM
5,919 Btuh
35,467 Btuh
Zone space latent gain: 5,400 Btuh
Infiltration latent gain: -3,107 Btuh
Outside air latent gain: -8,384 Btuh
Total latent gain on air handling system:
Total system sensible and latent gain:
I Check Figures
Total Air Handler Supply Air (based on a 200 TD):
Total Air Handler Vent. Air (40.05% of Supply):
Total Conditioned Air Space:
Supply Air Per Unit Area:
Area Per Cooling Capacity:
Cooling Capacity Per Area:
Heating Capacity Per Area:
Total Heating Required With Outside Air:
Total Cooling Required With Outside Air:
-6,091 Btuh
29,376 Btuh
1,348 CFM
540 CFM
2,828 Sq.ft
0.4768 CFM/Sq.ft
956.6674 Sq.ftlTon
0.0010 Tons/Sq.ft
21.11 Btuh/Sq.ft
59,691 Btuh
2.96 Tons
Note: Due to the system's negative latent gain, tonnage is based solely on sensible gain.
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\Mechanical\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
Chvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program .
Tres West Engineers ~
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315 "
I Air Handler #3 - HP-3 - Summary Loads
Zn Description Area Htg.Loss
No Zone Peak Time People Htg.CFM
Volume CFM/S ft
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
192 3,408 2,499
2 127 120
1,728 0.66 0.62
.............._.....__...._.....__._-~.
100 2,092 1,536
2 78 73
1,500 0.78 0.73
Doctor's Lounge 690 5,914
3pm August 2 220
6,210 0.32
Hall 420 2,274
3pm August 0 85
3,780 0.20
Toilet 48 315
4pm August 0 12
432 0.24
Storage 100 1,290
4pm August 0 48
900 0.48
Compo 100 1,290
4pm August 0 48
900 0.48
..--..-....-.-.-......-..--.........-.---..
Toilet 30 395
6pm August 0 15
270 0.49
Dr. Irwin's Office
4pm August
Office
4pm August
Elite Software Development, Inc.
Irwin Dental Clinic
Pa e 11
I
Sen.Gain Lat.Gain Htg.a.A. Clg.a.A.
Clg.CFM S.Exh Req.CFM Req.CFM
CFM/S ft W.Exh Act.CFM Act.CFM
6,383 -165 20/P 20/P
305 0 40 40
0.44 0 50 61
2,395 -344 20/P 20/P
115 0 0 0
0.27 0 19 23
271 -38 20/P 20/P
13 0 0 0
0.27 0 3 3
833 -79 20/P 20/P
40 0 0 0
0.40 0 11 8
883 -79 20/P 20/P
42 0 0 0
0.42 0 11 8
___..__u_ .._.__.... ....------..----
240 -22 20/P 20/P
11 0 0 0
0.38 0 3 2
249
o
o
20/P
40
29
20/P
40
24
269
o
o
20/P
40
18
20/P
40
15
49 Office 150 2,043 1,780 282 20/P 20/P
4pm August 2 76 85 0 40 40
1,350 0.51 0.57 0 17 17
_...............__._._.._....._....._....__..__.._.._......._...._.._.___.__._n___n_.___..._____".._......___._..._......._............_...._____..__.___...__.._._....__..____.__.~.~__..._.__.._._.._..._._....__.._.._._._.._.._....
Zone Peak Totals: 1,830 19,019 16,820 72
Total Zones: 9 8 707 805 0 160 160
Unique Zones: 9 17,070 0.39 0.44 0 160 160
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\Mechanical\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09, 2007, 8:36 AM
,------
,
.~
g
:!
Elite Software Development, Inc. I
Irwin Dental Clinic
Paqe 12
IChvac - Full Commercial HVAC Loads Calculation Program
Tres West Engineers
Tacoma, WA 98409-7315
I Air Handler #3 - HP-3 - Total Load Summary
Air Handler Description: HP-3 Constant Volume - Proportion
Sensible Heat Ratio: 1.00
--- This system occurs 1 time(s) in the building. ---
Air System Peak Time:
Outdoor Conditions:
3pm in August.
850 DB, 610 WB, 41.96 grains
Summer: Ventilation controls outside air, ----- Winter: Ventilation controls outside air.
Zone Space sensible loss:
Infiltration sensible loss:
Outside Air sensible loss:
Supply Duct sensible loss:
Return Duct sensible loss:
Return Plenum sensible loss:
Total System sensible loss:
Heating Supply Air: 19,0191 (.996 X 1.08 X 25) =
Winter Vent Outside Air (22.6% of supply) =
13,423 Btuh
5,596 Btuh
8,954 Btuh
o Btuh
o Btuh
o Btuh
100 CFM
160 CFM
707 CFM
160 CFM
Zone space sensible gain:
Infiltration sensible gain:
Draw-thru fan sensible gain:
Supply duct sensible gain:
Total sensible gain on supply side of coil:
15,666
1,096
o
o
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
Cooling Supply Air: 16,7621 (.996 X 1.1 X 19) =
Summer Vent Outside Air (19.9% of supply) =
805 CFM
160 CFM
Return duct sensible gain:
Return plenum sensible gain:
Outside air sensible gain:
Blow-thru fan sensible gain:
Total sensible gain on return side of coil:
Total sensible gain on air handling system:
o
o
1,754
o
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
Btuh
160 CFM
Zone space latent gain: 1,600 Btuh
Infiltration latent gain: -1,553 Btuh
Outside air latent gain: -2,484 Btuh
Total latent gain on air handling system:
Total system sensible and latent gain:
I Check Figures
Total Air Handler Supply Air (based on a 190 TD):
Total Air Handler Vent. Air (19.88% of Supply):
Total Conditioned Air Space:
Supply Air Per Unit Area:
Area Per Cooling Capacity:
Cooling Capacity Per Area:
Heating Capacity Per Area:
Total Heating Required With Outside Air:
Total Cooling Required With Outside Air:
805 CFM
160 CFM
1,830 Sq.ft
0.4398 CFM/Sq.ft
1,186.0230 Sq.ftlTon
0.0008 Tons/Sq.ft
15.29 Btuh/Sq.ft
27,972 Btuh
1.54 Tons
Note: Due to the system's negative latent gain, tonnage is based solely on sensible gain.
27,972 Btuh
16,762 Btuh
1,754 Btuh
18,516 Btuh
-2,438 Btuh
16,078 Btuh
\\Twenas\Proj06\061207 Dr Todd Irwin Office Building\Engineering\Mechanical\061207 _HVAC Loc:i1m~, January 09,2007,8:36 AM
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
620 East 8th Street
Port Angeles, W A 98362
SPECIFICATIONS
(HVAC ONLY)
BV AC ENGINEER
TRES WEST ENGINEERS, INC.
2702 SOUTH 42nd STREET, SUITE 301
TACOMA, W A 98409
Wing Li, P.E.
(253) 472-3300
Fax (253) 472-3463
January 8, 2007
Permit Documents
I~I
Fllt
1---
: I
I
:1
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NUMBER 061207
SECTION
HV AC SPECIFICATION INDEX
HV AC SPECIFICATION INDEX
TITLE
PAGES
15010
15050
15082
15088
15690
15741
15800
15810
15813
15830
15840
15850
15890
HV AC Specification Index
HV AC Drawing Index
General Mechanical Provisions - HV AC
Basic Materials and Methods - HV AC
Duct Wrap Insulation
Refrigerant Piping Insulation
Refrigerant Piping
Split System Heat Pumps
Air Distribution System - General
Low Pressure Steel Ductwork
Flexible Ductwork
4
8
3
3
2
8
2
5
2
2
3
2
Fans
Grilles, Registers, and Diffusers
Air Inlets and Outlet Louvers
HV AC Filters
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NUMBER 061207
DRAWING #
HV AC DRAWING INDEX
HV AC ORA WING INDEX
TITLE
M2.1
MAIN FLOOR PLAN - HV AC
M2.2
UPPER FLOOR PLAN - HV AC
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS - HV AC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS - HV AC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 GENERAL
A. This section of the specification applies to the HV AC mechanical work, both interior and
exterior, as specified hereinafter and shown on the Plans.
1.02 SCOPE
A. All services to building shall be provided as shown on Plans and final connections to
these services to be done by Mechanical Contractor.
1.03 DEFINITIONS
A. The tenn "approved equal" means final approval by the Owner of a material or piece of
equipment substituted for that which is shown in the Specifications or Plans.
B. The tenn "provide" means the furnishing and installing of equipment (including
connections and appurtenances) complete and ready for use.
C. The tenn "Mechanical Contractor (MC)" and "Electrical Contractor (EC)" as used in
these Specifications or on the Contract Drawings, refer to those subcontractors working
under the direction of the General Contractor (GC).
1.04 INTENT OF DRAWINGS
A. The drawings are diagrammatic and do not show the exact details and locations, nor all
offsets in ductwork and piping. Contractor shall provide additional fittings, offsets and
extensions in piping, ductwork and related mechanical insulation as required to meet the
intent of the documents. Contractor shall include in his bid provisions to relocate or shift
piping and ductwork where conflicts exists with Structure, Architecture or Electrical.
B. Contractor shall be responsible for their own coordination between all other trades.
1.05 CODES
A. Construction shall be in accordance with the latest edition of International Building
Code, International Mechanical Code, International Fire Code, Unifonn Plumbing Code,
National Electrical Code, Washington State Energy Code, Washington State Water
Conservation Perfonnance Standards, Barrier-Free Design-IBC, Chapter 11, and NFPA
Codes and Local Amendments. Fire systems shall comply with NFPA Pamphlet 13. In
the event of a conflict of codes, the more stringent code will apply in the following
descending order: mc > NEC > !MC > IFC > NFPA > UPC, Washington State Energy
15010 - 1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS - HV AC
I
I
Code, Washington State Ventilation Indoor Air Quality Code, Washington State Water
Conservation Performance Standards, and Barrier-Free Design-IDC, Chapter 11.
I
I
1.06
COORDINATION
A. Examine the Architectural, Civil, Structural and Electrical Drawings before work is
started, consult with each of the other Contractors regarding locations and spaces
required for the work and layout work to avoid interference. Maximum clearance shall
be maintained for service access and maintenance of all equipment. Failure to
coordinate shall be justification to require Contractor, at his own expense, to move his
work to provide the necessary space for the other Contractors.
I
I
1.07 RECORD DRAWINGS, OPERATING
MAINTENANCE MANUALS
INSTRUCTIONS,
OPERATION
AND
I
A.
Record (As-Built) Drawings: This Contractor shall maintain a set of Contract Plans at
the site on which the actual location of piping, ductwork, equipment, etc., as installed,
shall be shown in a legible, neat manner. Upon completion of the project, the as-built
information shall be transformed to a set of reproducible sepias or mylars. This set of
plans shall be presented to the Owner for final approval and acceptance.
I
I
B.
Operating Instructions: Operate all systems through complete cycles in presence of
designated Owner's representative, give instructions for operation, care and maintenance.
All systems shall be operated through complete operating cycles for a minimum period
of 7-days in conjunction with designated Owner's representative before acceptance by
Owner. See Paragraph 3.19 of Section 15050.
I
1. General: Provide one preliminary bound set of Operation and Maintenance
Manuals including maintenance information and parts list furnished by the
manufacturer with the equipment, together with supplementary drawings where
necessary to itemize serving and maintenance points. Include filter maintenance,
methods of operation, seasonal requirements, manufacturer's data and warranty
forms. Provide address and 24-hour phone number of firm responsible under
warranty. Items requiring service or correction during the warranty period shall
be serviced within 24-hours of notification by Owner. Data in manuals shall be
neat, clean copies and posted on 8Y2" x 11" sheets, typed, operation and
maintenance instructions for each item of equipment installed. Drawings shall
be accordion folded. An index shall be provided with all contents listed in an
orderly presentation according to specification section.
I
I
C.
Operation and Maintenance Manuals (O&M):
I
I
I
2. Number of Copies: The preliminary set of the O&M Manual shall be presented
for approval by the Owner. After this set has been approved, two additional sets
shall be prepared and the three sets shall be transmitted to the Owner.
I
I
3.
Binding: Organize operating and maintenance data into suitable sets of
manageable size. Copies shall be submitted in 3-ring binders. Covers shall
I
15010-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS - HV AC
include the name of the Job, Owner, Architect, Engineer, Contractor, and the
year of completion. The back edge shall be imprinted with the name of the Job,
the Owner and the year of completion. Each copy shall have a typewritten index
and tabbed dividers between equipment categories.
1.08 CERTIFICATIONS
A. Provide written certification that work has been fully completed in strict accordance with
Plans and Specifications and requesting final inspection.
B. Provide written certification that Contractor will replace materials and workmanship that
prove defective for one-year after date of acceptance.
C. Provide written certification of inspection from the governing building authority, stating
that all work has been inspected, accepted, and approved as complying with existing
governing ordinances and codes.
D. Provide written certification that Owner or appointed representative has been fully
instructed in the operation and function of all mechanical systems.
1.09 DOCUMENTS
A. Present to the Owner prior to final acceptance of buildings the following documents.
Final payment of the Contract will be contingent upon receiving these documents:
. Record (as-built) drawings.
· Maintenance and Operating Instructions (3 sets).
· Warranties (other than one-year).
· Balancing logs. (Air Systems) (3 sets).
· Final certificates of inspection and code compliance.
1.10 WARRANTY
A. All HV AC equipment and systems shall be warranted for a period of one-year after the
date of substantial completion as determined by the Owner's documentation.
B. Contractor shall repair or replace to the satisfaction of the Owner any defective material,
equipment, or poor workmanship which may show itself during this warranty period. All
compressors used in HV AC equipment shall have an additional four-year warranty.
1.20 REQUIREMENTS PRIOR TO OCCUPANCY
A. Perform all work in conformance with the codes and standards listed herein. The edition
of the code or standard shall be that employed by the Authority Having Jurisdiction.
I. International Building Code (me)
2. Uniform Plumbing Code (UPe)
15010 - 3
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15010
GENERAL MECHANICAL PROVISIONS - HV AC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3. International Mechanical Code (IMC)
4. Washington State Energy Code
5. Washington State Ventilation Code
6. SMACNA Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
Not Used
PART 3 - EXECUTION
Not Used
END OF SECTION
15010-4
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. General requirements for basic materials and methods.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. See specific sections for this requirement.
2.02 PRODUCT TESTING
A. Any piece of equipment used in this project and hereinafter specified which, by its
nature, requires electrical hook-up, such as fans, air handling equipment, etc., must be
provided with an approved label from one of the agencies hereinafter listed.
B. Approval of agency must be for the total package (approval of individual components not
acceptable) and all labels must be located outside of equipment and shall be visible to
inspector. Comply with all requirements ofRCW 19.28.010 and NEC Sections 90-7 and
110-3 (1993).
C. It shall be the responsibility of the Mechanical Contractor or the equipment supplier to
meet the requirements of this section. Any agency costs to provide appropriate label for
a piece of equipment must be included in this bid. Failure by Mechanical Contractor or
supplier to obtain approved labels prior to bid shall be sufficient cause for the
Mechanical Contractor/supplier to obtain all such labels at no additional cost to Owner.
The following is a list of approved testing laboratories:
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
1655 Scott Boulevard
Santa Clara, CA 95050
(408) 985-2400
Email: santaclara@ul.com
Canadian Standard Association
13799 Commerce Parkway
Richmond, British Columbia
Canada V 6V2N9
(604) 273-4581
Email: terry.nagy@csa-international.org
American Gas Association
400 N. Capitol St. NW
Washington D.C. 20001
(202) 824-7001
Website: www.aga.org
Underwriters Laboratories, Inc.
260 NW Lake Road
Camas, W A 98607
(360) 817-5500
Email: customerservice.cam@us.ul
15050 - 1
Factory Mutual Systems
1151 Boston-Providence TPK
Norwood, MA 02062
(617) 762-4300
MET Electrical Testing
3700 Commerce DR, Suite 901
Baltimore, MD 21045
(410) 247-3300
1-(800) 275-8378
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
Intertec Testing
3933 US Route L
Cortland, NY 13045
(607) 753-6711
2.03 DAMAGED OR REJECTED MATERIALS
A. Remove from the site immediately.
2.04 STARTERS
A. All starters shall be provided and installed by Electrical Contractor unless otherwise
noted.
2.05 FIRE INTEGRITY
A. The penetration sealing systems shall be provided with F and/or T -Ratings as required by
mc Section 712.3.1 and 712.4.1.2. Penetrations include the following:
1. Through-penetration firestopping in fire-rated construction.
2. Construction-gap firestopping at connections of the same or different materials
in fire-rated construction.
3. Construction-gap firestopping occurring within fire-rated wall, floor or floor-
ceiling assemblies.
4. Construction-gap firestopping occurring at the top of fire-rated walls.
5. Through-penetration smokestopping in smoke partitions.
6. Construction-gap smokestopping in smoke partitions.
B. All products shall be listed in Underwriters Laboratory Fire Resistance Directory.
1. Through-penetration firestop devices (XHCR).
2. Fire resistance ratings (BXUV).
3. Through-penetration firestop systems (XHEZ).
4. Fill, void, or cavity material (XHHW).
15050 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
C. All materials shall be tested per American Society for Testing and Material Standards,
ASTM E814-88: Standard test method for fire tests of through-penetration firestops.
D. Products shall be manufactured by 3M Fire Products, or approved equal, per the
following schedule:
FIRESTOPPING PENETRATIONS AND VOIDS IN RATED CONSTRUCTION
MATRIX OF UL TESTED SYSTEMS:
Penetrating item:
Metal pipe/conduit
Metal pipe/conduit
Insulated pipe
Insulated pipe
HV AC Ducts Rectangular
HV AC Ducts Round
HV AC Ducts
Assembly:
Concrete wallslfloors
Gyp. walls
Concrete wallslfloors
Gyp. walls
Concrete wallslfloors
Concrete wallslfloors
Gyp. walls
F rating:
2, 3 & 4 hr.
1, 2 & 3 hr.
1, 2 & 3 hr.
1 & 2 hr.
2 hr.
2 hr.
1 & 2 hr.
System:
CAJ 1 044
WLI00l
CAJ5001
WL5039
CAJ7016
CAJ7003
WL 7008
Product:
CP25WB+
CP25WB+
CP25WB+
CP25WB+
CP25WB+
CP25WB+
CP25WB+
2.07 HANGERS
A. Provide all anchors, hangers and all supports for piping and equipment included in
Contract. Grinnell, Eleen, Michigan Hanger, Toleo, PHD or approved equal.
2.08 ELECTRIC MOTORS
A. Minimum efficiencies of electric motors shall comply with the 2003 Washington State
Energy Code items 1437, 1511 and Table 14-4.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 ELECTRICAL WORK
A. All electrical work performed under this Section of the Specifications shall conform to
all applicable portions of the Electrical Section of the Specifications, and shall conform
to all applicable codes.
3.02 WORKMANSHIP
A. Furnish and install all equipment in a neat and finished appearance. If, in the judgment
of the Owner, any portion of the work has not been installed in a workmanlike manner,
or has been left in a rough, unfinished manner, Contractor will be required to remove the
equipment, reinstall and patch and paint surrounding surfaces in a manner satisfactory to
the Owner, without any increase in cost.
15050 - 3
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.03 OPENINGS IN PIPES AND DUCTS
A. Keep closed during the work.
3.04 PIPE SLEEVES
A. General: Provide pipe sleeves for piping passing through foundations, walls, floors,
partitions, and roofto allow piping to pass freely through.
B. Piping Subject To Expansion: Where piping is subject to motion due to expansion, the
sleeve shall be made large enough to allow free motion. Where piping passing through is
insulated, the sleeve shall be large enough to permit the covering to pass through.
3.05 WALL AND FLOOR PLATES AND ESCUTCHEONS
A. Where pipes pass through finished walls, floors or ceilings, they shall be fitted with
chromium plates, with suitable set screws or other approved holding devices. Where
extended sleeves are necessary, the plates shall be of sufficient depth to cover the
sleeves.
3.06 CUTTING AND PATCHING (NEW WORK)
A. Furnish dimensions and locations of openings to other Contractors doing the work.
Provide ample time to avoid delays and unnecessary labor. Cutting and patching made
necessary to admit work, repair defective material or workmanship, or by neglect to
anticipate proper requirements shall be done by the General Contractor at the expense of
the Mechanical Contractor.
3.07 ACCESSIBILITY
A. Locate valves, traps, damper operators, access doors, etc., with easy accessibility, either
accessible in mechanical spaces or through access panels specified hereinafter.
Otherwise, obtain Owner's approval of location.
B. Any equipment requiring maintenance clearances for servICIng of filters, motors,
compressors, etc. shall be carefully installed to avoid servicing problem. Failure of
contractor to comply with this requirement shall be sufficient cause for contractor to
make all necessary changes to comply at no cost to the Owner.
3.08 MECHANICAL ACCESSES
A. Provide suitable access to all mechanical equipment requiring servicing, maintenance,
replacement, or repair. In concealed spaces where access has not been provided by the
Owner by means of doors, hatchways, walkways or other means, provide wall or ceiling
access doors of a type suitable to the Owner, sized to provide easy access to all
equipment. Location of such doors shall be coordinated with the work of the other trades
15050 - 4
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
I
I
to avoid conflict therewith, and such locations shall be approved by the Owner prior to
installation of access panels.
B.
In addition to building access openings, provide access panels on ducts where required to
service fire dampers, damper operators, and other associated equipment. All access
doors to mechanically furnished panels, control boxes and filter compartments shall be
provided with fully-hinged, easily-opened access doors.
I
I
I
3.09
TEMPORARY HEAT
A. Heat units may be used as temporary heating units during construction provided the
following conditions are met:
1. Agreed upon by Architect, Engineer, and Owner.
2.
Require a system protection plan be submitted to and approved by Owner. This
plan shall include daily inspections of filtering materials.
I
I
3.
Contractor shall provide and document daily inspection of all filtering materials
to assure filtering materials remain in place.
4.
Building must be clean of all dust before starting units.
I
5.
General Contractor must provide temporary filter media (80-85% efficient) for
all return air, fresh air, exhaust and relief air systems.
I
I
I
I
I
I
6. Systems shall run in 100 % outside air mode to help prevent construction dust
from entering return ductwork.
7. Supply diffuser covering may be required in some cases for example during
sanding that produces fine dust in the air.
8. All windows, doors or other openings in building must be closed off.
9. Systems should not be run when fine sanding is being done in the space - such as
sheetrock dusting and wood floor sanding.
10. Contractor shall be responsible for a complete duct cleaning if ductwork is found
to be dirty.
11. Upon completion of the job, Mechanical Contractor shall furnish new filters for
all units, size and type as specified hereinafter.
B.
Temporary throw-away filters shall be provided by this Contractor as required during
construction phase. This Contractor shall remove and dispose of temporary filters after
construction is complete, and install those specified for the completed project before
final acceptance of the project.
I
I
I
15050 - 5
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.10 VIBRATION ISOLATORS
A. Motorized equipment shall be mounted on or suspended from spring vibration isolators.
B. A list of isolators accompanied by certified transmissibility ratings for the required duty
shall be submitted for each item of equipment.
C. Unless noted otherwise, all vibration isolating equipment shall be of same make and
shall be submitted as one group by component contractor, and supporting calculations
indicating choice of isolator shall be furnished with submittals.
D. Electrical connections shall be made with "floppy" lengths of flexible cable.
3.11 FIRE INTEGRITY
A. All penetration of fire-rated walls, ceilings, roofs or floors via ductwork, piping and air
terminals must be protected by fire dampers and caulking to maintain integrity of
structure.
3.12 CLEANING UP
A. Comply with requirements of General Specifications.
B. Ducts shall be maintained as clean as possible during erection, and shall be blown clean
before the building field painting operations are started. Ducts and apparatus casing
shall be thoroughly cleaned before fans and filters are operated. Installed ductwork and
equipment openings shall be sealed to prevent contamination of construction dust, debris
and moisture. Also uninstalled ductwork and equipment shall be securely covered to
prevent contamination. If ductwork or equipment is found to be dirty or wet, this
contractor shall be responsible for cleaning or replacing such items. After equipment has
been used for any purposes, such as adjusting, testing, or temporary ventilation, filters
shall be cleaned or renewed and exhaust return ducts shall be cleaned. Use temporary
filters with 80 to 85% filter efficiency during construction.
3.13 CAULKING
A. Caulk all openings and flash around all piping, equipment, and ducts passing through
roof, floor, and walls. All caulking shall be water resistant. See also Paragraph Fire
Integrity, for rated wall, ceiling, roof, or floor penetrations.
3.14 COOLING AND HEATING SYSTEM TESTS AT LATER SEASON
A. If the work is completed during the heating season, perform final tests of cooling
equipment the following summer; if completed during summer, perform test of heating
system the following winter. The heating and cooling systems shall be thoroughly tested
for a minimum period of seven-days during each of the respective seasons with the
Owner's representative present during these testing periods.
15050 - 6
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
3.15 OPERATION OF EQUIPMENT AND SYSTEMS
A. Contractor is responsible during all periods of balancing and testing. Provide temporary
utilities, as required.
3.16 FINAL INSPECTION
I
A. This contractor shall thoroughly review and inspect the project to determine when final
inspection is required, and shall so advise the Owner. It shall be understood that the
work is to be essentially complete. If such is not the case and more than one final
inspection and one backcheck are necessary, this Contractor shall be billed for the
additional backchecks at the then governing rate for the personnel involved. The final
inspection punch list shall be signed on a copy of the punch list by a person responsible
for the trade involved before the backcheck is done.
I
I
I
I
3.17
PROTECTION AND CLEANING
A. All equipment and material installed by this Contractor shall be properly protected from
damage during the course of construction.
3.18
SPECIAL PROTECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
A. Exercise maximum precaution to provide positive protection for the building and
equipment from damage of any kind, and in particular, shall prevent water and dust
seepage into new equipment.
3.19
INSTRUCTION PERIODS FOR OWNER'S PERSONNEL
A. Scope: Following installation of mechanical work, have representatives of installation
tradesmen conduct demonstrations and instruction periods to point out locations of
servicing points and required points of maintenance to Owner's Representatives.
B. General Description Of Instruction Periods: Each period shall include preliminary
discussion and presentation of information from maintenance manuals with appropriate
references to drawings; followed by tours of building areas explaining maintenance
requirements, access methods, servicing and maintenance procedures, and equipment
cleaning procedures, temperature control settings and available adjustments.
I
C. Scheduling of Instruction Periods: Notice of Contractor's readiness to conduct such
instruction and demonstration shall be given to Owner at least two weeks prior to the
instruction periods, and agreement reached as to the date at which the instruction periods
are to be performed. Advise Owner two weeks prior to date when ready to conduct
instruction and demonstrations; receive approvals of proposed date prior to making final
arrangements.
I
I
D. An instruction period for air conditioned systems and control systems shall also be
scheduled for the off-season when the equipment and controls were initially installed.
15050 -7
1-
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15050
BASIC MATERIALS AND METHODS - HV AC
I
I
I
I
I
I
An example would be the startup and instruction period of a system during the heating
season. An instruction period shall also be scheduled when the system is into the cooling
system.
3.20 ON~SITE OBSERVATIONS AND SAFETY MEASURES
A. During its progress, all work shall be subject to observation by the Owner and/or their
representatives, and of the National Board of Fire Underwriters, State and Local
Inspectors. The Engineer has not been retained or compensated to provide design and
construction review services relating to the Contractor's safety precautions or to means,
methods, techniques, sequences or procedures required for the Contractor to perform his
work. The Contractor will be totally responsible for conditions of the jobsite, including
safety of all persons and property during performance of the work. This requirement will
apply continuously and not be limited to normal working hours. The duty of the Owner
to conduct construction observations of the Contractor's performance is not intended to
include review of the adequacy of the Contractor's safety measures in, on, or near the
construction site. It shall be the Contractor's responsibility to comply with "Safety and
Health Regulations for Construction" in the Federal Register by the U.S. Department of
Labor. Contractor shall be responsible for providing all such safety measures and shall
consult with the State and/or Federal Safety Inspector for interpretation whenever in
doubt as to whether he is or is not in compliance with State and/or Federal regulations.
Furthermore, the Contractor distinctly assumes all risk or damages or injury to any
persons or property wherever located resulting from any action or operation under this
contract or in connection with the work.
I
I
I
END OF SECTION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
3.21 DRAFT STOPS
A. It shall be the responsibility of each contractor performing his trade to verify with
Architectural Plans and to maintain the integrity of the draft stops whenever his work
requires penetration of these areas. Patch as required to maintain integrity of stops.
I
15050 - 8
I
! I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
'I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15082
DUCT WRAP INSULATION
SECTION 15082
DUCT WRAP INSULATION
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Blanket insulation for concealed supply, return and outside air duct located in crawl
space and attic.
B. Ductwork which IS located between floors shall not require insulation, unless noted
otherwise.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. All insulation products shall have a smoke developed rating of less than 50 and a flame
spread rating of less than 25 in accordance with ASTM E-84.
B. Accessories such as adhesives, mastics, cements and tapes shall have same components
ratings as listed above.
C. Duct material shall be per the SMACNA Fiberous Duct Construction Standards and shall
comply with NFP A 90A and 90B and with a factory applied Underwriters laboratory UL
181, Class-l Air Duct Listing Label and faced with a Foil, Scrim Kraft (FSK) facing
(scrim reinforced foil round). 'K' Value .23 at 75 degrees F.
2.02 DUCT INSULATION
A. General: All insulation thickness and conductivity for ductwork shall be per the latest
edition of the Washington State Non-Residential Energy Code.
B. Concealed duct insulation shall be flexible blanket fiber glass duct insulation, 0.601b per
cubic foot density, with Foil-Scrim-Kraft Facing and shall comply with ASTM C553-92.
2.03 ACCESSORY MATERIALS
A. Vapor Barrier Mastic: Childers products CP30 or equal
B. Finishing Cement: Johns-Manville No. 375 or equal
C. Duct Tape: Hardcast Inc. PS-S poly tape No. p30 1
15082 - 1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15082
DUCT WRAP INSULATION
I
I
D. Elastomeric Adhesive: Armstrong 520 adhesive or equal, or as recommended by the
elastomeric insulation manufacturer
I
I
I
I
E. Staples: Stainless Steel
F. Blanket: Fiberglass Cloth
G. Elastomeric Insulation Finish: Armstrong WB Armaflex Finish or equal, or as
recommended by the elastomeric insulation manufacturer.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
1. Provide insulation for rectangular ducts of the flexible type where concealed and
rigid type where exposed. Provide insulation for all round ducts of the flexible
type, minimum density 3/4 PCF with a factory Type-I jacket. Provide fibrous
and cellular glass insulation for exposed ducts with a factory-applied Type-I
vapor barrier jacket. Provide a factory applied Type-I vapor barrier jacket for
fibrous and cellular glass insulation on concealed duct. Cellular glass insulation
shall not have more than 25 % compression on all comers.
I
I
I
3.01
DUCT INSULATION
A. General, Interior Ductwork:
1. For rectangular, oval or round ducts, attach insulation by applying Class-2
adhesive around the entire perimeter of the duct in 6" wide strips on 12" centers.
I
I
I
I
I
I
2. Install duct insulation continuously through sleeves and prepared openings
except fire wall penetrations. Terminate duct insulation at fire dampers and
flexible connections. Vapor barrier materials shall be applied to form a
complete unbroken vapor seal over the insulation.
B. Installation on Concealed Duct:
2. For rectangular and oval ducts, 24" and larger additionally secure insulation to
bottom of ducts by the use of mechanical fasteners. Space fasteners on 18"
centers and not more than 18" from duct comers.
3. For rectangular, oval and round ducts, provide mechanical fasteners on sides of
duct risers for all duct sizes. Space fasteners on 18" centers and not more than
18" from duct comers.
I
4. Impale insulation on the mechanical fasteners where used and press thoroughly
into the adhesive. Care shall be taken to insure vapor barrier jacket joints
overlap 2". Do not compress the insulation to a thickness less than that
specified. Carry insulation over standing seams and trapeze-type duct hanger.
I
15082 - 2
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15082
DUCT WRAP INSULATION
5.
Install self-locking washers where mechanical fasteners are used. Trim back and
bend over the pin.
6.
Secure jacket overlaps under the overlap with Class-2 adhesive and staple on 4"
centers. Coat staples and seams with a vapor barrier coating.
7.
Cover breaks in the jacket material with patches of the same material as the
vapor barrier. Extend the patches not less than 2" beyond the break or
penetration in all directions and secure with Class-2 adhesive and staples. Seal
staples and joints with a brush coat of vapor barrier coating.
8.
At jacket penetrations such as hangers, and damper operating rods, fill voids in
the insulation and seal the penetration with a brush coat of vapor barrier coating.
9.
Seal and flash insulation terminations and pin punctures with a reinforced vapor
barrier coating finish. Overlap the coating with the adjoining insulation and
uninsulated surface 2". Extend pin puncture coatings 2" from the puncture in all
directions.
10.
Where insulation standoff brackets occur, extend insulation under the bracket
and the jacket terminated at the bracket.
END OF SECTION
15082 - 3
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15088
REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION
SECTION 15088
REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION
PART I - GENERAL
1.0 I WORK INCLUDED
A. Insulation of suction side pipe, fittings, valves, and accessories.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0 I INSULATION
A. Flexible elastomeric closed cell pipe insulation, 1/2" thick Armstrong AP Armaflex with
FRI Armaflex finish or approved equal. Flame-spread rating of 25 or less when tested
under the provisions of ASTM E84.
2.02 ADHESIVE
A. Compatible with insulation, Armstrong 520 adhesive as manufactured by Armstrong
Insulation Products or approved equal.
2.03 TAPES
A. General: I" minimum width.
S. Scotch Brand #472.
C. Permacel #306
D. Dutch Brand PE-12.
2.04 FINISHING MATERIALS
A. Armaflex Finish as manufactured by Armstrong Insulation Products.
2.05 SEALER
A. Commercially available latex caulk.
15088 - I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15088
REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.06 ALUMINUM JACKET
A. ASTM B-209, 0.016" thickness, H-14 hardness, with embossed finish, with longitudinal
slip joints and 2" (50mm) laps, die shaped fitting covers with attached protective liner
and secured with stainless steel straps.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 PIPE INSULATION
A. Seal all joints and seams of Armaflex Insulations on pipes with 520 adhesive applied in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B. Install Insulation by slipping complete sections over the open ends of piping or tubing.
Seal butt joints.
1. Note: Small amounts of powdered lubricant may enter open pipe or tubing.
Where this condition is critical for refrigeration systems, plug open end of pipe
or tubing before slipping on insulation.
C. Install Insulation by slitting tubular sections and applying them around piping or tubing.
Seal butt joints and slit seams.
D. Install sheet around pipes larger than 5" IPS without stretching and seal longitudinal
seams and end joints.
E. At pipe hanger locations, insert wood blocks or cork stoppers between the hanger
support saddle and the pipe to prevent insulation from being unduly compressed in
accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
3.02 FITTING INSULATION
A. Fabricate fittings covers from insulation according to the manufacturer's directions. Join
slit seams and mitered joints with adhesive.
3.03 FINISHES - INDOOR PIPING
A. No finish is required over concealed Armaflex Insulation indoors.
3.04 FINISHES - OUTDOOR PIPING
A. Provide a final cover of aluminum over the rubber insulation assembly. Secure with
stainless steel bands.
15088-2
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
: I
I
i I
I
I
II
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15088
REFRIGERANT PIPING INSULATION
3.05 MISCELLANEOUS
A. Cleaning: Clean area of all dirt caused by this operation and leave area clean and free of
debris.
B. Miscellaneous Work:
1. Pipe fittings and connections shall be pressure tested before insulation is applied.
2. All outdoor surfaces shall shed water and not permit formation of standing
puddles.
3. Where special corrosion-resistant coating are specified for metal surfaces, they
shall be compatible with adhesive.
4. All piping, tubing and fittings shall be installed with a minimum spacing of 2"
between parallel pipes, and with a minimum spacing of I" between pipe and
adjacent surfaces. (Pipe temperature below 0 degrees F require special spacing).
5. Hangers and saddles shall be of sufficient size to support the pipe and insulation.
Hangers and saddles must be positioned so that there is sufficient space allowed
for full insulation thickness and supporting devices such as wood blocks and
cork stoppers.
END OF SECTION
15088 - 3
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15690
REFRIGERANT PIPING
SECTION 15690
REFRIGERANT PIPING
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install a complete refrigerant piping system as shown on the Plans and as
hereinafter specified.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 PIPE
A. Run all liquid and suction lines from outdoor units to indoor units as indicated on the Plans
in seamless copper tube of type ACR (hard or annealed) complying with ASTM B280.
Annealed temper copper tube shall not be used in sizes larger than a 2" nominal size.
Refrigeration system including piping, fittings and valves shall comply with ANSI B31.5 -
1974.
2.02 SOLDER
A. All soldering or brazing shall be done with silver alloy-type material "Sil-Fos", or approved
equal, with controlled flow of nitrogen gas fed through tubing to prevent oxidizing of
interior lines. Copper tubing joints used in refrigerating systems containing Group A2, A3,
B2, or B3 refrigerants shall be brazed. Soldered joints shall not be used in such
refrigerating systems.
2.03 REFRIGERA TION CYCLE OR SYSTEM
A. The refrigeration cycle must contain the following minimum protective devices:
1. An accumulator must be provided in the system to prevent excessive liquid
refrigerant from entering the compressor.
2. Units must have installed a large capacity filter drier to insure dry, contaminant
free operation.
3. Units must be protected by an anti-cycling device permitting automatic resetting of
all safety devices but preventing rapid cycling of the compressor. Energizing the
circuit operates the outdoor fan for 15-seconds before allowing the compressor to
start. The same circuit allows a five-minute delay at the end or interruption of
cycle before the compressor can be restarted.
15690 - 1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15690
REFRIGERANT PIPING
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.04 INSULATION
A. Pipe insulation shall be as specified in 15088.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Refrigerant piping installation shall comply with International Mechanical Code Section
1107.
3.02 INSTALLATION
A. All tubing supports should be designed and installed to minimize vibration. Supports
should be designed and installed to guard against electrolytic corrosion, and to provide for
protection of tubing components against external abrasion due to movement. Supports
should be spaced closely enough to eliminate sagging.
B. All refrigerant lines shall be spring-isolated from the building structure. At wall
penetrations, caulk between the metal casing and structure with non-hardening plastic
caulking compound similar to American Marietta Pestite, gum grade, non-skimming
compound. Provide flashing at a wall penetration, as detailed on Plans.
3.03 REFRIGERANT PIPING TEST
A. After piping is connected, test system at 350 PSI for leaks with halide torch, or electronic
leak detector. Evacuate system for at least 6- hours with compound vacuum pump capable
of pulling 50-microns. Break vacuum with partial charge of R-22 and re-evacuate system
for an additional 2- hours. Charge system as per manufacturer's instructions.
END OF SECTION
15690 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install all split system heat pump units and accessories as shown on the Plans.
1.02 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
A. The following publications are incorporated by reference, and shall be the current issue
at the time of bid:
I. AIR CONDITIONING AND REFRIGERATION INSTITUTE (ARI)
ARI 210/240..................................... Unitary Air-Conditioning and Air-Source
Heat Pump Equipment
ARI 340/360..................................... Commercial and Industrial Unitary Air
Conditioning and Heat Pump Equipment
ARI 460............................................ Remote Mechanical Draft Air Cooled
Refrigerant Condensers
ARI 495 ............................................ Refrigerant Liquid Receivers
ARI 500............................................ Variable Capacity Positive Displacement
Refrigerant Compressors and Compressor
Units for Air-Conditioning and Heat Pump
Applications
ARI 700............................................ Specifications for Fluorocarbon and Other
Refrigerants
2. AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS (ASTM)
ASTM C 1071 .................................. Thermal and Acoustical Insulation (Glass
Fiber, Duct Lining Material)
3. AMERICAN SOCIETY OF HEATING, REFRIGERATING AND AIR-
CONDITIONING ENGINEERS (ASHRAE)
ASHRAE 15..................................... Safety Code for Mechanical Refrigeration
ASHRAE 34..................................... Number Designation and Safety
Classification of Refrigerants
ASHRAE 52.1 .................................. Gravimetric and Dust-Spot Procedures for
Testing Air Cleaning Devices Used in
General Ventilation for Removing
Particulate Matter
15741 - 1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. ASME INTERNATIONAL (ASME)
ASME BPV VIII Div 1 .................... Boiler and Pressure Vessel Code; Section
VIII, Pressure Vessels Division 1 - Basic
Coverage
5. NATIONAL ELECTRICAL MANUFACTURERS ASSOCIATION (NEMA)
NEMA ICS 6.................................... Industrial Control and Systems, Enclosures
6. NA TIONAL FIRE PROTECTION ASSOCIATION (NFP A)
NFP A 70........................................... National Electrical Code
NFP A 90........................................... Installation of Air Conditioning and
Ventilating Systems
7. UNDERWRITERS LABORATORIES (UL)
UL 207 .............................................. Refrigerant-Containing Components and
Accessories, Nonelectrical
UL 900.............................................. Test Performance of Air Filter Units
UL 1995............................................ Heating and Cooling Equipment
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 UNITARY EQUIPMENT, SPLIT SYSTEM
A. Unit shall be an air cooled split system which employs a remote condensing unit, a
separate indoor unit, and interconnecting refrigerant piping. Unit shall be the heat pump
type conforming to applicable Underwriters Laboratories (UL) Standards including UL
1995. Unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI 210/240. Unit shall be provided with
necessary fans, air filters, liquid receiver, internal dampers, mixing boxes, supplemental
heat, and cabinet construction as specified in paragraph "System Components". The
remote unit shall be as specified in paragraph "Remote Condensing Unit". Evaporator or
supply fans shall be double width, double inlet, forward curved, backward inclined, or
airfoil blade, centrifugal scroll type. Condenser or outdoor fans shall be the
manufacturer's standard for the unit specified and may be either propeller or centrifugal
scroll type. Fan and condenser motors shall have open dripproof enclosures.
B. Air To Refrigerant Coil: Coils shall have copper tubes of 3/8" minimum diameter with
copper or aluminum fins that are mechanically bonded or soldered to the tubes. Casing
shall be galvanized steel or aluminum. Contact of dissimilar metals shall be avoided.
Coils shall be tested in accordance with ASHRAE 15 at the factory and be suitable for
the working pressure of the installed system. Each coil shall be dehydrated and sealed
after testing and prior to evaluation and charging. Each unit shall be provided with a
factory operating charge of refrigerant and oil or a holding charge. Unit shipped with a
15741-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
holding charge shall be field charged. Separate expansion devices shall be provided for
each compressor circuit.
C. Refrigeration Circuit: Refrigerant-containing components shall comply with ASHRAE
15 and be factory tested, cleaned, dehydrated, charged, and sealed. Refrigerant charging
valves and connections, and pumpdown valves shall be provided for each circuit. Filter
drier shall be provided in each liquid line and be reversible-flow type. Refrigerant flow
control devices shall be an adjustable superheat thermostatic expansion valve with
external equalizer matched to coil, capillary or thermostatic control, and a pilot solenoid
controlled, leak tight, four-way refrigerant flow reversing valve.
D. Unit Controls: Unit shall be internally prewired with a control circuit powered by an
internal transformer. Terminal blocks shall be provided for power wiring and external
control wiring.
E. Remote Condensing Unit: Each remote condenser coil shall be fitted with a manual
isolation valve and an access valve on the coil side. Saturated refrigerant condensing
temperature shall not exceed 120 degrees F at 95 degrees F ambient. Unit shall be
provided with low ambient condenser controls to ensure proper operation in an ambient
temperature of 35 degrees F. Fan and cabinet construction shall be provided as specified
in paragraph "System Components". Fan and condenser motors shall have open
dripproof enclosures.
F.
Air Cooled Condenser: Unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI 460 and conform to
the requirements of UL 1995. Unit shall be factory fabricated, tested, packaged, and
self-contained. Unit shall be complete with casing, propeller or centrifugal type fans,
heat rejection coils, connecting piping and wiring, and all necessary appurtenances.
G.
Connections: Interconnecting refrigeration piping, electrical power, and control wiring
between the condensing unit and the indoor unit shall be provided as required by the
manufacturer and as indicated. Electrical and refrigeration piping terminal connections
between condensing unit and evaporator units shall be provided. .
H.
Condensing Coil: Coils shall have copper tubes of 3/8" minimum diameter with copper
or aluminum fins that are mechanically bonded or soldered to the tubes. Casing shall be
galvanized steel or aluminum. Contact of dissimilar metals shall be avoided. Coils shall
be tested in accordance with ASHRAE 15 at the factory and be suitable for the working
pressure of the installed system. Each coil shall be dehydrated and sealed after testing
and prior to evaluation and charging. Each unit shall be provided with a factory
operating charge of refrigerant and oil or a holding charge. Unit shipped with a holding
charge shall be field charged. Separate expansion devices shall be provided for each
compressor circuit.
I.
Unit Controls: The control system shall be complete with required accessories for
regulating condenser pressure by fan cycling, solid state variable fan speed, modulating
condenser coil or fan dampers, flooding the condenser, or a combination of the above.
Unit mounted control panels or enclosures shall be constructed in accordance with
15741-3
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
I
I
I
I
applicable requirements of NFP A 70 and housed In NEMA ICS 6, Class-lor 3A
enclosures.
J. Compressor: Unit shall be rated in accordance with ARI 500. Compressor shall be
direct drive, semi-hermetic or hermetic reciprocating, or scroll type capable of operating
at partial load conditions. Compressor shall be capable of continuous operation down to
the lowest step of unloading as specified. Units 120,000 Btuh and larger shall be
provided with capacity reduction devices to produce automatic capacity reduction of at
least 50 %. If standard with the manufacturer, two or more compressors may be used in
lieu of a single compressor with unloading capabilities, in which case the compressors
will operate in sequence, and each compressor shall have an independent refrigeration
circuit through the condenser and evaporator. Each compressor shall start in the
unloaded position. Each compressor shall be provided with vibration isolators,
crankcase heater, thermal overloads, and high and low pressure safety cutoffs and
protection against short cycling.
B. Fans: Fan wheel shafts shall be supported by either maintenance-accessible lubricated
anti friction block-type bearings, or permanently lubricated ball bearings. Unit fans shall
be selected to produce the cfm required at the fan total pressure. Motor starters, if
applicable, shall be magnetic across the line type with an open drip-proof enclosure.
Thermal overload protection shall be of the manual or automatic reset type. Fan wheels
or propellers shall be constructed of aluminum or galvanized steel. Centrifugal fan
wheel housings shall be of galvanized steel, and both centrifugal and propeller fan
casings shall be constructed of aluminum or galvanized steel. Steel elements of fans,
except fan shafts, shall be hot dipped galvanized after fabrication or fabricated of mill-
galvanized steel. Mill-galvanized steel surfaces and edges damaged or cut during
fabrication by forming, punching, drilling, welding, or cutting shall be recoated with an
approved zinc rich compound. Fan wheels or propellers shall be statically and
dynamically balanced. Direct drive fan motors shall be of the multiple-speed variety.
Belt driven fans shall have adjustable sheaves. The sheave size shall be selected so that
the fan speed at the approximate midpoint of the sheave adjustment will produce the
specified air quantity. Centrifugal scroll-type fans shall be provided with streamlined
orifice inlet and V -belt drive. Each drive will be independent of any other drive.
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02 SYSTEM COMPONENTS
A. Refrigerant And Oil: Refrigerant shall be R4l0A. Refrigerants shall have number
designations and safety classifications in accordance with ASHRAE 34. Refrigerants
shall meet the requirements of ARI 700 as a minimum. Refrigerants shall have an Ozone
Depletion Potential (ODP) of less than or equal to 0.05. Contractor shall provide and
install a complete charge of refrigerant for the installed system as recommended by the
manufacturer. Except for factory sealed units, two complete charges of lubricating oil
for each compressor crankcase shall be furnished. One charge shall be used during the
system performance testing period. Following the satisfactory completion of the
performance testing, the oil shall be drained and replaced with a second charge.
Lubricating oil shall be of a type and grade recommended by the manufacturer for each
compressor. Where color leak indicator dye is incorporated, charge shall be in
accordance with manufacturer's recommendation.
I
I
15741 - 4
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
Propeller fans shall be direct-drive or V-belt drive type with fixed pitch blades. V-belt
driven fans shall be mounted on a corrosion protected drive shaft supported by either
maintenance-accessible lubricated antifriction block type bearings, or permanently
lubricated ball bearings. Each drive will be independent of any other drive. Drive
bearings shall be protected with water slingers or shields. V -belt drives shall be fitted
with guards where exposed to contact by personnel and fixed pitch or adjustable pitch
sheaves.
C.
Electric Heating Coil: Coil shall be an electric duct heater in accordance with UL 1995
and NFP A 70. Coil shall be duct- or unit-mounted. Coil shall be ofthe nickel chromium
resistor, single stage, strip type. Coil shall be provided with a built-in or surface-
mounted high-limit thermostat interlocked electrically so that the coil cannot be
energized unless the fan is energized. Coil casing and support brackets shall be of
galvanized steel or aluminum. Coil shall be mounted to eliminate noise from expansion
and contraction and be completely accessible for service.
D.
Air Filters: Air filters shall be listed in accordance with requirements ofUL 900.
E.
Pressure Vessels: Pressure vessels shall conform to ASME BPV VIll Division I or UL
207, as applicable for maximum and minimum pressure or temperature encountered.
Where referenced publications do not apply, pressure components shall be tested at l'li
times design working pressure. Refrigerant wetted carbon steel surfaces shall be pickled
or abrasive blasted free of mill scale, cleaned, dried, charged, and sealed.
F.
Liquid Receiver: A liquid receiver shall be provided when a system's condenser or
compressor does not contain a refrigerant storage capacity of at least 20 % in excess of a
fully charged system. Receiver shall be designed, filled, and rated in accordance with
the recommendations of ARI 495, except as modified herein. Receiver shall be fitted to
include an inlet connection; an outlet drop pipe with oil seal and oil drain where
necessary; two bull's-eye liquid level sight glass in same vertical plane, 90 degrees apart
and perpendicular to axis of receiver or external gauge glass with metal guard and
automatic stop valves, and purge, charge, equalizing, pressurizing, plugged drain and
service valves on the inlet and outlet connections. Receiver shall be provided with a
relief valve of capacity and setting in accordance with ASHRAE 15.
G.
Oil Separator: Separator shall be the high efficiency type and be provided with
removable flanged head for ease in removing float assembly and removable screen
cartridge assembly. Pressure drop through a separator shall not exceed 10 PSI during the
removal of hot gas entrained oil. Connections to compressor shall be as recommended
by the compressor manufacturer. Separator shall be provided with an oil float valve
assembly or needle valve and orifice assembly, drain line shutoff valve, sight glass, filter
for removal of all particulate sized 10-microns and larger, and strainer.
H.
Oil Reservoir: Reservoir capacity shall equal one charge of all connected compressors.
Reservoir shall be provided with an external liquid gauge glass, plugged drain, and
isolation valves. Vent piping between the reservoir and the suction header shall be
provided with a 5 PSI pressure differential relief valve. Reservoir shall be provided with
the manufacturer's standard filter on the oil return line to the oil level regulators.
15741-5
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
I
I
1.
J.
Internal Dampers: Dampers shall be parallel blade type with renewable blade seals and
be integral to the unitary unit. Damper provisions shall be provided for each outside air
intake, exhaust, economizer, and mixing boxes. Dampers shall have required linkages
and stops to operate as specified.
I
I
Mixing Boxes: Mixing boxes shall match the base unit in physical size and shall include
equally sized openings, each capable of full airflow. Arrangement shall be as indicated.
I
K.
Cabinet Construction: Casings for the specified unitary equipment shall be constructed
of galvanized steel or aluminum sheet metal and galvanized or aluminum structural
members. Minimum thickness of single wall exterior surfaces shall be IS-gauge
galvanized steel or 071" thick aluminum on units with a capacity above 20-tons and 20-
gauge galvanized steel or 0.064" thick aluminum on units with a capacity less than 20-
tons. Casing shall be fitted with lifting provisions, access panels or doors, fan vibration
isolators, electrical control panel, corrosion-resistant components, structural support
members, insulated condensate drip pan and drain, and internal insulation in the cold
section of the casing. Where double-wall insulated construction is proposed, minimum
exterior galvanized sheet metal thickness shall be 20-gauge. Provisions to permit
replacement of major unit components shall be incorporated. Penetrations of cabinet
surfaces, including the floor, shall be sealed. Unit shall be fitted with a drain pan which
extends under all areas where water may accumulate. Drain pan shall be fabricated from
Type-300 stainless steel, galvanized steel with protective coating as required, or an
approved plastic material. Pan insulation shall be water impervious. Extent and
effectiveness of the insulation of unit air containment surfaces shall prevent, within
limits of the specified insulation, heat transfer between the unit exterior and ambient air,
heat transfer between the two conditioned air streams, and condensation on surfaces.
Insulation shall conform to ASTM C 1071. Paint and finishes shall comply with the
requirements specified in Paragraph "Factory Coating".
I
I
I
I
I
I
L.
Indoor Cabinet: Indoor cabinets shall be suitable for the specified indoor service and
enclose all unit components.
I
I
I
M.
Outdoor Cabinet: Outdoor cabinets shall be suitable for outdoor service with a
weathertight, insulated and corrosion-protected structure. Cabinets constructed
exclusively for indoor service which have been modified for outdoor service are not
acceptable.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
I
3.0 I INSTALLATION
I
A.
Install units and interconnecting refrigerant piping in accordance with manufacturer's
instructions. Size refrigerant piping in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
B.
Provide for connection to electrical service.
I
c.
Install units on vibration isolation or support units with vibration isolation.
I
15741-6
I
~--
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
3.02 MANUFACTURER'S FIELD SERVICES
A. Supply initial charge of refrigerant and oil for each refrigerant circuit. Replace losses of
refrigerant and oil.
3.03 CONTROLS
A. See the controls description on Plans.
3.04 STARTUP
A. A representative from the air conditioning/heat pump unit's manufacturer's office shall be
at the site during startup of equipment to aid in the proper check of all controls and
sequences of operation.
3.05 SERVICE AND WARRANTY PROVISIONS
A. The air handling and heat pump equipment shall be installed by factory trained personnel
having a minimum of five-years experience in the installation of the equipment furnished
and shall be capable of providing 24-hour service thereof. Under this contract, all heat
pump and control equipment shall be inspected and serviced or adjusted as required for
optimum and satisfactory performance a minimum of four times during the first calendar
year after date of final acceptance. The first inspection shall be made approximately thirty-
days after final acceptance and the final inspection shall be made during the eleventh month
thereafter. Heat pump contractor shall not be located more than 50-miles radius from the
project site. This Contractor shall warrant the system to be free from defects in material,
equipment and workmanship under normal use and service and any time within one-year
from date of final acceptance, will repair or replace without cost to the Owner, any
material, equipment or workmanship found to be defective.
B. In addition to the above one-year warranty, all motor compressors furnished under this
Contract shall be warranted to be free from defects in material, workmanship under
normal use and service for an additional four-years. Contractor shall, during the one-
year warranty period, replace or repair without any additional cost to the Owner any
compressors found to be defective. During the extended warranty period, the
compressors shall be replaced or repaired, but the labor cost for removing and
reinstalling the compressors is not included.
C. Obligations of the purchaser not included in the above warranties are:
1. Failure to start due to voltage conditions, blown fuses or other damage due to
inadequacy or interruptions of electric service.
2. Filter replacement or cleaning of evaporator coils due to lack of maintenance.
3. Damage to unit from lack of proper filter maintenance.
15741-7
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15741
SPLIT SYSTEM HEAT PUMPS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
4. Damages caused by accident, alteration, tampering or from servicing by other
than this Contractor during the warranty period.
END OF SECTION
15741 - 8
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15800
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - GENERAL
SECTION 15800
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - GENERAL
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 SCOPE
A. To provide complete systems of ductwork for 2" W.G. air systems.
1.02 DUCT SUPPORTS
A. Ducts shall be run level and be supported at intervals necessary to prevent any bending
or sagging. Where angles are used to cradle the duct between joints, provide neoprene
fabric between duct and angle to insulate vibration transmission.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0 I DAMPERS
A. Provide flat blade volume dampers on all supply, return and exhaust air branch ducts
serving each grille, register, ceiling diffuser, etc. Relief air and transfer ducts may be
omitted. Dampers for main trunks shall be provided where shown on Plans or deemed
necessary for the proper balancing of each air system.
B. Provide accessible locking quadrant type handle for each volume damper. Where this is
not possible, provide Ventlock #666 concealed damper regulator.
2.02 ACCESS PANELS
A. Shall be constructed per the latest edition of SMACNA's HV AC Duct Construction
Standards.
B. See Part III, Execution of this Specification Section.
2.03 COILS
A. See Part III, Execution of this Specification Section.
2.04 DUCTWORK FITTINGS AND SUPPORT
A. Shall be per the latest SMACNA edition of HV AC Duct Construction Standards.
B. See Part III Execution, this Specification Section.
15800 - I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15800
AIR DISTRIBUTION SYSTEM - GENERAL
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.05 MOTORIZED DAMPERS
A. Dampers shall be full size of duct, be sealed between damper frame and duct, and shall
operate without binding on duct walls. Provide access panels for motorized dampers per
Item 2.03 in this Specification Section. Dampers shall be Ruskin Model CD36 or
approved equal.
2.06 AIR TERMINALS
A. See Section 15840.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 VOLUME DAMPERS
A. Provide volume dampers in the supply branch duct serving each air terminal.
B. Install dampers as defined in latest edition SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction
Standards. Dampers to be constructed and installed consistent with pressure class.
Stiffen all blades with the longest dimension exceeding 18". Duct penetrations for
damper installation will require sealing as necessary to eliminate noise for each pressure
class.
C. Dampers shall be installed with blades in the full open position, secured in place with
locking quadrant-type handle. Dampers shall be installed as far from air terminal as
possible to eliminate air turbulence and noise.
3.02 ACCESS PANELS
A. Provide gasketed fully hinged, easily opened access panels on ducts where required to
service fire dampers, damper operators and other associated equipment. All access doors
to mechanically furnished panels, control boxes and filter compartments shall also be
provided with fully-hinged, easily-opened access doors.
B. Access panels shall be provided at each fire damper for replacing fusible links and
resetting fire damper. Access panels shall also be provided at all motorized and
backdraft damper locations (to help determine damper position and operation). Access
panels for fire dampers shall have a label on the doors stating, "Fire Damper" in a
minimum height of 1/2".
3.03 FLEXffiLE CONNECTIONS
A. Wherever ducts make connection with any air handling device such as supply fans,
exhaust fans, etc., flexible connections are to be used.
END OF SECTION
15800 - 2
II
I
jl
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15810
LOW PRESSURE STEEL DUCTWORK
SECTION 15810
LOW PRESSURE STEEL DUCTWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide complete sheet metal ductwork systems as shown on the Plans.
B. Drawings are diagrammatic, all offsets and transitions are not shown. Provide provisions
in bid for offsets, additional lengths of ductwork and transitions to allow ductwork to fit
in the specified ceiling space and clear structural members, electrical equipment and
other mechanical piping and equipment. Transitions and offsets shall have equivalent
cross sectional area to those ducts shown on the Plans. Failure to provide these
provisions in bid shall not be considered as a basis for added cost.
II
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 DUCTWORK, RECTANGULAR
A. Construction Standards - SMACNA References.
1. HV AC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible - Second Addition,
1995, with Addendum No.1, Nov. 1997.
B. Fabricate in accordance with SMACNA references, NFPA 90A, and the International
Mechanical Code.
C. Duct Material:
1. Galvanized carbon steel, for air duct construction, ASTM A525-64T.
2. Angles, bars and rods for support and reinforcement, structural quality carbon
steel, ASTM A 7 or A36.
2.02 DUCTWORK, ROUND & FLAT OVAL
A. Single Wall Duct And Fittings: Materials shall be per SMACNA HV AC Duct
Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible, Galvanized Sheet Metal. Provide spiral
duct.
B. Duct shall be made from galvanized, paint grip, cold rolled (uncoated) mild steel with
spiral lock seam. Flat oval duct and fittings shall be as manufactured by United McGill
Corporation or approved equal. United Duct Sealer shall be applied to all joints to
eliminate leakage and shall be covered with duct tape. Sealants and tapes shall be
applied in accordance with manufacturer's instructions.
15810-1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15810
LOW PRESSURE STEEL DUCTWORK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.03 DUCTWORK ACCESSORIES
A. Turning Vanes: Provide single vane type for vane lengths under 36", double vane type
on vanes 36" in length and longer.
B. Duct Wrap: Per Specification Section 15082, Duct Wrap Insulation.
C. Caulking and Sealing Products:
1. General: Shall be per the requirements ofNFP A Standard 90A for Flame spread
rating and smoke emission.
2. Caulking Compound: Thick consistency, water based sealant similar to Foster
No. 31-17, United Duct Sealer or equal.
3. Sealant Tape: Foil-Grip 1402-181 BFX, pressure sensitive, 40-year cycle, duct
joint tape.
D. Dampers and Splitters: Shall be furnished with accessible operating mechanisms.
Where operators occur in finished portions of the building, operators shall be chromium
plated and all exposed edges rounded. Splitters shall be operated by quadrant operators
or 3/16" rod brought through the side of the duct with locking setscrew and bushing.
Two rods are required on splitters over 8". Manual volume control dampers shalI be
operated by locking-type quadrant operators. Dampers and splitters shalI be two gauges
heavier than the duct in which installed. Unless otherwise indicated, multileaf dampers
shall be opposed blade type with maximum blade width of 12". Access doors or panels
shall be provided for all concealed damper operators and locking setscrews. Unless
otherwise indicated, the locking-type quadrant operators, for dampers, when installed on
ducts to be thermalIy insulated, shall be provided with stand-off mounting brackets,
bases, or adapters to provide clearance between the duct surface and the operator not less
than the thickness of the insulation. Standoff mounting items shall be integral with the
operator or standard accessory of the damper manufacturer. Volume dampers shall be
provided where indicated. Provide access for operators concealed above gypsum
wallboard ceilings.
E. Flexible Connections:
1. 30 ounce per square yard double neoprene-coated glass fabric, air tight, water
tight and fire retardant. Flexible connections shall be impervious to moisture,
mildew, and chemical reaction.
2. Provide Ventfahrics Ventglas or approved equal.
F. Support Materials:
1. Prefabricated Clamps, Supports And Accessories: ITT, Grinnel or equal.
2. Structural Steel: ASTM A36
15810-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15810
LOW PRESSURE STEEL DUCTWORK
2.04 DUCT ACCESS DOORS, PANELS AND SECTIONS
A. Provide access doors, sized and located for maintenance work, upstream of the
associated component where possible. Doors shall have a full piano type hinge,
reinforced edges and a rubber gasket seal around the edges.
B. Access doors shall be provided in ductwork where indicated and at all airflow measuring
primaries, automatic dampers, fire dampers, coils, thermostats, and other apparatus
requiring service and inspection in the duct system, and unless otherwise shown, shall
conform to SMACNA. Access doors shall be provided upstream and downstream of
airflow measuring primaries and heating and cooling coils. Doors shall be minimum
375mm by 450mm, (15" by 18") unless otherwise shown. Where duct size will not
accommodate this size door, the doors shall be made as large as practicable. Doors
600mm by 600 mm (24" by 24") or larger shall be provided with fasteners operable from
both sides. Doors in insulated ducts shall be the insulated type.
C. Openings shall be as large as feasible in small ducts, 12" by 12" minimum where
possible. Access sections in insulated ducts shall be double-wall, insulated. Transparent
shatterproof covers are preferred for uninsulated ducts.
D. SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards Figures 2-10, 2-1 OM and 2-11.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DUCTWORK
A. Fabrication (Rectangular Ductwork):
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
B. Elbows:
1.
Construction shall be in accordance with the applicable SMACNA HV AC Duct
Construction Standards.
The internal end of all slip joints shall be installed in the direction of airflow.
Where the perimeter of duct does not exceed the width of the sheet, ducts shall
be constructed with one longitudinal seam only.
"Pittsburgh" type flat double lock longitudinal seams shall be used on all ducts in
which the longest transverse dimension does not exceed 36".
"Standing" seams of lock type, 1" high shall be used on all ducts with longest
transverse dimension exceeding 36". All standing seams shall be punched.
Wherever possible, elbows shall have a centerline radius equal to I If2 times the
duct dimension in the plane of the turn.
15810 - 3
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15810
LOW PRESSURE STEEL DUCTWORK
I
I
2. Where space does not permit the above radius, or where square elbows are
indicated on the drawings, they must be equipped with special manufactured,
factory-built turning vanes. (Local shop fabricated turns will not be acceptable).
I
I
3. Where transition pieces in the ducts occur, the slopes in the sides must be
approximately one to five. Abrupt changes or offsets of any kind will not be
permitted. No attempt is made to show on the drawings all offsets, which may
be required.
I. All ducts must be provided with hangers in sufficient number and at close
enough centers to prevent any bending or sagging, and in any event, the hanger
spacing shall not exceed eight feet.
I
I
I
I
4. All offsets in ducts, as necessary for the installation, whether shown or not, shall
be provided.
c.
Hangers and Supports:
2. Ducts shall be supported either by rods, or by applicable methods as shown in
the SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards, Figure 4-1 through 4-10.
3. Ducts shall be seismically braced in accordance with the SMACNA Seismic
Restraint Manual Guidelines for Mechanical Systems, latest edition.
I
1. Provide necessary blank-off plates required to install dampers that are smaller
than duct size. Provide necessary transition required to install dampers larger
than duct size.
I
I
I
I
I
I
D.
Dampers: Provide dampers of the types, and at the locations shown on the drawings, or
where necessary to provide proper balancing. Dampers shall have a positioning
quadrant, lever and locking assembly.
E.
Control Damper Installation:
2. Assemble multiple section dampers with required interconnecting linkage and
extend required number of shafts through duct for external mounting of damper
motors.
3. Provide necessary sheet metal baffle plates to eliminate stratification and provide
air volumes specified. Locate baffles by experimentation, and affix and seal
permanently in place, only after stratification problem has been eliminated.
F.
Protection And Cleaning: Adequately protect equipment and materials against physical
damage. Place equipment in first class operating condition, or return to source of supply
for repair or replacement. Protect equipment and ducts during construction against entry
of foreign matter to the inside and clean both inside and outside before operation and
painting. When new ducts are connected to existing ductwork, clean both new and
existing ductwork by mopping and vacuum cleaning inside and outside before operation.
I
I
I
15810 - 4
I
i.--
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15810
LOW PRESSURE STEEL DUCTWORK
3.02 FABRICATION & INSTALLATION, ROUND
A. Fabricate and install per SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction Standards, Metal &
Flexible, NFP A 90A, and the International Mechanical Code.
3.03 ACCESSORIES
A. Install volume or splitter dampers as required at all branches in the ductwork.
B. Provide remote operators for inaccessible dampers.
C. Install access panels and doors air tight. Select and set hardware, latches, locks and
gasket seals to suit operating pressure.
D. Install flexible connections at fan or equipment outlets. Align duct and equipment flange
to maintain a 1" minimum clear gap between the adjoining metal parts.
E. Provide sheet metal sleeve around penetrations through walls or floors. Pack opening
around duct with fiberglass and caulk with resilient caulking.
F. Provide access doors for all fire dampers, dampers, heaters, coils and any other
component, which will require maintenance.
END OF SECTION
15810 - 5
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15813
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
SECTION 15813
FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide complete flexible ductwork systems as shown on the Plans.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 FLEXIBLE DUCTWORK
A. Construction Standards - SMACNA References:
1. LV - Low Pressure Duct Construction Standards, 1976.
2. HV AC Duct Construction Standards, Metal and Flexible - Second Addition, 1995,
with Addendum No.1, Nov. 1997.
3. Shall be listed by Underwriters Laboratories under UL Standard 181 as Class-l
Flexible Air Duct.
B. Duct Material:
1. Vinyl-coated spring steel helix bonded to a vinyl-coated fiberglass mesh liner
wrapped with fiberglass wool insulation jacketed with a reinforced metallized
mylar/neoprene laminate outer casing.
C. Elbow Support:
1. At each ceiling mounted air terminal, provide a flexible ductwork elbow support.
2. Elbow support shall be constructed of durable composite material and be fully
adjustable to support flexible duct diameters 6" to 16". Elbow supports shall be
UL listed for use in return air plenum space. Elbow support shall be Flexflow
Elbow as manufactured by ThermaFlex.
15813 -1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15813
FLEXIDLE DUCTWORK
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FLEX IDLE DUCTWORK
A. Installation:
1. Install in accordance with SMACNA references and to NFP A 90A. Installation
shall comply with UL 181 requirements.
2. Length of flexible duct shall not exceed 6'.
3. Runs of flexible duct shall be as straight as possible to minimize pressure losses.
Stretch duct to smooth out internal corrugations. Use long radius bends where
possible.
4. Flexible duct connection shall be made by sliding inner duct on sheet metal
connector and applying two wraps of duct tape, taking care not to wrinkle tape.
Slide a worm-drive stainless steel band clamp over tape, cover and inner duct and
secure screw clamp.
END OF SECTION
15813 -2
I
II
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15830
FANS
SECTION 15830
FANS
PART 1- GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install all exhaust fans and accessories as shown on the Plans.
1.02 REFERENCE PUBLICATIONS
A. The following publications are incorporated by reference, and shall be the current issue
at the time of bid:
1. Air Conditioning And Refrigeration Institute (ARI):
ARI Guideline D....................... Application and Installation of Central Station
Air-Handling Units
2. Air Movement and Control Association (AMCA):
AMCA 210................................ Laboratory Methods of Testing Fans for Rating
AMCA 300................................ Reverberant Room Method for Sound Testing of
Fans
3. American Bearing Manufacturers Association (AFBMA):
AFBMA STD 9......................... Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Ball Bearings
AFBMA STD 11 ....................... Load Ratings and Fatigue Life for Roller
Bearings
4. Underwriters Laboratories (UL):
UL 705....................................... Power Ventilators
UL BId Mat Dir ......................... Building Materials Directory
UL Elec Const Dir..................... Electrical Construction Equipment Directory
UL Fire Resist Dir..................... Fire Resistance Directory (2 Vol.)
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0 I FANS - GENERAL
A. Fans shall be tested and rated according to AMCA 210. Fans may be connected to the
motors either directly or indirectly with V -belt drive, as indicated on the drawings. V-
belt drives shall be designed for not less than 120 % of the connected driving capacity.
Motor sheaves shall be variable pitch for 15 hp and below and fixed pitch as defined by
15830-1
,----
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15830
FANS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
ARI Guideline-D. Variable pitch sheaves shall be selected to drive the fan at a speed
which will produce the specified capacity when set at the approximate midpoint of the
sheave adjustment. When fixed pitch sheaves are furnished, a replaceable sheave shall
be provided when needed to achieve system air balance. Motors for V -belt drives shall
be provided with adjustable rails or bases. Removable metal guards shall be provided for
all exposed V -belt drives, and speed-test openings shall be provided at the center of all
rotating shafts. Where speed control switches are noted on schedule, they are to be
mounted on the fan housing and pre-wired to the fan. Fans shall be provided with
personnel screens or guards on both suction and supply ends, except that the screens
need not be provided, unless otherwise indicated, where ducts are connected to the fan.
Fan and motor assemblies shall be provided with vibration-isolation supports or
mountings as indicated. Vibration-isolation units shall' be standard products with
published loading ratings. Each fan shall be selected to produce the capacity required at
the fan static pressure indicated. Sound power level shall be as indicated. The sound
power level values shall be obtained according to AMCA 300. Standard AMCA
arrangement, rotation, and discharge shall be as indicated.
2.02 CEILING EXHAUST FANS
A. Fans shall be direct drive centrifugal exhaust fan and supplied with integral wiring box
and receptacle. The fan housing shall have an acoustically insulated galvanized steel
housing and shall not exceed sound level rating shown. Fan, blower and motor assembly
shall be mounted to a reinforced channel and shall be easily removable from the housing.
Motor shall be mounted on rubber-in-shear vibration. Face grille shall be painted white
steel grille. Fan shall be provided with chatter-proof backdraft damper. Fans shall bear
the AMCA Certified Ratings Seal and be listed by Underwriters Laboratories (UL 705).
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 FANS
A. Installation:
1. Install per manufacturer's recommendations.
2. Provide flexible connections for all fans.
3. Provide speed switches for all ceiling exhaust fans. Speed switches are for the
purpose of balancing exhaust air quantities and shall be mounted in the fan
housings, except where specifically shown otherwise.
END OF SECTION
15830 - 2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
L
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15840
GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSERS
SECTION 15840
GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSERS
PART 1 - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide all grilles, registers, diffusers and accessories as shown on the Plans.
1.02 SUBMITTALS
A. Provide data for throw, drop, tenninal velocity at rated throw, and noise (NC) rating for
each grille, register, and diffuser in addition to requirements of Section 15010.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Devices shall be of the type and configuration shown on the schedule in the drawings.
B. Devices shall remove or distribute quantity of air unifonnly, throughout the indicated
space, without causing noticeable noise, drafts, or dead spaces. Air discharge from
devices shall be limited to 150 fpm.
C. Sound rate air tenninal devices in accordance with Air Diffusion Council (ADC)
Standard 1062R4.
D. Fabricate devices of steel or aluminum. Provide steel devices with either a prime coat
finish of a baked enamel finish to match either the trim color or the contiguous surface
color, selection to be coordinated with the Owner's representative. Device intemals and
the interior of visible duct connections shall be painted matte black.
E. Where moist or grease laden air is exhausted, provide aluminum devices with anodized
finish.
F. Where corrosives are exhausted, provide stainless steel devices.
G. Unless otherwise indicated, provide diffusers and registers with opposed blade volume
dampers for accessible key operator adjustment.
H. Where inlet and outlet openings are located less than seven feet above the floor, provide
grille or screen protection in accordance with National Fire Protection Association
(NFPA) pamphlet 90A.
15840 - 1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15840
GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.02 DIFFUSERS
A. Devices shall be of the type indicated on the drawing schedule.
B. Provide all accessories and devices regularly furnished by the manufacturer indicated on
the drawing schedule as part of this specification.
C. Ceiling units shall be anti-smudge type.
D. Where diffuser is for installation in T-bar ceiling, provide with 24"x 24" pan.
2.03 REGISTERS
A. Devices shall be four-way directional control type unless otherwise indicated on the
drawing schedule, except that return and exhaust units may be fixed horizontal or
vertical blade type, similar in appearance to supply type as indicated.
2.04 GRILLES
A. Devices shall be as specified for registers except that no volume control damper is
required and that egg-crate style registers may be permitted if shown on the drawing
schedule.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 DIFFUSERS, REGISTERS AND GRILLES
A. Installation:
1. Install all diffusers, registers and grilles in the locations shown on the plans.
2. Devices installed shall be designed for type of construction and module of
ceiling or wall in which devices are to be mounted. Wall return grilles and
registers mounted near floor shall be installed so blades point downward and if
mounted ceiling, blades shall point upward. Ceiling exhaust and return grilles
and registers, the blades shall point towards the nearest wall.
3. Install all terminals with prime-coat finish before the walls and ceilings are
painted, in order that they may be finish-coated by the General Contractor.
4. Install air terminals with factory finish or aluminum construction after the walls
and ceilings are painted.
5. Air terminals shall be of standard steel construction, except where specifically
noted otherwise; prime-coat finish wall-mounted terminals, color as selected by
Owner's Representative.
15840 - 2
I-
I
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15840
GRILLES, REGISTERS & DIFFUSERS
6. Install each air terminal with a spun-rubber gasket between the flange and the
frame or wall.
7. Terminals installed in suspended ceiling systems shall be attached or supported
as required by the latest International Building Code Standard for "Suspended
Acoustical Ceilings".
8. Refer to Architectural ceiling plans for ceiling construction to ensure grilles,
registers and diffusers have compatible mounting arrangements.
END OF SECTION
15840 - 3
'I
II
II
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
II
I
I
II
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15850
AIR INLET & OUTLET LOUVERS
SECTION 15850
AIR INLET & OUTLET LOUVERS
PART I-GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Furnish and install louvers as shown on the Plans.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.01 GENERAL
A. Louvers shall be furnished for installation in exterior walls as shown on the drawings.
Louver blades shall be fabricated from anodized aluminum or galvanized steel sheets, and
shall be provided with a frame of galvanized steel or aluminum structural shapes. Sheet
metal thickness and fabrication shall confonn to SMACNA HV AC Duct Construction
Standards-Metal and Flexible. Blades shall be accurately fitted and secured to frames.
Edges of louver blades shall be folded or beaded for rigidity and baffled to exclude driving
rain. Louver shall be provided with bird screen. Louvers shall bear AMCA Certified
Ratings Seal for air perfonnance and water penetration ratings as described in AMCA 500.
B. Louvers to be manufactured by Ruskin as noted below or similar louver by Greenheck,
Penn Ventilation, American Wanning or approved equal.
2.02 FINISHES
A. Color anodize (for aluminum) with electrolytically deposited color anodized finish
complying with Aluminum Association Code AA-C22A44. Color as selected by
Architect.
2.03 LOUVER
A. Weatherproof Louver (WPL): Ruskin Model ELF375DX 4" stationary drainable blade
louver. Frame shall be 0.081" thick extruded aluminum and blades shall be 0.081" thick
extruded aluminum positioned at 37Y20 angle. Provide with following options:
I. Integral Flange frame
2. %" x .051 expanded aluminum bird screen
15850-1
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15850
AIR INLET & OUTLET LOUVERS
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
2.04 WALL CAP
A. Shall be galvanized steel, Cook Gemini Series WCG of the model noted on the Plans or
similar wall caps as manufactured by Penn Ventilation or Greenheck.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL
A. Install per manufacturer's published installation instructions and as detailed on the Plans.
B. Louvers shall be installed in exterior walls utilizing framed or masonry openings. The duct
or plenum attached to the louver shall have the bottom surface sloped towards the louver
and shall be rigidly secured and sealed watertight to the louver frame such that any
entrained water will drain through the louver. An alternative will be to provide flashing
from the bottom of the plenum and running under the bottom edge of louver to allow water
to drain under this edge. The louver frame shall be sealed watertight to building surface
penetration.
END OF SECTION
15850-2
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
IRWIN DENTAL CLINIC
PROJECT NO. 061207
SECTION 15890
HV AC FILTERS
SECTION 15890
HV AC FILTERS
PART I - GENERAL
1.01 WORK INCLUDED
A. Provide filters and accessories as shown on the Plans and specified herein.
PART 2 - PRODUCTS
2.0 I FILTER SECTIONS, GENERAL
A. Provide galvanized steel frames. Provide means of sealing to prevent bypass of unfiltered
air.
2.02 REPLACEABLE AIR FILTERS
A. UL 900, Class-I, those which, when clean, do not contribute fuel when attacked by flame
and emit only negligible amount of smoke; Class 2, those which, when clean, bum
moderately when attacked by flame or emit moderate amount of smoke, or both, throw
away frames and media 2"nominal thickness, and size as required.
PART 3 - EXECUTION
3.01 GENERAL INSTALLATION
A. Filters must be in place and sealed properly before usmg any air-moving unit for
construction.
B. The Contractor shall provide a service contract by a certified filter servicing company
that has been in business for at least a period of 5-years.
C. Filter Changes: Contractor shall include in his Basic Bid the cost of filter replacement
under the following guidelines:
I. Construction filters must be replaced prior to test and balancing.
2. All filters must be changed before occupancy by the Owner if this occurs more
than two- months after testing and balancing.
END OF SECTION
IS 890 - I